reality is only those delusions that we have in common...

Saturday, August 16, 2025

week ending Aug 16

US Fed's Bowman: Latest jobs data stiffens support for three rate cuts in 2025 (Reuters) - The Federal Reserve's vice chair of supervision, Michelle Bowman, on Saturday said recent weak job data underscores her concerns about labor market fragility and strengthens her confidence in her own forecast that three interest-rate cuts will likely be appropriate this year.Bowman was one of two Fed governors to dissent last month against the U.S. central bank's decision to leave short-term borrowing costs in the 4.25%-4.50% range where they have been since December.Most Fed officials have been more cautious about lower rates given the potential they see that the Trump administration's tariffs could disrupt progress on getting inflation down to the Fed's 2% goal. In recent days, h owever, several Fed policymakers appear to have moved closer to supporting cuts."Taking action at last week’s meeting would have proactively hedged against the risk of a further erosion in labor market conditions and a further weakening in economic activity," Bowman said in remarks prepared for delivery to the Kansas Bankers Association. Bowman's remarks leaned even more heavily into her concerns about a labor market downturn than reflected in her post-meeting explanation of her policy vote.The Labor Department's monthly employment report last Friday showed the unemployment rate rose to 4.2% -- "close to rounding up to 4.3%" was how Bowman described it Saturday. The report also included revisions to previously published data, showing that job gains slowed sharply over the last three months to a monthly average of 35,000."This is well below the moderate pace seen earlier in the year, likely due to a significant softening in labor demand," Bowman said. "My Summary of Economic Projections includes three cuts for this year, which has been consistent with my forecast since last December, and the latest labor market data reinforce my view."The Fed has three remaining policy meetings scheduled for this year, in September, October and December. Economists typically point to 100,000 monthly job gains as being consistent with a steady-state labor market, though with big reductions in immigration since President Donald Trump began his second term in January that number is likely lower. Obviously, you want to allow them to access as many markets as possible to grow as quickly as possible to be leaders in a very important space.Bowman's full-throated support for rate cuts comes as Trump continues to pressure the Fed for easier policy, as he has all year. A search for a successor to Fed Chair Jerome Powell, whose term ends in May, is underway with several candidates, including Bowman's fellow dissenter Christopher Waller, under consideration. Bowman said on Saturday that she had begun arguing for a July rate cut at the Fed's June meeting.Trump has said the latest job figures were "rigged" and fired the commissioner of the Bureau of Labor Statistics shortly after the report was published. Bowman repeated her longstanding view that large revisions make her cautious about taking too much of a signal from job-market reports, but on Saturday she said she sees "the latest news on economic growth, the labor market, and inflation as consistent with greater risks to the employment side of our dual mandate."She said recent inflation data has also boosted her confidence that the Trump administration's tariffs will not lead to persistent inflation.Excluding increases in goods prices related to tariffs, underlying inflation is "much closer" to the Fed's 2% target than the official reading of 2.8% in June, based on the 12-month change in the core personal consumption expenditures price index.

Fed's Bowman makes case for 3 interest rate cuts in 2025 after voting against July hold -Federal Reserve governor Michelle Bowman said Saturday that she is looking at three interest rate cuts this year given concerns about the strength of the job market and the overall US economy.Bowman said she sees a risk that further delays in cutting rates could "result in a deterioration in labor market conditions and a further slowing in economic growth."Bowman voted against the Fed's decision to keep interest rates unchanged last month, preferring the central bank to lower its benchmark interest rate by 0.25%."A proactive approach in moving policy closer to neutral, from its current moderately restrictive stance, would help avoid a further unnecessary erosion in labor market conditions and reduce the chance that the Committee will need to implement a larger policy correction should the labor market deteriorate further," Bowman said in a speech in Colorado.Fed Governor Chris Waller joined Bowman in voting against the Fed decision on July 31. In recent days, San Francisco Fed president Mary Daly and Minneapolis Fed president Neel Kashkari have also made comments that set the table for cutting rates as soon as next month, citing concerns over a weakening job market.Data from the CME Group at the end of the week showed investors placing a nearly 90% chance on the Fed lowering the target range for its benchmark interest rate to 4%-4.25% from 4.25%-4.5% at its September meeting. The next time investors expect to hear from Fed Chair Jerome Powell is on Aug. 22 at the Fed's annual Jackson Hole Symposium. Bowman noted job growth has slowed sharply to just 35,000 new jobs added to the economy per month over the past three months, indicating a "significant softening" in demand for labor. If demand in the economy continues to weaken, Bowman is concerned businesses may begin to accelerate layoffs.At the same time, Bowman said that she believes increases in prices from tariffs are likely to have a one-time effect, an impact the central bank can look through. "Because changes in monetary policy take time to work their way through the economy, it is appropriate to look through temporarily elevated inflation readings and therefore remove some policy restraint to avoid weakening in the labor market," Bowman said.Bowman also noted that the government's monthly jobs data have become difficult to interpret, reflecting declining survey response rates and changing dynamics around immigration and net business creation."I remain cautious about taking too much signal from data releases, but I see the latest news on economic growth, the labor market, and inflation as consistent with greater risks to the employment side of our dual mandate," she said.

Fed's Goolsbee backs central bank autonomy, questions tariffs --A Federal Reserve official emphasized the importance of the central bank's independence, warning that interference could lead to higher inflation. Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago President Austan Goolsbee said the Fed is not tied to Wall Street or political interests and that independence is necessary to prevent inflation.

Fed's Goolsbee: Trump's tariffs cause stagflation Chicago Federal Reserve president Austan Goolsbee described President Trump’s wide-ranging tariffs as “stagflationary” on Friday, expressing a mainline view of tariffs among central bankers that’s prompted the Fed to maintain its pause on interest rate cuts, much to the frustration of the president. “I think of tariffs as having a heavy stagflationary component,” he said on the CNBC television network. The term “stagflation” refers to the dreaded combination of rising prices and slowing growth, which aren’t supposed to happen at the same time under normal economic conditions. Prices usually rise more quickly when the economy is expanding, and prices tend to fall when the economy is weaker. Recent economic data has broken with the accustomed correlations, as many economists have regarded tariffs as a shock to economic supply. The consumer price index has ticked up to a 2.7-percent annual increase since Trump’s tariffs were first announced in April, and wholesale inflation, taking out food and energy, increased in July at the fastest monthly pace since 2022. Meanwhile, the job market has sputtered, adding a total of just 106,000 jobs since May, well below the 80,000 to 100,000 jobs needed every month to sustain regular workforce attrition. Goolsbee distinguished “transitory” inflation coming from tariffs from inflation that the Fed needs to be “responding to.” He mentioned secondary effects like “wage-price spirals” — positive feedback loops between increased unit labor costs and higher prices. “It’s going to be raising the cost of production for domestic manufacturing and others, and that a lot of times … [takes] time to wind its way through the economy,” he said. Tariffs are taxes on foreign goods and services. They’re directly paid by American importers, but they can ultimately be borne by importers, exporters, manufacturers, wholesalers, retailers or by consumers in the form of price increases. They can have complex effects on the economy too, reducing demand for specific goods and causing companies to alter their supply chains. The costs can be taken out of margins or passed along in the value chain. Businesses can also change their production schedules to maintain ratios between costs and markup. Total U.S. capacity utilization has ticked down slightly since February, though it’s still humming around 77 percent. Revenues from customs duties, which are mostly tariffs, topped $100 billion earlier this summer for the first time during a fiscal year. Duties were $23 billion in May, $27 billion in June, and $28 billion in July. The Congressional Budget Office estimated earlier this year that tariff revenues, including their debt-service effects, would reduce federal deficits by $3 trillion over the next decade. While Goolsbee stressed Friday the stagflationary concerns about tariffs that Fed Chair Jerome Powell has also frequently discussed, not all members of the Fed’s interest rate-setting committee share his views. During the Fed’s July meeting, two governors dissented from the majority opinion to pause rates for the first time in thirty years. Governors Christopher Waller and Michelle Bowman both thought rates should be lowered by a quarter percent. The dissents followed a relentless pressure campaign from the White House on the Federal Reserve that saw Fed Governor Adriana Kugler resign from the board earlier this month. She was replaced by White House Council of Economic Advisers chair Stephen Miran, who is likely to add more pressure on the Fed to lower interest rates in keeping with Trump’s demands.

Bessent calls for steep interest rate cuts -- Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent said Wednesday that short-term interest rates should be between 1.5 percentage points and 1.75 percentage points lower than their current level, keeping up the Trump administration’s pressure campaign on the Federal Reserve. Bessent called for a half-point reduction in September at the next meeting of the Fed’s interest rate-setting committee, starting a series of cuts that would lower rates substantially below their current level of 4.25 percent to 4.5 percent. “We could go into a series of rate cuts here, starting with a 50 basis point rate cut in September,” he said on the Bloomberg News television network. “We should probably be 150, 175 lower. I think the committee needs to step back.” Bessent’s remarks were his clearest yet on what should happen with short-term interest rates. Treasury secretaries, who handle debt issuance and tax collection, don’t traditionally weigh in on monetary policy, which is left to the Fed. While Bessent has called the Fed’s independence on monetary policy a “jewel box” not to be tampered with, he has also joined President Trump and other administration officials in criticizing the bank’s handling of interest rates. Trump has been calling for interest rate cuts since the beginning of the year and has nicknamed Fed Chair Jerome Powell “Too Late” due to his reluctance to begin cuts this year and the bank’s sluggish response to postpandemic inflation. The Fed has kept interbank lending rates at an effective level of 4.33 percent since January after making three cuts in the back half of last year. The Fed has been waiting to see the effects of tariffs on the economy. Inflation held steady from June to July at a 2.7 percent annual increase in consumer price index after ticking up from 2.4 percent in May.

Wholesale inflation spikes, putting Fed in tricky position -- Wholesale prices increased in July at the quickest pace since February, as economists are keeping a sharp eye on inflation data amid President Trump’s trade war. The 3.3 percent yearly increase — which blew past economists’ expectations — puts the Federal Reserve in a tough position, as the central bank faces pressure on both sides of its mandate to keep prices low and employment as high as possible. The surprisingly weak July jobs report showed employment conditions are worsening, but upward-moving prices mean the Fed will have to negotiate stagflationary concerns in the short term. “After a string of data that pointed to greater odds of a September rate cut, the large upside surprise in the producer price data highlights the dilemma the Federal Reserve faces in judging the risks to its dual mandate,” Matthew Martin, an economist with Oxford Economics, wrote in a commentary. Cutting interest rates could help support the job market by easing borrowing costs for businesses. But doing so could also add fuel to inflation, which has lingered at an annual rate of 2.7 percent for two months since June, according to the consumer price index. The Labor Department’s producer price index (PPI), which measures prices that businesses charge one another before determining the final sales price they charge to consumers, advanced by 0.9 percent from June to July, marking a 3.3 percent increase on the year, the Labor Department reported Thursday. That’s the sharpest increase in five months, more than quadrupling economists’ expectations for a 0.2 percent increase on the month. Removing the more volatile categories of energy and food, the “core” PPI advanced by 0.6 percent on the month, the fastest pace since 2022. Economists attributed the sharp rise to tariffs and predicted further increases in price levels. “So much for foreigners paying tariffs. If they did PPI would be falling,” Joseph Brusuelas, RSM U.S. chief economist, wrote in a commentary. “The temperature is definitely rising in the core. This implies a hot [personal consumption expenditures] reading lies ahead.” Nationwide economist Ben Ayers said businesses are being “increasingly squeezed” by tariff-related costs. “Input costs for producers jumped in July as price pressures for businesses build from compounding tariff impacts,” he wrote. “While businesses have assumed the majority of tariff costs increases so far, margins are being increasingly squeezed by higher costs for imported goods.” Martin also pointed to cost pressures facing businesses and their reluctance to take them out of profits. “Tariff-exposed goods are rising at a rapid clip, indicating that the willingness and ability of businesses to absorb tariff costs may be beginning to wane,” he wrote. Raymond James economist Eugenio Aleman said the report “complicates” the Fed’s September rate decision. On Wednesday, Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent called for a half-point rate cut, which Aleman said is now off the table as result of the July PPI.

Bessent leads a broad search for Fed chair that includes Bullard and Sumerlin: Reuters --U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent is leading a search for a successor to Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell, with an expanded list that includes a longtime economic consultant and a past regional Fed president, a source familiar with the process told Reuters on Friday. The list includes St. Louis Fed President James Bullard and Marc Sumerlin, a former economic adviser to President George W. Bush, the source said, confirming an earlier report by The Wall Street Journal that said there were now about 10 contenders for the spot. President Donald Trump last week said he had narrowed the list to four. National Economic Council director Kevin Hassett and former Fed governor Kevin Warsh remain under consideration, along with current Fed governor Christopher Waller, the source told Reuters. Trump has pressured Powell all year to cut interest rates, building on his past comments critical of the Fed chief that emerged during his first term as president shortly after he elevated Powell to the Fed chair role. Powell's term ends in May. Critics have said the president should let Fed chair Powell complete his term without interference. Hassett, Warsh and Waller have all signaled support for lower rates, which Trump had indicated would be a requirement for the job. Bullard, who left the St. Louis Fed last year to be dean of Purdue University's business school, was Waller's boss before Trump plucked the regional Fed's research director from under Bullard to serve on the Fed Board. As recently as May, he said the Fed would probably be able to cut rates by September. The recent monetary policy views of Sumerlin were not immediately clear. It was also not clear what a broader list of candidates would mean for the timing of an appointment. The president moved quickly to name an ally to the Fed Board this week after Fed Governor Adriana Kugler, a Biden appointee who did not support rate cuts, unexpectedly resigned as of the end of this week. Council of Economic Advisers Stephen Miran will serve out the remaining months of Kugler's term, which ends on January 31. Trump has indicated a search continues for someone who could fill the Fed Board role for a 14-year term beginning Feb. 1.

Trump threatens Fed chair Powell with 'major lawsuit,' demands interest rate cut - President Donald Trump on Tuesday threatened to allow a "major lawsuit" against Federal Reserve Chairman Jerome Powell to proceed, escalating his pressure on the central bank leader to cut interest rates. Trump said in a Truth Social post that the suit would relate to Powell's management of pricey renovations at the Fed's headquarters in Washington, D.C., which the president has previously criticized. Trump did not say when that suit could be filed or by whom. "Jerome 'Too Late' Powell must NOW lower the rate," Trump wrote in the post. "Steve 'Manouychin' really gave me a 'beauty'when he pushed this loser," Trump wrote, referring to his first-term Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin having encouraged him to nominate Powell as Fed chair in 2017. "The damage he has done by always being Too Late is incalculable. Fortunately, the economy is sooo good that we've blown through Powell and the complacent Board," Trump claimed. "I am, though, considering allowing a major lawsuit against Powell to proceed because of the horrible, and grossly incompetent, job he has done in managing the construction of the Fed Buildings." "Three Billion Dollars for a job that should have been a $50 Million Dollar fix up. Not good!" he wrote. White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt declined to share more about the potential lawsuit when asked for clarification later Tuesday. "He's considering a lawsuit, and I won't speak on it any further. I will allow the president to do that," Leavitt said. The Fed declined to comment on Trump's post.

Trump pick for BLS commissioner called for suspending jobs report - Heritage Foundation economist E. J. Antoni, chosen Monday by President Donald Trump to lead the Bureau of Labor Statistics, recently floated the idea of the BLS suspending its traditional monthly jobs reports.Antoni, in an interview Aug. 4 with Fox News Digital, questioned the accuracy of those monthly reports, which are key economic indicators that Wall Street investors and economists rely on to assess the health of the U.S. labor market."How on earth are businesses supposed to plan — or how is the Fed supposed to conduct monetary policy — when they don't know how many jobs are being added or lost in our economy?" Antoni said in that interview."It's a serious problem that needs to be fixed immediately," Antoni said at the time."Until it is corrected, the BLS should suspend issuing the monthly job reports but keep publishing the more accurate, though less timely, quarterly data." Antoni's comments came after Trump abruptly fired Erika McEntarfer as BLS commissioner on Aug. 1.Trump claimed the agency under her leadership had "rigged" the jobs reports for political purposes.Trump's decision, which drew strong pushback from economists and former BLS employees, came hours after the agency reported slower-than-anticipated job growth in July.The report also included downward revisions of the number of jobs created in the two previous months.Trump pointed to the changes, which are common in jobs reports, to claim that the agency manipulated the data.

Yes, We Need Serious Economic Data. And No, We Don't Have It --In British English there’s a pejorative noun, “jobsworth”, for those who uphold petty rules at the expense of effectiveness. It’s my job’s worth to share that with you today in the wake of a US CPI report we went into knowing the underfunded agency producing it was guessing around 1/3 of the prices used on top of statistical polishing that raises questions of methodology and policy.For recent examples of the former, the US CPI basket understates how hard inflation hits lower income households:‘Americans making under $50,000 said they needed an average $157,000 a year to live comfortably, while those making at least $100,000 said they would need $246,000’, as CNBC said today. That’s partly why rich politicians and comfortable financial media are so often surprised by election results and opinion polls (like the one in Germany today where the AfD is on 26% vs 24% for the governing CDU of Chancellor Merz). There were also questions over why the CPI shelter component lagged actual rent increases in recent years; and a new methodology for health insurance over 2023-24 that saw major implied price swings. Anyway, the US July CPI report saw headline slightly lower than expected at 2.7% y-o-y, but still above the 2% markets think is ‘natural and good’, while core was 3.1%, in-line, and ‘super core’ rose for a third consecutive month. That wasn’t the tariff-led inflation explosion some feared, but neither was it a low-inflation/deflation environment outside key areas such as eggs, an example of what’s needed to bring prices down to please voters – higher supply. Which, to be fair, is what tariffs, and broader economic statecraft, are designed to do: they just aren’t instantaneous.Yet Treasury Secretary Bessent suggested the next Fed move should be a 50bps cut. President Trump also lashed out at Fed Chair Powell again and is considering a lawsuit against him --for ‘not cutting rates?’… “Lock him up!”-- and also called on Goldman Sachs to replace their economist who said tariffs would be inflationary. That’s as the FT carries an op-ed asking what happens if Trump appoints an “inflation nutter” as Fed Chair. Yes, that’s where we are at.The key message is that we should all take inflation deadly seriously: Lenin’s warning that “The way to crush the bourgeoise is to grind them down between the millstones of taxation and inflation” was right - and he was just named as inspiration for the leader of the UK’s new left wing party. Yet those who study it most, and are supposed to keep it locked up in the study, are not taking it seriously, for all that they profess to be doing so and that many in markets believe them – and it goes way beyond Trump if you are willing to look. The price of gold or Bitcoin is also good evidence. ‘Trump appointments could spell breakdown of economic trust’, says comfortable Axios -- tell that to the people talking to CNBC: it broke down for them years ago.If that were not enough, we also saw an attack on the joint highest altar in the macrostrategist’s pantheon, the payrolls report. The Trump admin is weighing “new options for data collection and technologies that could make the process more efficient.” More concretely, the new head of the BLS suggested that until the jobs numbers “are corrected” the agency should suspend issuing the monthly job report entirely but keep publishing the more accurate quarterly data. Again, people are rightly having kittens but wrongly missing that payrolls have long been an absolute joke.We are talking about a survey with: a ridiculously low response rate; that doesn’t understand the rapid shifts taking place in the economy; with a comical births/deaths model that decides when jobs appear based on their own interpretation of the economic cycle; that somehow overlooked the arrival of 10-20 million undocumented workers in the last few years; and which has constant, huge revisions changing the supposedly-accurate picture we are looking at. Indeed, it’s trying to measure the (normally) three-digit monthly change in a large nine-digit US labor force: it’s a rounding error, at best – what else could it ever really be? Yet it’s sacrosanct say jobsworths who otherwise can’t take a punt on second derivatives of said rounding error at pre-arranged times. Again, yes, we need serious economic data. Again, no, we don’t have it as things stand.

Liquidity Is Starting To Flow With Fed Cuts And China Stimulus --by Simon White, Bloomberg macro strategist -- Impending Federal Reserve rate cuts and accelerating money growth in China creates an increasingly positive backdrop for global liquidity, which in turn should lend support to risk assets. Stimulus in China continues to feed through. The latest M1 growth data just released this morning continues to surprise to the upside, up 5.6% in July versus an estimate of 5.2% and 4.6% in June. As discussed in recent columns, rising money growth in the world’s second-largest economy is consequential for global liquidity which had begun to sag. (paywalled)

The Next Financial Crisis - Bill McBride - Back in 2005 I was mostly writing about the housing bubble - and the coming housing bust. . In early 2007, I started forecasting a recession, and by the end of 2007 the housing bust causing a financial crisis was becoming obvious. Here is an article from the WSJ in 2007 quoting a crazy blogger: How High Will Subprime Losses Go? Back in the U.S., the Calculated Risk blog sidestepped the colorful language and went straight for the big number: “The losses for the lenders and investors might well be over $1 trillion.” Many people thought I was crazy. But losses for lenders and financial institutions ended up over $1 trillion. Then in 2013 I wrote that there will be another crisis someday: "Each new generation of Wall Street wizards figures out a new way to turn lead into gold, and to become wealthy while damaging the financial system. Some of these wizards are probably perfecting their financial alchemy right now."The key for the "wizards" was to find a way around the regulatory system, and if they could use leverage, the fool's gold would eventually lead to a crisis. By 2013 the seeds were planted, not by Wall Street wizards, but by Tech Wizards. Now the seeds have taken root (Of course, I'm talking about cryptocurrency, what Charlie Munger called financial "rat poison"). Last year, researchers at the NY Fed looked at the impact of crypto on the financial system: The Financial Stability Implications of Digital Assets. And they concluded: "that, to date, the contribution of digital assets to systemic risk has been limited, given that the digital ecosystem is relatively small and not a major provider of financing and payment services to the real economy." The key to preventing a financial crisis is to keep the non-regulated (or poorly regulated) areas of finance out of the financial system. A good example is the Tulip Bubble in the 1600s. Some people got rich, others were wiped out, but it had no impact on the financial system. Unfortunately the current administration has embraced crypto. They are allowing it to creep into the financial system, and allowing 401K plans to hold crypto (aka future bagholders). There has been some discussion of allowing financial institutions to lend against crypto holdings - like for a mortgage. This is mistake and increases the possibility that crypto will be the source of the next financial crisis. A final note: CNBC should be embarrassed to have crypto prices on their website.

US Deficit Explodes In July Despite Jump In Tariff Revenue As Government Spending Soars - - We used to dread covering the monthly update of US government income and spending because, without fail, it would show that the USS Titanic was getting that much closer to the inevitable iceberg. A few months ago, there was a glimmer of hope when the US found a new revenue stream in the form of tariffs and excise taxes, which helped boost government revenue notably. Alas, in the grand scheme of things, this bounce in revenue proved to be too little... and some would say too late. With that in mind, here is a look at the latest Treasury Income Statement published earlier today. First, the good news: for the fourth month in a row, the US government benefited from outsized tariff revenues, which as shown in the chart below, have peaked at around $20BN per month - or about $240BN annualized - at the current tariff rate.

Budget office says GOP’s ‘big, beautiful bill’ will make rich richer, poor poorer - The Republicans’ “big, beautiful bill” will make the poorest Americans even poorer, while padding the wallets of the highest earners the most, according to an analysis released Monday by Congress’s budget arm. The assessment, conducted by the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) at the request of top Democrats, found that the top 10 percent of earners in the country will see an average boost of $13,600 per year over the next decade as a direct result of provisions in the law, while the bottom 10 percent will see an average annual decrease of $1,200. The report challenges the arguments made by President Trump and other Republicans that the massive domestic policy package would benefit workers at all levels of wealth and income. And it’s given fuel to the attacks from Democrats that the legislation was, all along, designed to help the wealthiest people at the expense of the working poor. “They just confirmed Trump is enriching his billionaire friends at the expense of American families,” Rep. Brendan Boyle (Pa.), the senior Democrat on the House Budget Committee, posted Monday on social platform X after the CBO report was released. “It is the largest transfer of wealth from working Americans to the ultra-rich in history.” Enacted last month, the “big, beautiful bill” was a compilation of virtually all of the major domestic policy items Trump had promised on his way to a presidential victory in November. It features an extension of the sweeping tax cuts Republicans had adopted in 2017, during Trump’s first term, which were slated to expire at the end of the year, and it provides a big boost in spending for border security, the military and domestic energy production. A portion of those new federal costs were offset by steep cuts in federal programs, including Medicaid and the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), previously known as food stamps, which benefit lower-income people. The law also puts new limits on ObamaCare subsidies and adopts new caps on federal student loans, which also affect lower-income people disproportionately.

Rising costs, Donald Trump's tariffs put pressure on GOP --The cost of living in America is projected to rise because of President Trump’s latest round of tariffs, and that’s a political problem for the president and Republican lawmakers in Washington, who campaigned in 2024 on bringing down the cost of groceries and other staples, a message that resonated strongly with voters. More than six months into Trump’s second term, however, the costs of groceries, and other essential goods, such as cars, have continued to rise, corresponding with a drop in Trump’s job approval rating and a souring public view of Trump’s handling of the economy. The cost of even “cheap” eats has become fodder for debate on social media, as people grumble about everything from the price of McDonald’s hash browns to Coca-Cola. The price of eggs has come down in recent months, but a dozen are still, on average, 64 cents more expensive than a year ago, while the price of chicken, ground beef and orange juice were more expensive last month compared to a year ago. While inflation as measured by the Consumer Price Index has stabilized at 2.7 percent, policymakers fear the prices of goods and services could spike up again, which is a big reason the Federal Reserve is hesitant to cut interest rates, a major point of tension between Fed Chair Jerome Powell and Trump. Trump’s tariffs are expected to put upward pressure on costs. Experts project the higher fees on goods from Canada, the European Union, Japan, South Korea, Vietnam and other major trading partners could cost the average family of four an additional $2,400 or more in annual expenses. A Republican strategist who requested anonymity said Republicans need to be careful that inflation and costs don’t become an anchor on their candidates in next year’s election.

Zelensky Rejects Idea of Ceding Territory to Russia as Trump and Putin Prepare for Alaska Summit - Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky has rejected the idea of ceding territory to Russia to end the war in Ukraine, as President Trump and Russian President Vladimir Putin are preparing for a summit that will be held this Friday, August 15, in the US state of Alaska.“Ukrainians will not gift their land to the occupier,” Zelensky said in a video address on Saturday. “We will not reward Russia for what it has perpetrated.Zelensky’s comments came after The Wall Street Journal reported that Putin told US envoy Steve Witkoff that he would agree to a full ceasefire if Ukraine withdrew its forces from Donetsk, one of the two oblasts in Ukraine’s eastern Donbas region. Russia controls most of Donetsk and virtually all of Luhansk, the other half of the Donbas region.Based on another Journal report, Russia is seeking to freeze the lines in Kherson and Zaporizhzhia — a potential climbdown from Moscow’s earlier demand for a full Ukrainian withdrawal from both oblasts.A European counter-proposal that was presented to US officials on Saturday called for any territorial exchanges to happen in a reciprocal manner, meaning Russia would have to withdraw from some land if Ukraine ceded the territory it still controls in Donetsk. Some European officials said Moscow would have to cede control of Kherson and Zaporizhzhia.The European proposal also calls for a ceasefire to be implemented immediately before any other steps are taken and says that any territorial concession from Ukraine must include concrete security guarantees, including potential NATO membership, which is a non-starter for Russia. Much of how the peace process will go depends on how much pressure the US is willing to put on Ukraine to make a deal, since Zelensky’s war effort is reliant on US military support. The idea of a peace deal is popular in Ukraine as a recent poll from Gallup found that 69% of Ukrainians want a negotiated end to the conflict as soon as possible, while only 24% want to keep fighting until “victory.”

Trump Says 'Land Swapping' Required for Peace in Ukraine -President Trump said on Monday that there will be “land swapping” between Russia and Ukraine as part of a potential peace deal and pushed back on Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky’s public rejection of ceding any territory to Moscow. “I was a little bothered by the fact that Zelensky was saying, ‘Well, I have to get constitutional approval.’ I mean, he’s got approval to go into war and kill everybody, but he needs approval to do a land swap — because there’ll be some land swapping going on,” Trump told reporters.The president is gearing up for a meeting with Russian President Vladimir Putin in Alaska this Friday and said that after the talks, he will relay Moscow’s “parameters” to end the war to Ukraine and the US’s European allies. “If it’s a fair deal, I will reveal it to the European Union leaders and to the NATO leaders and also to President Zelensky,” he said. “I may say, ‘lots of luck, keep fighting,’ or I may say we can make a deal.”According to reports from The Wall Street Journal, Putin has conveyed to the US that he would end the war if Ukraine withdrew its forces from the territory it still controls in Donetsk in the eastern Donbas region. The reports suggest Moscow would be willing to accept freezing the lines in Kherson and Zaporizhzhia, a potential climbdown from Moscow’s earlier demand for a full Ukrainian withdrawal from both oblasts.While Zelenksy has publicly rejected the idea of ceding any territory, The Telegraph reported on Monday that he’s willing to give up the land that is already controlled by Russia, but that he wouldn’t give up any territory Ukrainian forces still hold as part of a European-backed plan.“The plan can only be related to the current positions held by the militaries,” a Western official familiar with the plan told The Telegraph.European leaders have also been pushing for Zelensky to be part of the Trump-Putin summit, but Trump has made clear that won’t happen. Trump said on Monday that he hopes Zelensky and Putin will meet following the Alaska summit and said he could potentially join the meeting.

Trump knocks Zelensky for resisting ‘land swap’ with Russia -- President Trump criticized Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky on Monday over the leader’s resistance to cede territory to Russia, saying he disagrees “very, very severely” with Zelensky. “I get along with Zelensky, but, you know, I disagree with what he’s done. Very, very severely disagree. This is a war that should have never happened,” Trump told reporters at the White House, referring to Russia’s more than three-year war in Ukraine. In an attempt to broker an end to the conflict, Trump announced last week he will meet with Russian President Vladimir Putin in Alaska on Friday. Trump has said the meeting will touch on some territorial swapping for “the betterment of both” countries, a proposal Zelensky staunchly opposed Saturday. “Of course, we will not give Russia any awards for what it has done. The Ukrainian people deserve peace,” he said, adding that “all partners” must understand peace and that “Ukrainians will not give their land to an occupier.” VP Vance Brushes Off Talk of 2028 Presidential Bid, Prefers Fishing Tales Across The Pond Trump said he was perturbed by the Ukrainian leader’s resistance. “I was a little bothered by the fact that Zelensky was saying, ‘Well, I have to get constitutional approval.’ I mean, he’s got approval to go into war and kill everybody, but he needs approval to do a land swap — because there’ll be some land swapping going on,” Trump said.

Donald Trump on Vladimir Putin meeting: 'I’m not here to negotiate for Ukraine' - President Trump said Friday he wouldn’t be negotiating for Ukraine at his summit in Alaska with with Russian President Vladimir Putin, while claiming the Russian leader would have taken all of Ukraine if he wasn’t in the Oval Office. “Vladimir Putin wanted to take all of Ukraine. If I wasn’t president, he would right now be taking all of Ukraine,” Trump told reporters, speaking from Air Force One en route to Alaska. “But he’s not going to do it.”Asked if territory swaps were on the table, Trump said that would be up to Kyiv. “They’ll be discussed, but I’ve got to let Ukraine make that decision. And I think they’ll make a proper decision. But I’m not here to negotiate for Ukraine. I’m here to get them at a table,” Trump said. The president also fielded a question about Ukraine’s reports of continued Russian strikes in the hours ahead of the meeting.“I think they’re trying to negotiate. He’s trying to set a stage. I mean, in his mind, that helps him make a better deal. It actually hurts him. But in his mind, that helps him make a better deal,” Trump said. “I’ll be talking to him about it.”

Putin wants a photo op with Trump, says EU foreign policy chief --Russian President Vladimir Putin is not actually interested in negotiating when he meets his U.S. counterpart Donald Trump to discuss the war in Ukraine, European Union foreign policy chief Kaja Kallas told CNBC on Tuesday. European officials and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy have expressed concerns at being sidelined from the Putin-Trump meeting in Alaska on Friday. The Ukrainian leader warned that Russia is planning further offensives and cannot be trusted, while European leaders have been scrambling to secure Ukraine a seat at the table. "In order to have any deal implemented, you need Europe and you need Ukraine. So it is clear that Putin is just pretending to negotiate," Kallas said on CNBC's "Squawk Box Europe." "Putin doesn't want Zelenskyy around that table, because that would reveal that he actually doesn't want to negotiate, and he just wants to have a picture with President Trump and also postpone sanctions," she said. Responding to Kallas' comments, Kremlin press secretary Dmitry Peskov told CNBC that the EU foreign policy chief "often makes inappropriate statements. And this is one of them." "President Putin remains open to dialogue and conflict resolution through political and diplomatic means," he added. European officials and Zelenskyy have been sidelined from the Putin-Trump meeting in Alaska on Friday, which has caused much irritation. Zelenskyy has warned that Russia is planning further offensives and cannot be trusted, while European leaders have been scrambling to try and influence Trump and get Ukraine a seat at the table. European leaders, including Zelenskyy, are set to meet for a virtual summit later on Tuesday, which will reportedly focus on ways to pressure Russia, the fate of Ukrainian territories seized by Russia and possible security guarantees for Kyiv. Trump has also been invited. U.S. has threatened, but not yet implemented sanctions on Russia. European officials have long been trying to pressure Washington D.C. to implement measures, which could put pressure on Putin. Ahead of the talks between Trump and Putin, concerns have also grown that the U.S. president may pursue a solution that would be unfavourable for Ukraine. Trump suggested on Monday that there could "some swapping" of territory as part of a peace deal though he insisted the U.S. "would try to get some of that territory back for Ukraine."

Hillary Clinton: ‘I’d nominate’ Trump for Peace Prize if he ends Russia-Ukraine war -- As President Trump meets with Russian President Vladimir Putin in the hopes of ending the war in Ukraine, his long-held dream of nabbing a Nobel Peace Prize has an unlikely supporter: former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton.In a recent podcast appearance, Clinton said she would support Trump for the coveted prize if he were able to negotiate an end to the more than three-year war that sufficiently repudiates Putin and his claims to Ukrainian territory.“If he could end it without putting Ukraine in a position where it had to concede its territory to the aggressor, had to, in a way, validate Putin’s vision of greater Russia, but instead could really stand up to Putin, to make it clear there must be a ceasefire,” she told “Raging Moderates” co-host Jessica Tarlov.“If President Trump were the architect of that, I’d nominate him for a Nobel Peace Prize,” the 2016 Democratic presidential nominee added.Trump has increasingly campaigned to receive the prize — which was awarded to then-President Obama in 2009 — for his work in a variety of conflicts, including facilitating a ceasefire between India and Pakistan in May. He also reportedly called the prime minister of Norway last month to ask about his nomination, Norwegian press reported.

Ukraine lawmaker: 'We do not quite believe that the diplomatic solution is possible' - Ukrainian Member of Parliament Kira Rudik said Friday that leaders in her country do not see an immediate diplomatic path to peace hours ahead of the U.S.-Russia summit in Alaska. “We do not quite believe that the diplomatic solution is possible here. And we have been saying this since the day one,” Rudik said during an appearance on CNN’s “News Central.” She said security guarantees are Ukraine’s main concern after being invaded by Russia in 2014 and 2022. “Until you know, what is the way to make sure that [Russian President Vladimir] Putin will keep his part of the bargain, you cannot get to the table with him,” Rudik said. “There has not been a single fact up until right now that would confirm that he wants to end the war, that he is ready to end the war. He continues attacking our cities. There is still push on the frontline, and the air raid siren in Kyiv went off just a couple of hours ago,” she added. Ukraine also successfully launched a Thursday drone strike on portions of southern Russia amid slated peace talks with Trump. Rudik said Ukraine remains a frontline barrier to Putin’s attempt to occupy land across Europe. “The truth is, right now, Ukraine is providing security guarantees to Europe because we are basically standing in between Europe and Russia. And Russia didn‘t give up their ideas of restoring Soviet Union, as we have clearly seen today and heard from dictator Putin many times beforehand,” Rudik told CNN, adding that “without the security guarantees, none of the talks will make any sense.” “Without the idea of how Europe and the United States can be standing against Russia for European security, again, these — all the ideas about peace, all the ideas about President Trump getting the Nobel Prize for it, they will be just talks and will not lead to any serious conclusions,” she continued.

GOP momentum for Ukraine aid package grows as Trump sits down with Putin - Republicans are starting to acknowledge Ukraine will need another major military aid package from Congress, despite Vice President Vance’s pledge last year that Congress would not approve another assistance package on the scale of what lawmakers passed in 2024.President Trump will meet with Russian President Vladimir Putin at Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson in Anchorage, Alaska, on Friday in hopes of moving closer to a peace deal, but there is broad skepticism among Republicans and Democrats on Capitol Hill that Putin is serious about a deal or could be counted on to uphold his end of any bargain.Trump has expressed his frustration with Putin and over what he calls “meaningless” peace gestures, but nevertheless says he wants to meet with the Russian leader to see if a peace deal is possible.Some Republicans in Congress, however, are expecting the war to drag on for months longer and want to appropriate tens of billions of dollars to keep Ukrainian forces stocked with weapons to halt the Russian advance, which has gained momentum in recent weeks.One Republican senator who requested anonymity to discuss internal discussions about another Ukraine military assistance package said there’s been a clear shift in tone from Trump on the subject of the war and Russian aggression in recent weeks.. “Look at the changing conversation, look at the change in tone of the words that Trump has been using — going from being pretty standoffish about any further support for Ukraine and talking nicer about Putin to now challenging Putin,” the lawmakers.The senator said there’s a growing “recognition” by the president “that it’s going to be important for Ukraine to be successful and Putin not be successful.”

Vance Says US is Done Funding Ukraine War, Willing To Let Europe Buy American Weapons for Kiev - Vice President JD Vance explained that the White House was done funding the war in Ukraine. He said President Donald Trump would allow Europe to buy American weapons for Ukraine.“The president and I certainly think that America [is] done with the funding of the Ukraine war business,” the Vice President told Fox News’s Maria Bartiromo on “Sunday Morning Futures.”“We want to bring about a peaceful settlement to this thing. We want to stop the killing, but Americans, I think, are sick of continuing to send their money, their tax dollars, to this particular conflict.” He continued, “But if the Europeans want to step up and actually buy the weapons from American producers, we’re okay with that, but we’re not going to fund it ourselves anymore.”NATO Secretary-General Mark Rutte said the alliance would continue to provide Ukraine with the weapons it needs to continue to fight. NATO is “making sure that Ukraine has what it needs to stay in the fight,” he told Margaret Brennan on “Face the Nation.” He made the statement after it was announced that Trump would meet with Vladimir Putin in Alaska on Friday. The summit was scheduled after Trump’s envoy Steve Witkoff discussed the broad outlines of a deal.

Rutte: NATO is ‘making sure that Ukraine has what it needs to stay in the fight’ -- NATO Secretary-General Mark Rutte said the alliance is “making sure that Ukraine has what it needs to stay in the fight” ahead of a summit between President Trump and Russian President Vladimir Putin on Aug. 15. When President Trump announced direct talks with Putin in Alaska, a big concern was that Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky was not invited. The White House and the U.S. ambassador to NATO have said that it’s a possibility and Trump is open to a trilateral summit. In an interview on CBS’s “Face the Nation” with Margaret Brennan, Rutte affirmed NATO is fully behind Ukraine, even amid concerns about Trump’s refusal to invite Zelensky to the meeting. “And, as you said, NATO is coordinating all of this through our command in Wiesbaden, making sure that Ukraine has what it needs to stay in the fight and be in the best possible position when it comes to negotiations on a ceasefire [and] a peace deal,” he said. Moscow shared a ceasefire agreement with the Trump administration, demanding control of Eastern Ukraine in exchange for a halt in the three-year-long war. Zelensky adamantly opposed the new deal, posting on the social platform X, “Any decisions that are against us, any decisions that are without Ukraine, are at the same time decisions against peace. They will not achieve anything. These are stillborn decisions.” Rutte also said, however, that next Friday’s meeting could exclude Ukraine until Putin can be trusted and serious negotiations begin. “What will happen on Friday is testing Putin by President Trump,” he said. “And, obviously, when it comes to peace talks, the ceasefire, and what happens after that on territories, on security guarantees for Ukraine, Ukraine will have to be and will be involved.” The NATO chief has praised Trump’s work since the beginning of his term to secure a peace deal. “And I think it is very good that President Trump will test him. And we will see how far he can get on Friday starting this process. He basically broke the deadlock, President Trump, in February, starting the dialogue with Putin. I think that was crucial,” he said.

Germany To Purchase $500 Million in US Military Equipment for Ukraine Under NATO Scheme - Germany announced on Wednesday that it will purchase $500 million worth of US weapons for Ukraine under a new NATO scheme to funnel more US military equipment into the proxy war, known as the Prioritized Ukraine Requirements List (PURL) initiative.NATO Secretary-General Mark Rutte said that he “commended” Germany for committing to purchase the US weapons. “Germany is the largest European contributor of military aid to Ukraine, and today’s announcement further underlines its commitment to help the Ukrainian people defend their freedom and sovereignty,” he said.Germany’s announcement came after the Netherlands, Denmark, Norway, and Sweden committed to purchasing US weapons for Ukraine. The commitment from the five NATO countries amounts to about $1.5 billion in US military equipment that will be sent to Ukraine.It’s unclear exactly what kind of weapons the European countries are going to purchase, but it will likely include air defense missiles and other types of munitions. President Trump and Rutte first announced the plan to have NATO countries purchase US arms for Ukraine at a White House meeting last month.Vice President JD Vance recently said that the US was “done” with funding the war in Ukraine, though he said if the “Europeans want to step up and actually buy the weapons from American producers, we’re okay with that, but we’re not going to fund it ourselves anymore.”

Trump-Putin summit ends without concrete deal | CNN Politics -Senior government officials in Eastern Europe have reacted with skepticism to comments made by Russian President Vladimir Putin following the Alaska summit. While saying he was interested in ending the conflict, Putin said the primary causes needed to be “eliminated” for that to happen, adding that the “situation in Ukraine” had to do with “fundamental threats to (Russia’s) security.” In a post on X on Saturday morning local time, Lithuanian Defense Minister Dovile Sakaliene accused Putin of “more gaslighting and veiled threats,” a reference to the Russian leader issuing a warning to Ukraine and Europe not to “sabotage” progress made at the summit. Czech Foreign Minister Jan Lipavsky said in a statement that he welcomed US President Donald Trump’s efforts but doubted Putin’s interest in a deal, according to Reuters. “If Putin were serious about negotiating peace, he would not have been attacking Ukraine all day today,” he said. US President Donald Trump and his Russian counterpart Vladimir Putin skipped answering questions at Friday’s joint news conference because their statements said it all, according to the Kremlin’s spokesperson. “Exhaustive statements were made,” Dmitry Peskov said when asked why the two leaders only delivered remarks at the news conference, according to Russia’s RIA Novosti news agency. “The conversation is really very positive, and the two presidents spoke about it. This is the very conversation that allows us to confidently continue moving forward together on the path of seeking resolution options,” Peskov said, RIA reported. President Donald Trump said he appreciated Hillary Clinton saying she’d nominate him for a Nobel Peace Prize if he brokered peace in Ukraine — even as he maintained he’s not campaigning for the award. “I don’t want to be involved in such stuff,” he said, before adding that his former presidential rival’s remarks were “very nice. If she said that, it’s very nice. I really appreciate it too, actually.” Clinton said earlier Friday that she would personally nominate Trump for the prize if he were the “architect” of ending Russia’s war on Ukraine, but only if he could do so without Ukraine having to cede territory to Russia. want me there,” Trump said in a Fox News interview with Sean Hannity. “They both want me there, and I’ll be there.” Asked if he was confident peace could happen in a relatively short time period, Trump replied: “Fairly short, yeah.” Trump also conceded that he was wrong to think the Russia-Ukraine conflict would be “the easiest” of all the conflicts to solve, harkening back to his campaign promise to end the war in 24 hours. “I thought this would be the easiest of them all, and it was the most difficult,” Trump said.

Trump on Summit with Putin: We Made Great Progress Today - (video) Following a three-hour meeting between Russian President Vladimir Putin and President Donald Trump, the leaders delivered brief statements at a press conference, stating that the talks were productive and constructive. Putin spoke first, telling the press that the talks were in a “constructive atmosphere of mutual respect. We had very thorough negotiations.” He added that he hoped European governments and Ukraine would receive the agreements made with Trump “constructively” and that they would not interfere with the progress. The Russian leader also blamed former US President Joe Biden for starting the war in Ukraine and argued that the invasion would not have happened if Trump had been the president. Trump has often claimed the conflict in Ukraine was Biden’s war, and he could have prevented the war from breaking out. Putin noted that before the start of the war in 2022, Moscow sent Washington a proposal that would have stopped the Russian invasion of Ukraine. A core issue for the Kremlin was the growing ties between NATO and Ukraine. However, the Biden administration refused to negotiate on this point, and Putin ordered the invasion. The Russian President said that during the Biden administration, US and Russian relations hit a post-Cold War low point. Putin expressed hope that the summit would be the start of the process to repair the ties and resolve the Ukrainian crisis. “I believe we had a very productive meeting. There were many, many points we agreed on, I would say most of them,” Trump said. “A couple of big ones we haven’t quite gotten there, but we made some headway.” Trump explained that no final agreement was made. “So there’s no deal until there’s a deal,” he added. He went on to say he would call European leaders and Ukrainian President Zelensky. He added that it was ultimately up to the Ukrainians to accept any agreement. The President did not specify what issues were left unresolved, but later in his statement, he mentioned that the “most significant” issue remains unsettled. At the end of the press conference, Putin extended an invitation to Trump to attend a summit in Moscow. “That is an interesting one. I will get a little heat on that one. But I can see it possibly happening,” Trump replied. Friday’s meeting in Alaska also included Secretary of State Marco Rubio, envoy Steve Witkoff, Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov, and aide Yury Ushakov.

Trump Backs Plan to Cede Land for Peace in Ukraine - The New York Times --After meeting the Russian president, President Trump told European leaders he now favors giving up territory Ukraine controls to Russia to end the fighting, a concession Ukraine has long opposed. President Trump on Saturday split from Ukraine and key European allies after his summit with President Vladimir V. Putin of Russia, backing Mr. Putin’s plan for a sweeping peace agreement based on Ukraine ceding territory it controls to Russia, instead of the urgent cease-fire Mr. Trump had said he wanted before the meeting. Skipping cease-fire discussions would give Russia an advantage in the talks, which are expected to continue on Monday when President Volodymyr Zelensky of Ukraine visits Mr. Trump at the White House. It breaks from a strategy Mr. Trump and European allies, as well as Mr. Zelensky, had agreed to before the U.S.-Russia summit in Alaska. Mr. Trump told European leaders that he believed a rapid peace deal could be negotiated if Mr. Zelensky agreed to give up the rest of the Donbas region to Russia, even those areas not occupied by Russian troops, according to two senior European officials briefed on the call. In return, Mr. Putin offered a cease-fire in the rest of Ukraine at current battle lines and a written promise not to attack Ukraine or any European country again, the senior officials said. He has broken similar promises before. Mr. Trump had threatened stark economic penalties if Mr. Putin left the meeting without a deal to end the war, but he has suspended those threats in the wake of the summit. The American president’s moves got a chilly reception in Europe, where leaders have time and again seen Mr. Trump reverse positions on Ukraine after speaking with Mr. Putin. Mr. Trump wrote on Truth Social early on Saturday that he had spoken by phone to Mr. Zelensky and some European leaders after his meeting with Mr. Putin. He claimed “it was determined by all” that it was better to go directly to negotiating a peace agreement without first implementing a cease-fire. European leaders, publicly and privately, made clear that was not the case. They issued a statement that did not echo Mr. Trump’s claim that peace talks were preferable to a cease-fire. Britain, France, Germany and others threatened to increase economic penalties on Russia “as long as the killing in Ukraine continues.” Mr. Zelensky, who was left out of the Alaska summit, said in a statement that he and Mr. Trump would on Monday “discuss all of the details regarding ending the killing and the war.” Zelensky’s challenge: Ukraine was left scrambling to piece together what Mr. Trump and Mr. Putin had discussed and striving to avoid being sidelined. Mr. Zelensky is heading to Washington on Monday. An official briefed on his call with Mr. Trump and Mr. Zelensky said Kyiv does not understand why the American president suddenly dropped the demand that a cease-fire precede negotiations. Read more › European response: European leaders moved to support Ukraine and voice caution of Russia. They neither endorsed Mr. Trump’s changed stance on how to achieve peace nor openly contradicted it. A virtual meeting between the leaders of France, Britain, and Germany is set for Sunday. Prime Minister Mark Carney of Canada praised President Trump for “creating the opportunity to end Russia’s illegal war in Ukraine,” and agreeing to provide security guarantees to Ukraine after a peace deal. He also said Canada would intensify its support for Ukraine and is working closely with President Volodymyr Zelensky of Ukraine. His statement aligned with much of Europe’s response to the Alaska summit, cautiously avoiding contradicting Trump’s decision to prioritize a sweeping peace deal over an immediate cease-fire, while showing firm support of Ukraine.

Trump-Putin documents left on hotel printer : NPR- Papers with U.S. State Department markings, found Friday morning in the business center of an Alaskan hotel, revealed previously undisclosed and potentially sensitive details about the Aug. 15 meetings between President Donald Trump and Russian President Vladimir V. Putin in Anchorage.Eight pages, that appear to have been produced by U.S. staff and left behind accidentally, shared precise locations and meeting times of the summit and phone numbers of U.S. government employees.At around 9 a.m. on Friday, three guests at Hotel Captain Cook, a four-star hotel located 20 minutes from the Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson in Anchorage where leaders from the U.S. and Russia convened, found the documents left behind in one of the hotel's public printers. NPR reviewed photos of the documents taken by one of the guests, who NPR agreed not to identify because the guest said they feared retaliation.The first page in the printed packet disclosed the sequence of meetings for August 15, including the specific names of the rooms inside the base in Anchorage where they would take place. It also revealed that Trump intended to give Putin a ceremonial present."POTUS to President Putin," the document states, "American Bald Eagle Desk Statue."On Saturday, White House Deputy Press Secretary Anna Kelly dismissed the papers as a "multi-page lunch menu" and suggested leaving the information on a public printer was not a security breach. The U.S. Department of State did not respond to requests for comment.Pages 2 through 5 of the documents listed the names and phone numbers of three U.S. staff members as well as the names of 13 U.S. and Russian state leaders. The list provided phonetic pronouncers for all the Russian men expected at the summit, including "Mr. President POO-tihn."Pages 6 and 7 in the packet described how lunch at the summit would be served, and for whom. A menu included in the documents indicated that the luncheon was to be held "in honor of his excellency Vladimir Putin."A seating chart shows that Putin and Trump were supposed to sit across from each other during the luncheon. Trump would be flanked by six officials: Secretary of State Marco Rubio, Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth and White House Chief of Staff Susie Wiles to his right, and Secretary of the Treasury Scott Bessent, Secretary of Commerce Howard Lutnick and Special Envoy for Peace Missions Steve Witkoff to his left. Putin would be seated immediately next to his Minister of Foreign Affairs, Sergey Lavrov, and his Aide to the President for Foreign Policy, Yuri Ushakov.

Trump tells Zelenskiy that Putin wants more of Ukraine, urges Kyiv make a deal (Reuters) - U.S. President Donald Trump said on Saturday that Ukraine should make a deal to end the war with Russia because "Russia is a very big power, and they're not", after a summit where Vladimir Putin was reported to have demanded more Ukrainian land. After the two leaders met in Alaska on Friday, Trump told Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskiy that Putin had offered to freeze most front lines if Kyiv ceded all of Donetsk, the industrial region that is one of Moscow's main targets, a source familiar with the matter said. Sign up here. Zelenskiy rejected the demand, the source said. Russia already controls a fifth of Ukraine, including about three-quarters of Donetsk province, which it first entered in 2014. Trump also said he agreed with Putin that a peace deal should be sought without the prior ceasefire that Ukraine and its European allies, until now with U.S. support, have demanded. Zelenskiy said he would meet Trump in Washington on Monday, while Kyiv's European allies welcomed Trump's efforts but vowed to back Ukraine and tighten sanctions on Russia. Trump's meeting with Putin, the first U.S.-Russia summit since Moscow launched a full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, lasted just three hours. "It was determined by all that the best way to end the horrific war between Russia and Ukraine is to go directly to a Peace Agreement, which would end the war, and not a mere Ceasefire Agreement, which often times do not hold up," Trump posted on Truth Social. His various comments on the meeting mostly aligned with the public positions of Moscow, which says it wants a full settlement - not a pause - but that this will be complex because positions are "diametrically opposed". Russia has been gradually advancing for months. The war - the deadliest in Europe for 80 years - has killed or wounded well over a million people from both sides, including thousands of mostly Ukrainian civilians, according to analysts. Before the summit, Trump had said he would not be happy unless a ceasefire was agreed on. But afterwards he said that, after Monday's talks with Zelenskiy, "if all works out, we will then schedule a meeting with President Putin". Those talks will evoke memories of a meeting in the White House Oval Office in February, where Trump and Vice President JD Vance gave Zelenskiy a brutal public dressing-down. Putin signalled no movement in Russia's long-held demands, which also include a veto on Kyiv's desired membership in the NATO alliance. He made no mention in public of meeting Zelenskiy, which the Ukrainian leader said he was willing to do. Kremlin aide Yuri Ushakov said a three-way summit had not been discussed. In an interview with Fox News' Sean Hannity, Trump signalled that he and Putin had discussed land transfers and security guarantees for Ukraine, and had "largely agreed". "I think we're pretty close to a deal," he said, adding: "Ukraine has to agree to it. Maybe they'll say 'no'." Asked what he would advise Zelenskiy to do, Trump said: "Gotta make a deal." "Look, Russia is a very big power, and they're not," he added.

Trump to meet Zelensky on Monday after "difficult" post-summit call - After his summit with Russian President Putin in Alaska on Friday, President Trump will meet Ukrainian President Zelensky for what could be a difficult meeting at the White House on Monday afternoon.Trump's positions coming out of the meeting — that he no longer supports a ceasefire, and it's "up to President Zelensky" to make peace — appear highly unfavorable to Ukraine.Zelensky and Trump announced their upcoming meeting after a phone call between Trump, the Ukrainian president and several NATO leaders during which the president briefed them on his meeting with Putin.The call, which lasted more than an hour an a half, "was not easy," a source with direct knowledge said. The meeting will take place six months after their disastrous Oval Office meeting in February. : Trump called Zelensky from Air Force One on his way back to Washington from Alaska. Secretary of State Marco Rubio and White House envoy Steve Witkoff, who were in the Trump-Putin meeting, were also on the call.They spoke with Zelensky for an hour and then the leaders of the U.K., France, Germany, Italy, Finland, NATO and the European Commission joined the call for another half hour. According to the source, Trump told Zelensky and the NATO leaders that Putin doesn't want a ceasefire and prefers a comprehensive agreement to end the war. "Trump said on the call that he thinks a fast peace deal is better than a ceasefire," the source said.That's the opposite from the approach Trump originally endorsed. Zelensky has been adamant that there must be a ceasefire before peace talks. Trump also told Zelensky that Putin had told him that Russia was making significant progress on the front lines and that if he wanted, he could capture the entire Donetsk region and other areas where fighting is taking place.According to the source, Zelensky told Trump that Putin was misrepresenting the situation on the front. During the call, Witkoff briefed Zelensky and the NATO leaders on how Putin sees the issue of territory and what he's willing to give in return. "The impression was that in return for territory, Putin is willing to end the war and commit not to try and occupy more areas in Ukraine and to not attack other countries," the source said. Trump told Fox News after the summit that he and Putin agreed on most but not all issues, and it was now "up to President Zelensky to get it done." "Ukraine reaffirms its readiness to work with maximum effort to achieve peace. It is important that America's strength has an impact on the development of the situation. We support President Trump's proposal for a trilateral meeting between Ukraine, the USA, and Russia," Zelensky said after the call. He added that he will use his meeting with Trump on Monday to discuss "all of the details regarding ending the killing and the war." Trump wrote on Truth Social on Saturday morning that his meeting with Putin was "very successful" as was his late night phone call with Zelensky and the European Leaders. "It was determined by all that the best way to end the horrific war between Russia and Ukraine is to go directly to a Peace Agreement, which would end the war, and not a mere Ceasefire Agreement, which often times do not hold up," Trump said. Trump wrote that "if all works out" he will schedule a trilateral summit with Putin and Zelensky soon. "Potentially, millions of people's lives will be saved," he stressed.

Trump Gains Economic Control of Zangezur Corridor as Part of Armenia-Azerbaijan Declaration --As part of an agreement between Armenia and Azerbaijan that was brokered by President Trump, the US will gain long-term economic control of the Zangezur corridor, a strip of land that will go through Armenia’s territory and connect Azerbaijan with its exclave, known as Nakhchivan.Azeri President Ilham Aliyev and Armenian Prime Minister Nikol Pashinyan signed a trilateral declaration with Trump at the White House on Friday. “Now they’re friends, and they’re going to be friends for a long time,” Trump said at the signing ceremony. “You two are going to have a great relationship, and if you don’t, call me and I’ll straighten it out.”Under the deal, the US will lease a 27-mile stretch of land in Armenia’s southern Syunik Province near Iran’s border for 99 years that will be developed into the Trump Route for International Peace and Prosperity (TRIPP). The US plans to sublease the land to a consortium of private US companies that will develop rail, oil, gas, and fiber optic lines in the corridor, which will still fall under Armenian law.The concept of the Zangezur corridor was first pushed by Azerbaijan following the 2020 Nagorno-Karabakh War. At the end of 2022, Azerbaijan imposed a blockade on Nagorno-Karabakh, also known as Artsakh, a historically Armenian territory that is within Azerbaijan’s internationally recognized borders, which were drawn by the Soviet Union. A September 2023 Azeri offensive ended with the ethnic cleansing of the more than 100,000 Armenian Christians who lived in Nagorno-Karabakh and the full Azeri takeover of the territory, which was solidified by the declaration signed on Friday.Aliyev had previously hinted that Azerbaijan could take military action to establish the Zangezur corridor, and the deal signed in Washington takes that threat off the table. The corridor will connect Azerbaijan with Turkey, a key ally of Baku that provided strong support in the takeover of Nagorno-Karabakh. Israel also provided Azerbaijan with weapons for its Nagorno-Karabakh campaign and sees Baku as an ally against Iran.Political map of Azerbaijan via the Nations Online ProjectIran has come out strongly against the US control of the Zangezur corridor, with an advisor to Iranian Supreme Leader Al Khamenei vowing Tehran will block it. “This passage will not become a gateway for Trump’s mercenaries — it will become their graveyard,” said Ali Akbar Velayati.

Backing Netanyahu, Trump Suggests Israel Needs To Ramp Up Military Pressure on Hamas - In an interview with Axios on Monday, President Trump provided backing for Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s plans to escalate in Gaza, suggesting that Israel needed to ramp up the pressure on Hamas.The report said that Trump stopped short of directly endorsing the Israeli government’s plan to take over Gaza City but “seemed to agree” with Netanyahu’s “argument that more military pressure on Hamas is required.”Israel’s plans to escalate its genocidal war have faced widespread international condemnation as the humanitarian situation in Gaza is as bad as ever, and Palestinians continue to starve to death every day. But the Trump administration has not wavered in its support for Israel. Many people inside Israel, including senior military officials, have raised concerns about the plans to escalate in Gaza due to the threat it will pose to the remaining Israeli captives. Trump told Axiosthat it was always going to be “very rough to get them” because Hamas “are not going to let the hostages out in the current situation,” although Hamas’s long-standing position is that it’s willing to release the remaining captives in exchange for a permanent ceasefire. Echoing earlier comments, Trump said it was up to Israel what to do next, signaling he will continue providing military aid no matter what Netanyahu chooses to do. The president said it was also up to Israel whether Hamas can remain in Gaza, but said that in his opinion, “they can’t stay there.”“I have one thing to say: remember October 7, remember October 7,” Trump told Axios.Trump’s conversation with Axios came a day after he spoke with Netanyahu by phone to discuss Israel’s planned escalation. “The two discussed Israel’s plans to take control of the remaining Hamas strongholds in Gaza to bring an end to the war by securing the release of the hostages and defeating Hamas,” Netanyahu’s office said in a statement on the call.

Mike Huckabee Justifies Israeli Military Killing of Aid Seekers in Gaza - In an interview published by The Times of Israel on Wednesday, US Ambassador to Israel Mike Huckabee justified the Israeli military’s shooting of unarmed Palestinians attempting to get aid in the Gaza Strip.Defending the US-backed Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF), Huckabee downplayed the reports of people being killed by the IDF near GHF sites but admitted that it does happen. “Have there been instances where maybe people were shot by IDF soldiers? Best I can tell, that has happened,” the ambassador said.Huckabee claimed that IDF soldiers only fire at civilians when they’re being rushed by a large crowd. “You have a group of, let’s say, 10 or 15 IDF soldiers. They’re manning a perimeter. You have 2,000 or 3,000 people who suddenly are rushing toward a position. They’re first given a verbal warning. Please stop. Second thing they get, shots fired in the air. Third thing, shots fired at the ground. And if they’re still rushing toward them, it’s probable that some people are shot in the midst of that because [the soldiers] don’t know why they’re coming. Are they coming to overrun the position?” he said.But eyewitness accounts from Palestinians contradict Huckabee’s claims, and videos have shown groups of unarmed Palestinians coming under fire while taking cover. Tony Aguilar, a retired US Army Green Beret who worked at GHF sites, has said the IDF regularly fires live ammunition at unarmed people as a form of “crowd control,” including when their backs are turned and they are walking away from GHF sites.Israel’s use of live ammunition on aid seekers has included tank and artillery shells. Huckabee appeared to mock the idea of using “non-lethal” means of crowd control during the interview. The interviewer said that he wished there were “non-lethal crowd control methods” being used in Gaza, and Huckabee replied, “Don’t we all.” The interviewer then noted that there are non-lethal means to control a crowd, to which Huckabee replied, “What are you going to do? Get Girl Scouts to take them in?”

Over 100 Aid Groups Working in Gaza Say Israel Is 'Weaponizing Aid' With New NGO Registration Rule - More than 100 aid groups working in Gaza and the West Bank have signed a letter saying that Israel is “weaponizing aid,” a warning that comes as people are starving to death every day in Gaza due to the US-backed Israeli blockade. The statement said that in July alone, 60 requests to deliver aid to Gaza were rejected by Israel over claims that the organizations, which have a history of operating in Gaza, were not authorized to deliver aid. “This obstruction has left millions of dollars’ worth of food, medicine, water, and shelter items stranded in warehouses across Jordan and Egypt, while Palestinians are being starved,” the letter says. The letter, signed by Doctors Without Borders (MSF), Oxfam, Save the Children, and several other major organizations, came in response to a new Israeli rule for international NGOs operating in the Palestinian territories that requires them to provide a list of their donors and identify their Palestinian staff.“Unless INGOs submit to the full registration requirements—including the mandatory submission of details of private donors, complete Palestinian staff lists, and other sensitive information about personnel for so-called ‘security’ vetting to Israeli authorities—many could be forced to halt operations in Gaza and the West Bank, including East Jerusalem, and remove all international staff within 60 days,” the letter states.The aid groups noted the large number of aid workers who have been killed by the IDF in Gaza since October 7, 2023. “In the deadliest context for aid workers worldwide, where 98 percent of those humanitarians killed were Palestinian, NGOs have no guarantees that handing over such information would not put staff at further risk, or be used to advance the government of Israel’s stated military and political aims,” the letter states.The groups said that Israel was now using the registration rule “to further block aid and deny food and medicine in the midst of the worst-case scenario of famine” in the Gaza Strip. Some aid groups said they have been unable to deliver any aid to Gaza due to Israeli restrictions.“Since the full siege was imposed on March 2, CARE has not been able to deliver any of our $1.5 million worth of pre-positioned supplies into Gaza,” said Jolien Veldwijk, the Gaza director for the international humanitarian aid group CARE. Oxfam said that it “has over $2.5 million worth of goods that have been rejected from entering Gaza by Israel, especially WASH and hygiene items as well as food.”

The Two-State Solution Sham, And Other Reader Questions - Caitlin Johnstone: I’m just going to answer questions from readers for a while.

  • Lorna asks on Facebook, “Is the 2 state solution a solution …or a delusion??” - Israeli officials have been telling us themselves that it’s a delusion for a while now, and I think we should believe them. Everything about Israel is stacked against allowing the creation of a Palestinian state, and even if the Palestinians do get a meaningful state somehow, what then? Israel is constantly at war with its neighbors who refuse to obey its dictates, so a “Palestinian state” would likely either be (A) Israel continuing to bomb and massacre Palestinians just like they’re doing now, or (B) Palestinians obeying the dictates of Tel Aviv and not being meaningfully sovereign.The truth is that Palestinians will never be free as long as Israel exists as the hypermilitaristic racist settler-colonialist state that it is. The way to have peace and freedom is to give everyone equal rights, grant right of return for displaced Palestinians, right the wrongs of the past, and for Israel and its western allies to pay so many reparations to Palestinians that the wounds of the past are no longer felt by future generations.Israelis will never go along with this unless they are forced to, but they won’t stop any of their evils unless they are forced to anyway. The world is going to have to force them to stop, just like it had to force Nazi Germany to stop.
  • Naterian asks on Twitter, “When did you first become aware of the injustice in palestine? What year, what age were you, what event was it that fully opened your eyes to how dire the situation was?” My father taught me about the plight of the Palestinians back in the early eighties, which he had initially learned about from some people distributing literature in the city mall. After that it was a few different experiences over the years that opened my eyes wider bit by bit, including my troubling encounters with Israeli tourists while traveling in South America and watching Israeli snipers fire on unarmed protesters in 2018.And actually my eyes are still being opened. Israel still finds ways to shock me with its abusiveness and depravity to this very day. Just when I think I’ve seen the full scope of its evil, I find more. I’m learning more about the kind of malice and tyranny that Palestinians have been living under every day.
  • Tom asks on Substack, “What’s going to happen after recognition?” It’s not clear at this time that much of anything will happen after governments like the UK, France, Canada and Australia go through with their planned recognition of a Palestinian state. What are they going to do, plant a Palestinian flag in the rubble of Gaza? Hand people Palestinian passports while they’re being rounded up in concentration camps in preparation for mass deportations?The immediate problem right now isn’t that Palestinians don’t have a state, it’s that Israel has spent the last two years capitalizing on the rare window of political will which was afforded by October 7 to rapidly push through as many of its pre-existing military agendas as it possibly can. That’s not going to be stopped by giving a diplomatic thumbs-up to Palestinian statehood, it’s going to be stopped by imposing costs which outweigh the benefits of what Israel is doing.Hard economic sanctions. The termination of military and arms agreements. Making Israel a pariah state in every possible way. Collectively threatening to terminate alliances with the United States in order to pressure the US to bring Israel to heel. Israelis have an acute understanding of the difference between narrative and real material benefits. They’re happy to keep doing what they like and grabbing as many hard material benefits as they can while western governments make performative gestures that amount to nothing but narrative. They’ll let us have our narratives as long as they get the material land grabs and strategic gains they’re after. It’s not until the material costs outweigh the material benefits that they’ll stop acting the way they are acting.

The Biblical Case For Supporting Israel - by Caitlin Johnstone - During a speech in South Carolina, US Senator Lindsey Graham warned that God will “pull the plug” on Americans if they stop supporting Israel. “This is not a hard choice if you’re an American. It’s not a hard choice if you’re a Christian,” Graham said. “A word of warning: if America pulls the plug on Israel, God will pull the plug on us. And we’re not going to let that happen.” The senator is correct, of course. What, do you doubt him? God clearly and explicitly commands Christians to support the modern state of Israel. It’s right here in the Holy Bible; give me a moment and I’ll find the verse for you. Aha! Got it. Exodus 20:13, “You shall not murder.” Wait, hold on, that’s not it. Here it is, Matthew 5:9, “Blessed are the peacemakers.” Hang on, shoot, that’s not the one. What I meant to say is Lamentations 2:19, “Lift your hands to him for the lives of your children, who faint for hunger at the head of every street.” Ah, wrong one, lemme thumb through this a bit more. Got it! Proverbs 24:11, “Rescue those who are being taken away to death; hold back those who are stumbling to the slaughter.” Wait, sorry, no, it’s Psalm 101:7, “No one who practices deceit shall dwell in my house; no one who utters lies shall continue before my eyes.” Oh no actually it’s Proverbs 6:16–19, “There are six things that the Lord hates, seven that are an abomination to him: haughty eyes, a lying tongue, and hands that shed innocent blood, a heart that devises wicked plans, feet that make haste to run to evil, a false witness who breathes out lies, and one who sows discord among brothers.” Oops, no, it’s definitely not that one. Actually it’s Deuteronomy 27:25, “Cursed be anyone who takes a bribe to shed innocent blood.” No, dang it, that makes AIPAC recipients sound bad. Gimme a minute. Ah! Mark 12:31, “You shall love your neighbor as yourself.” No, wait, got it! Here it is, Romans 14:19, “Let us therefore make every effort to do what leads to peace and to mutual edification.” Oh no, that isn’t the one I was looking for, it was Second Corinthians 13:11, “Strive for full restoration, encourage one another, be of one mind, live in peace. And the God of love and peace will be with you.” Oh actually that one sounds kind of antisemitic in this context, gimme a sec. Got it! Ephesians 4:3, “Make every effort to keep the unity of the Spirit through the bond of peace.” Hold on, that’s not it either. The one I meant to cite was Hebrews 12:14, “Make every effort to live in peace with everyone and to be holy; without holiness no one will see the Lord.” Oh boy, this really isn’t going well. Lemme see… oh! James 3:18, “Peacemakers who sow in peace reap a harvest of righteousness.” Gosh darn it, I made a mistake. The verse I meant to point to was First Peter 3:11, “They must turn from evil and do good; they must seek peace and pursue it.” Wait, no, it was Galatians 5:22, “But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, forbearance, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, gentleness and self-control.” Actually it was Luke 6:35–36, “But love your enemies, do good to them, and lend to them without expecting to get anything back. Then your reward will be great, and you will be children of the Most High, because he is kind to the ungrateful and wicked. Be merciful, just as your Father is merciful.” Oops, no, nope. Man this is way harder than I thought it was going to be. Oh! Hey! Found it! It was right here in Genesis the whole time, chapter 12, verse 3: “I will bless those who bless you, and whoever curses you I will curse; and all peoples on earth will be blessed through you.” There! See? It’s right there in black and white. God’s saying we are commanded to support a modern state that we created in 1948, no matter what it does. The Bible is entirely clear and unequivocal about this, and says absolutely nothing to the contrary. Checkmate, heathen.

China says it 'drove away' U.S. warship near the disputed Scarborough Shoal -China said Wednesday it warned and "drove away" a U.S. destroyer that had sailed near the coast of the disputed Scarborough Shoal in the South China Sea — one of the most valuable shipping lanes globally.The destroyer, USS Higgins, "illegally entered China's territorial waters off Huangyan Island without the approval of the Chinese government," the country's defense ministry said, according to a CNBC translation of the statement in Mandarin.Huangyan Island is the name China uses to refer to the shoal, which has been the subject of a maritime dispute between China and the Philippines.China accused the U.S. military of "seriously" infringing its sovereignty, adding that America's actions "severely undermine peace and stability in the South China Sea, and violate international law and basic norms governing international relations." The USS Higgins is a warship with the U.S. Seventh Fleet, based in Yokosuka, Japan. Sarah Merrill, a spokesperson for the fleet told CNBC that the USS Higgins was conducting a "freedom of navigation operation" in accordance with international law. "China's statement about this mission is false ... The United States is defending its right to fly, sail and operate wherever international law allows, as USS Higgins did here. Nothing China says otherwise will deter us," Merrill added.The incident comes at a time when Washington and Beijing are locked in a trade spat that has seen the two issue incendiary statements, with China in March warning that it was prepared for "a trade war or any other type of war," with the U.S., before tensions subsided.On Tuesday, a Chinese warship had crashed into one of its own coast guard vessels as it chased a patrol boat belonging to the Philippines.China claims almost all of the South China Sea as its own under its "nine-dash-line," which rejects a 2016 ruling by an international arbitration court in the Netherlands, that found no legal or historical basis for Beijing's claims.

US Reactivates Military Intelligence Unit On Korean Peninsula In Latest Build-Up -- The Pentagon activated a military intelligence unit in South Korea. The move comes after the US established a second fighter "super squadron" on the Korean Peninsula.According to a statement from the US Army, the 528th Military Intelligence Company (MICO) is now operating in South Korea. The 528th will be part of the Second Infantry Division."2ID is the last remaining permanently forward-stationed division in the U.S. Army. Its purpose is to deter aggression and maintain peace on the Korean Peninsula, and if deterrence fails, ‘Fight Tonight’ in support of the U.S.-Republic of Korea Alliance," the Army’s statement explained.The 528th was established during World War II and deployed to the Korean Peninsula during the Korean War. The 528th was disbanded in 2005, after deployments during the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq.According to the statement, the MICO will be "utilized to collect, analyze, and disseminate information about enemy forces, terrain, and potential threats to support decision-making and ensure mission success."The reestablishment of the military intelligence company follows the Pentagon repositioning dozens of F-16s in South Korea closer to the demilitarized zone.Additionally, Washington and Seoul are set to kick off large-scale war games that often lead to a spike in tensions on the Korean Peninsula.However, the US and South Korea agreed to divide the war games, and will conduct half of the planned military exercises in September.

France, Germany, and the UK Say They're Ready To Re-Impose 'Snapback' Sanctions on Iran - France, Germany, and the UK have told the UN that they’re ready to impose “snapback” sanctionson Iran over the lack of diplomatic progress regarding Iran’s nuclear program in the wake of the 12-day US-Israeli war against the Islamic Republic.“We have made it clear that if Iran is not willing to reach a diplomatic solution before the end of August 2025, or does not seize the opportunity of an extension, E3 are prepared to trigger the snapback mechanism,” the three European nations said in a letter to UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres.Under the 2015 nuclear deal, known as the JCPOA, signatories can re-impose so-called snapback sanctions that were lifted by the UN Security Council when the deal was signed. Iran argues that the signatories don’t have the right to re-impose the sanctions since the US was the party that violated the agreement and withdrew from it in 2018.According to Reuters, France, Germany, and the UK had offered Iran an extension in the deadline if it agreed to hold direct negotiations with the US, but Tehran hasn’t replied. However, Iranian officials have been clear that they need assurances from the US that they wouldn’t be attacked during future negotiations, and President Trump has been threatening to bomb the country again if it resumes its nuclear enrichment program.The US and Israel used the cover of US-Iran nuclear talks to launch the 12-Day War, which began with heavy Israeli airstrikes on June 13, two days before Washington and Tehran were set to hold their next round of negotiations. Israel launched the war under the pretext of preventing Tehran from developing a nuclear weapon, but US intelligence agencies and the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) both said they had no evidence that Tehran was seeking a bomb.In response to the war and what Iran saw as the IAEA’s role in starting it, Tehran has suspended cooperation with the nuclear watchdog, though it is still engaged in talks with the IAEA. The day before Israel launched the war, the IAEA’s Board of Governors passed a resolution claiming Iran was no longer living up to its commitments under the Non-Proliferation Treaty, a claim made mainly based on nuclear activity that allegedly took place decades ago.Iranian officials have warned that if snapback sanctions are re-imposed, Tehran may withdraw from the Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT), a step that could be used by Israel and the US as a pretext to launch another war.

Financial WMD: How Iran Could Trigger A Global Economic Collapse - Warren Buffett once referred to derivatives as “financial weapons of mass destruction.” He wasn’t being dramatic—he was warning that if things went wrong, these complex financial instruments could cause massive, far-reaching damage to the global economy. What Buffett feared most was how a sudden, unexpected market shock could set off a dangerous chain reaction through the financial system, fueled by the hidden risks and tangled interconnections that derivatives create.These instruments link major banks, hedge funds, and corporations in an intricate web of bets on the future prices of oil, interest rates, currencies, and more.The fear spreads quickly, because many of these derivative contracts are opaque—no one really knows who is exposed or by how much. That uncertainty can lead to panic in the markets, as everyone starts pulling back at once. Losses like these rarely stay contained. A default in one part of the system spreads risk outward. If a major player can’t cover its exposure, it endangers its counterparties. If one of those is a major bank, the problem quickly becomes systemic. This is precisely the kind of domino effect Buffett was describing—a market shock lighting fuses in unexpected places, turning financial interconnectivity into financial fragility. Because derivatives are so interconnected and can involve huge sums of money, the damage can grow quickly and unpredictably, much like a series of explosions. That’s why Buffett saw them not just as risky tools, but as potential threats to the entire financial system. In other words, financial WMD. So why bring this up now? Because the recent war between Israel, the US, and Iran is far from over. At some point, a far more serious confrontation between the US and Iran appears inevitable—and when it comes, it will almost certainly disrupt the flow of oil and gas from the Persian Gulf. To call that a severe supply disruption would be an understatement. Consider this. The Strait of Hormuz is a narrow strip of water that links the Persian Gulf to the rest of the world. It’s the world’s single-most important energy corridor, and there’s no alternative route. Five of the world’s top 10 oil-producing countries—Saudi Arabia, Iran, Iraq, United Arab Emirates, and Kuwait—border the Persian Gulf, as does Qatar, the world’s largest exporter of liquefied natural gas (LNG). The Strait of Hormuz is their only sea route to the open ocean… and world markets. At its narrowest point, the space available for shipping lanes in the Strait of Hormuz is just 3.2 kilometers wide. According to the US Energy Information Administration, around 20 million barrels of oil transit the Strait daily, accounting for roughly 20% of global oil production—worth about $1.4 billion per day at current prices. Another 20% of global LNG exports also move through the Strait. It’s hard to overstate the importance of the Strait of Hormuz to the global economy. If someone were to disrupt the Strait, it would ignite a full-blown energy crisis, sending prices soaring and financial markets into chaos. Thanks to its commanding geography and expertise in unconventional and asymmetric warfare, Iran can shut down the Strait, and there’s not much anyone can do about it. It’s Iran’s geopolitical trump card.

US Launched a 'Series' of Airstrikes To Support a Week-Long Battle in Southern Somalia -US Africa Command announced on Monday that its forces had launched a “series” of airstrikes to support US-backed Somali government forces during a week-long battle against al-Shabaab from August 1 to August 8 in southern Somalia.The airstrikes were launched during a battle to retake Bariire, a town in southern Somalia that’s about 30 miles west of Mogadishu. US-backed government forces were joined by Ugandan troops that are part of the African Union’s mission in Somalia, known as AUSSOM.AFRICOM did not specify how many strikes it launched during the battle or offer any details about casualties. “Specific details about units and assets will not be released to ensure continued operations security,” AFRICOM said.Somalia’s defense minister said that Somalia and AUSSOM forces “neutralized 120 al-Shabaab militants” and captured several others. According to Garowe Online, the offensive also resulted in the deaths of “dozens of soldiers,” but neither the Somali Defense Ministry nor AUSSOM shared any info about their own casualties in their press releases on the battle.While the US-allied forces were able to retake Bariire, al-Shabaab has been gaining significant territory in southern Somalia overall in an offensive it launched in February, taking dozens of towns and villages. The US-backed government of President Hassan Sheikh Mohamud is considered very weak and has been losing the support of clans it previously relied on to fight al-Shabaab.The Trump administration has significantly escalated airstrikes in Somalia, both in support of the Mogadishu-based government and local forces in the northeastern Puntland region, where another war is being fought against Somalia’s small ISIS affiliate, which is an offshoot of al-Shabaab.

US Has Launched 57 Airstrikes in Somalia So Far This Year - US Africa Command told Antiwar.com in an email on Tuesday that its forces have launched 57 airstrikes in Somalia this year, as the Trump administration has been conducting strikes in the country at a record pace, an air war that gains virtually no media coverage in the US. The Trump administration is well on its way to breaking the annual record for airstrikes in Somalia, which President Trump set at 63 in 2019. The statement from AFRICOM was a response to an inquiry about its latest airstrikes, which werelaunched from August 1 to August 8 to support US-backed Somali government forces and Ugandan troops fighting under the African Union’s mission in Somalia, known as AUSSOM, against al-Shabaab to retake the town of Bariire, which is about 30 miles west of Mogadishu.In its initial press release, AFRICOM didn’t specify how many strikes it launched. But in response to the inquiry from Antiwar.com, the command said that it launched a total of five airstrikes during the week-long battle. Somalia’s defense minister said about 120 al-Shabaab fighters were killed in the operation.The US has ramped up airstrikes in support of the Mogadishu-based government, which has lost significant territory to al-Shabaab this year. The US is also conducting a separate air war in Somalia’s northeastern Puntland region against the local ISIS affiliate, which is an offshoot of al-Shabaab.In Puntland, the US is backing local forces, who are fighting against ISIS and have also been at odds with the US-backed Federal Government. Last month, fighting between Puntland’s security forces and clan militias that Puntland authorities accused of being backed by the government left eight people dead.The US-backed government has also been sporadically clashing with local Jubaland forces in southern Somalia. Both Puntland and Jubaland severed ties with the government last year overchanges to the constitution made by President Hassan Sheikh Mohamud.

Blackwater founder Erik Prince pitches deployment of US mercenaries to South America - The recent visit to Ecuador and Peru by former US Navy SEAL and mercenary contractor Erik Prince is cause for alarm throughout the region. The billionaire Prince is the founder of Blackwater, an infamous mercenary army with a bloody record of assassinations and human rights violations in Iraq, Afghanistan, Somalia, Haiti and other countries. His purpose in visiting Ecuador and Peru is to train the police and the military in combating the growing upsurge of the masses, as well as providing mercenary soldiers with a license to kill if the situation so requires. Both countries’ governments face the growth of extortionate mafias that control the streets of working-class districts in the cities and mining regions in the Andes. In Peru, it includes cities like Trujillo, El Callao, and Lima. Similarly, in Ecuador, drug trafficking gangs are prevalent in the port city of Guayaquil. These issues, however, have their source in rising social inequality, widespread poverty, and the marginalization of broad layers of workers and youth by the capitalist ruling elite. It is against this backdrop that Prince, a longtime supporter of Washington’s fascist President Trump, traveled to the region in July. In Quito, President Daniel Noboa and Prince reached a “strategic agreement” to combat drug trafficking and illegal fishing. The establishment of a US military base in Ecuador is also under consideration. Prince ostensibly visited Peru at the invitation of Hernando de Soto, a right-wing economist and former advisor to dictatorial regime of President Alberto Fujimori. Founder of the neo-liberal think tank Institute of Liberty and Democracy (ILD), which purports to fight regulation and to secure property rights for micro and medium size enterprises (MYPES), de Soto was among the first recipients of funding from the National Endowment for Democracy, which was set up under the Reagan administration to carry out overtly the kind of backing previously provided by the CIA covertly. Prince’s presence in Peru was allegedly to intervene in the conflict involving informal mining based upon de Soto’s agenda. This is a lie. His expertise is not in the regulation of mining activity, but in training police and army elements, as well as in deploying mercenaries, to conduct mass repression and assassinations. This real agenda is aimed not only at repressing the recent violence involving informal miners, like the 13 miners massacred recently in Pataz, a mining region in the northern Andes. Its purpose goes far beyond that. Since early 2023, Peru has seen a rise in class struggle, driven by ever widening social inequality and rampant government corruption that leaves the bourgeoisie without democratic options to rule. Consequently, the government is increasingly relying on the police and military for control. Prince offers specialized training in tactics to meet this growing mass discontent with deadly force. In late July, artisanal and informal miners blockaded the main highway that carries minerals from the mines in the southern Andean region. This action was just the beginning of their protest. Unions and working-class organizations have announced a national general strike that could significantly challenge the government. El Comercio mentions Prince is the “the founder of the controversial Blackwater (now known as Academi), a company that at one time became the largest contractor of security personnel for the US State Department, securing contracts from 2001 to 2009. However, the company was sold in 2010 following a scandal that resulted in the deaths of 17 civilians in Baghdad.” Blackwater mercenaries escorting US diplomats passing by a public square in Baghdad launched an unprovoked attack using automatic weapons and grenades that left 17 dead, including a 9-year-old boy. It took three years of continuous struggle by families of the victims for the courts to declare four mercenaries guilty. Then, President Trump pardoned them in 2020.

Pentagon: Hegseth supports women’s right to vote - The Trump administration on Thursday sought to clarify Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth’s support for women’s voting rights following controversy spurred by his repost of a video tied to a pastor who said the opposite. “Of course, the secretary thinks that women should have the right to vote. That’s a stupid question,” Pentagon press secretary Kingsley Wilson told reporters during Thursday’s briefing.

Chip giants Nvidia, AMD to pay US government 15 percent of Chinese revenue - Chipmakers Nvidia and AMD have agreed to pay the U.S. government 15 percent of artificial intelligence (AI) chip sales to China to secure export licenses, a U.S. official confirmed to The Hill. Nvidia will share 15 percent of revenue from sales of its H20 chips to Beijing, while AMD will pay the same portion of its MI308 chip sales. The unusual arrangement, first reported by the Financial Times, comes as the two companies seek to resume chip sales to China after a months-long pause. The Trump administration instituted new restrictions on Nvidia’s H20 chips and AMD’s MI308 chips in April, effectively blocking sales to China. However, both firms said last month the government would resume reviewing their export licenses. “We follow rules the U.S. government sets for our participation in worldwide markets. While we haven’t shipped H20 to China for months, we hope export control rules will let America compete in China and worldwide,” an Nvidia spokesperson said in a statement. “America cannot repeat 5G and lose telecommunication leadership,” the spokesperson added. “America’s AI tech stack can be the world’s standard if we race.” The administration’s decision to allow H20 sales to China has been a source of controversy, facing pushback from both Democrats and Republicans, who have expressed concerns that it could boost China’s AI capabilities. However, Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick argued last month that China was only receiving Nvidia’s “fourth best” chip, emphasizing the decision was part of a broader rare earth deal with Beijing.

Nvidia caught in US-China chip war -Nvidia is navigating an increasingly tenuous relationship between the U.S. and China, as the company seeks to sell its artificial intelligence (AI) chips to both countries while they engage in a high-stakes race to dominate the technology. The chipmaker, whose graphics processing units (GPUs) are considered the backbone of the AI boom, has seen a meteoric rise over the past few years, becoming the most valuable company in the world and the first to cross the $4 trillion threshold. However, as the U.S. and China compete for control, its chips have become a key target, creating a complex balancing act for the firm. “They’re doing a spectacular job of walking that tightrope right now,” said Stacy Rasgon, a senior analyst at Bernstein Research. “I hope they can stay up on the rope,” he added, praising CEO Jensen Huang for “doing a really good job of balancing what are some fairly opposing concerns from both sides. He’s been doing a good job of walking that line.” Nvidia’s chips have become highly sought after, as companies and countries alike race to develop AI. This has also made the chips a key chokepoint, as the U.S. seeks to limit China’s abilities to develop the technology. “The entire chip industry has been having to learn how to reengage with Washington after a couple of decades in which the products they sold weren’t seen as particularly politically sensitive,” said Chris Miller, an international history professor at Tufts University. “Over the past decade, that’s changed dramatically,” he continued. While Nvidia isn’t the only chipmaker facing restrictions, it sits in a unique position as the dominant market player. “Nvidia’s the one that’s supplying the bulk of the merchant AI infrastructure that everything’s running on. Clearly, it’s imperative everywhere and probably doubly so in China,” Rasgon said. “To the extent that China’s been building out their AI infrastructure, largely they’ve been building it out or desiring to build it out on Nvidia,” he added.

Trump extends China tariff deadline by 90 days - President Donald Trump on Monday delayed high U.S. tariffs on Chinese goods from snapping back into place for another 90 days, a White House official told CNBC. Those tariffs were set to resume Tuesday. But Trump signed an executive order hours beforehand that extends the deadline until mid-November, according to the official. The delay was the expected outcome from the latest round of talks between U.S. trade negotiators and their Chinese counterparts, which took place in Stockholm in late July. If the deadline were not extended, then U.S. duties on China would have shot back up to where they stood in April, when the tariff war between the world's largest trading nations was at its peak. At that time, Trump had cranked up blanket tariffs on Chinese imports to 145%, and China had retaliated with 125% duties on U.S. goods. But the two sides agreed to pause most of those tariffs in May, after negotiators met for the first time in Geneva. The U.S. pared its tariffs back to 30%, and China dropped its levies to 10%. Monday's extension is the latest example of how Trump's on-again, off-again tariffs have shifted with little prior notice, a dynamic that has made U.S. trade policy unpredictable for many businesses.

Trump extends China tariff war truce -- US president Trump has agreed to a further 90-day extension of the tariff war truce with China on the eve of the expiration of an agreement reached in May to pull back on the imposition of a 145 percent tariff against China by the US. US tariffs will remain at 30 percent together with a 10 percent tariff levied by China on US goods. The truce, which was set up by a meeting between US treasury secretary Scott Bessent with top Chinese officials in Stockholm last month, was subject to Trump’s approval. That came with an executive order signed yesterday hours before the previous deal was due to expire. Had the truce not been extended, there were fears that the financial market turmoil, which accompanied the major escalation of tariffs against China on April 2 and in subsequent days, would have returned. The initial truce in May was agreed to by the US after China retaliated with export controls on rare earths and rare earth magnets, hitting the defence industry and major auto manufacturers who reported they were rapidly running out of supplies. Its extension is linked to an extraordinary decision by the Trump administration to allow the export by Nvidia and Advanced Micro Devices (AMD) of high-end computer chips used in the development of artificial intelligence to China. Under the deal, Nvidia and AMD will give the US government 15 percent of all revenues from chip sales to China in return for being granted export licences. According to the Financial Times (FT), the commerce department began issuing the licences last Friday following a meeting two days before between Trump and Nvidia chief Jensen Huang. The FT noted that the quid pro quo arrangement was “unprecedented,” explaining: “According to export control experts, no US company has ever agreed to pay a portion of their revenues to obtain export licences.” Allowing chip sales to China is a reversal of a decision by Trump in April when he banned the export of Nvidia’s H20 chip. Apparently Huang persuaded Trump, however, that the ban would only hurt US companies in the development of AI technology. The Chinese tech and communications giant Huawei would come to dominate the sales of AI chips in China and would use the money it obtained to close the gap with Nvidia. The US AI industry was shocked in January when the Chinese company DeepSeek launched an AI application that was near equivalent to those in the US such as ChatGPT, but at much less the cost. In a podcast last month, Huang said: “The American [AI] stack should be the global standard, just as the American dollar is the standard by which every country builds on.” The decision to lift the ban on the export of the H20 chip has set off a storm in US military-intelligence circles. Last month, Matt Pottinger, the deputy national security adviser in the first Trump administration, and 19 other security experts wrote a letter to commerce secretary Howard Luttnick opposing any decision to allow H20 export licences. They said it was a “strategic misstep that endangers the Unites States’ economic and military edge in artificial intelligence” and that the H20 would be a “potent accelerator of China’s frontier AI capabilities, not an outdated chip.” In a statement on Saturday, Nvidia replied saying the claims were “misguided” and rejected the suggestion that China could use the H20 chip for military purposes. “While we haven’t shipped H20 to China for months, we hope export control rules will let America compete in China and worldwide, America cannot repeat 5G and lose telecommunication leadership. America’s AI stack can be the world’s standard if we race.” But these assertions have not quietened the critics. According to Liza Tobin, who served on the National Security Council in the first Trump administration: “We may look back on this as the moment America voluntarily chose to subsidise our own strategic decline—handing Beijing the very AI chips that gave us our edge in the most consequential technology race of our time.” She said Beijing would be “gloating” to see Washington turn export licences into revenue streams. “What’s next— letting Lockheed Martin sell F-35s to China for a 15 percent commission?”

Trump tells Goldman Sachs CEO to replace economist over tariff predictions -President Donald Trump on Tuesday said Goldman SachsCEO David Solomon should either replace the bank's economist or "just focus on being a DJ," days after Goldman's chief economist warned that American consumers will pay for an increasing share of new tariffs.Trump's broadside against Solomon — who moonlights as a DJ— came as the president touted what he called "massive" revenue being collected by the federal government due to his tariff policies."Tariffs have not caused Inflation, or any other problems for America, other than massive amounts of CASH pouring into our Treasury's coffers," Trump wrote in a Truth Social post.Tariff revenue has surged in recent months, rising to nearly $28 billion in July alone, according to the Treasury Department. Inflation, meanwhile, has continued to increase, though the latest data showed consumer prices have accelerated slightly less than expected. Trump then wrote, "It has been shown that, for the most part," companies and foreign governments, rather than consumers, are paying for the tariffs.But many economists continue to warn that the full effects of Trump's tariffs have yet to be felt, and numerous businesses have already said that they will have to raise prices in response to U.S. import duties..Solomon and Goldman "refuse to give credit where credit is due," Trump wrote, claiming they "made a bad prediction a long time ago on both the Market repercussion and the Tariffs.""I think that David should go out and get himself a new Economist or, maybe, he ought to just focus on being a DJ, and not bother running a major Financial Institution," the president wrote.Trump did not name the economist he wants Solomon to replace.But Jan Hatzius, the bank's chief economist since 2011, warned in a research note Sunday that U.S. consumers will end up absorbing an increasing share of the cost of Trump's tariffs.

Report: US Deploys Air and Naval Forces to Southern Caribbean To 'Address Threats from Cartels' - The Trump administration has ordered the deployment of US air and naval forces to the Southern Caribbean Sea to “address threats from Latin American drug cartels,” Reuters reported on Thursday, citing two sources briefed on the decision.The report didn’t specify what sort of action the US forces may take in the Southern Caribbean, but the news comes about a week after The New York Times reported that President Trump secretly signed a directive to the Pentagon to begin using military force against Latin American cartels, including operations on foreign soil. The Trump administration has also listed several Latin American cartels and gangs as Specially Designated Global Terrorists, including MS-13, Tren de Aragua, Cártel de Sinaloa, and Cartel de los Soles. The US also claims that Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro is a leader of Cartel de los Soles, meaning the Trump administration may use the action against cartels as a pretext for another regime change effort in Caracas. Placing US military assets in the Southern Caribbean puts them in a position for potential military action against Venezuela. Secretary of State Marco Rubio, a staunch supporter of the previous failed regime change attempt in Venezuela, announced last week that the US was raising the bounty on Maduro’s head to $50 million over claims that he is “violating US narcotics laws” The administration has provided no evidence to back up its claims about Maduro’s alleged involvement in drug trafficking. The Trump administration has also said that Maduro was linked to Mexico’s Sinaloa Cartel, but Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum has denied the claim and said that the statements from the US were the first time she heard the allegation. “On Mexico’s part, there is no investigation that has to do with that,” she told reporters last week. “As we always say, if they have some evidence, show it. We do not have any proof.”

Probe into ICE abuse exposes crimes authorized by Congress -On August 5, Democratic Senator Jon Ossoff of Georgia released new findings from his office’s ongoing investigation into human rights abuses in U.S. immigration detention. The report identified at least 510 credible reports of abuse since January 20, 2025, occurring across 25 US states, Puerto Rico, federal buildings, military installations, and deportation flights.These incidents involve facilities operated by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), the Bureau of Prisons (BOP), the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) and private contractors.Among the most serious documented cases are 41 instances of physical or sexual abuse, 14 of mistreatment of pregnant women, and 18 involving abuse or medical neglect of children, including US citizens. The findings provide further evidence that the Trump administration is carrying out a coordinated campaign of repression and intimidation against immigrants, including asylum seekers and children.At the same time, while confirming only a fraction of the abuse taking place within the US immigration system, the report functions as a damage-control operation aimed at preserving the legitimacy of the agencies and institutions responsible. Ossoff, one of ten Senate Democrats who voted in January to advance the Laken Riley Act—and later among twelve who ensured its final passage—bears direct political responsibility for the very infrastructure of detention and state violence he now claims to be investigating. The legislation mandates indefinite detention of immigrants accused of minor crimes.The report documents widespread physical abuse and degrading treatment of detainees across US immigration detention facilities. At the El Paso Service Processing Center in Texas, a detainee was slammed to the ground, handcuffed, and dragged outside for a minor infraction.At Adelanto ICE Processing Center in California, 911 calls were made regarding sexual assaults or threats, while four emergency calls at the South Texas ICE Processing Center this year involved sexual abuse. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) staff allegedly forced seven detainees into stress positions as punishment.Under a 2025 DHS–BOP agreement, one detainee placed in a federal prison dormitory was assaulted by another inmate. At the Federal Detention Center in Miami, detainees were confined without food, water, or toilets; after protesting, they were attacked with flash-bang grenades and pellet fire, zip-tied, and denied medical care.These incidents are standard practices across a network of detention facilities spanning the US and abroad, including Guantánamo Bay and Camp Lemonnier in Djibouti. Texas (29), Georgia (13), and California (12) account for the most cases, underscoring the systemic nature of abuse throughout the detention system.

Senators urge Noem to end $100K grant approval policy -- Two Democratic Senators sent a letter to Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem on Friday urging her to end a policy requiring her personal sign-off on grants of more than $100,000.“We write to convey our deep concerns about the Department of Homeland Security’s (DHS) policy requiring the Secretary’s personal approval of all expenditures exceeding $100,000, including those for disaster-related costs,” wrote Sen. Patty Murray (D-Wash.), vice chair of the Senate Appropriations Committee, and Sen. Gary Peters (D-Mich.). “This directive, as currently implemented, creates dangerous delays and undermines the Federal Emergency Management Agency’s (FEMA) effectiveness, placing lives at unnecessary risk,” they continued. This comes after reports that FEMA’s response to the devastating Texas floods in June may have been delayed by Noem’s policy. The letter said this resulted in call centers being “understaffed in the crucial early days of the disaster, leaving thousands of survivors without answers or assistance.”The senators argue $100,000 is an extremely low threshold given the scale of FEMA’s work. Disaster recovery often requires millions of dollars in resources to be mobilized in hours. These extra bureaucratic steps, according to the letter, also hinder the agency’s ability to coordinate with other local agencies. “These failures are not isolated missteps, but foreseeable outcomes of a policy that centralizes decision-making at the expense of speed and flexibility,” the senators wrote.

Live updates: Donald Trump orders DC police takeover -- President Trump announced Monday that he will invoke a takeover of the Washington, D.C., police department and activate the National Guard in the nation’s capital as the District of Columbia’s crime and appearance has becomes one of his targets. “Our capital city has been overtaken by violent gangs and bloodthirsty criminals, roving mobs of wild youth, drugged-out maniacs and homeless people, and we’re not going to let it happen anymore. We’re not going to take it,” Trump said at a wide-ranging morning press conference. Under the Home Rule Act, Trump can temporarily take control of the District’s police department if he determines “special conditions of an emergency nature exist.” The president announced Monday he was declaring a public safety emergency in the District. Crime in D.C. was down 35 percent in 2024 from the previous year, marking a 30-year low. Data from the District shows violent crime is also down so far in 2025 compared with the previous year. Democrats railed against the action, calling it a “brazen power grab” and a “charade” and “political theater.”

Donald Trump activates National Guard, takes over DC police, names commissioner -- President Trump announced Monday he was taking federal control of the Washington, D.C., police department and deploying the National Guard in the nation’s capital in an effort to crack down on crime. “Our capital city has been overtaken by violent gangs and bloodthirsty criminals, roving mobs of wild youth, drugged-out maniacs and homeless people, and we’re not going to let it happen anymore. We’re not going to take it,” Trump said. Under the Home Rule Act, Trump can temporarily take control of the District’s police department if he determines “special conditions of an emergency nature exist.” The president announced Monday he was declaring a public safety emergency in the District. Trump also has the authority to activate the D.C. National Guard without local approval, though he is restricted in certain other actions by the Home Rule Act, which grants various powers to D.C.’s local government. National Guard troops will not be able to make arrests but will support local and federal law enforcement. Trump said he was tapping Terry Cole, the administrator of the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA), to serve as the federal government’s leader of the Metropolitan Police Department. Cole was sworn in as DEA commissioner in July. Trump must provide written notification to Congress within 48 hours outlining his rationale for taking control of the police department. The president can unilaterally control the department for up to 30 days, but Congress must approve any extension. It was not clear if the White House had coordinated its actions with local D.C. officials. A spokesperson for Mayor Muriel Bowser’s (D) office declined to comment just before Trump began speaking.

Trump orders police-military takeover of Washington D.C. --In his most brazen action yet to create a fascistic dictatorship in America, President Donald Trump declared a state of emergency in the District of Columbia (D.C.), putting the Metropolitan Police Department under federal control, and mobilized nearly a thousand soldiers in the D.C. National Guard to patrol the city. On the pretext of a “crime wave” in the city, Trump’s latest “big lie,” he is putting the US capital under military rule. Monday morning Trump signed an executive order putting Attorney General Pam Bondi in charge of the D.C. police. She in turn named Terry Cole, head of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), a unit of the federal Department of Justice (DOJ), to be the day-to-day commander. Trump also signed an executive memorandum authorizing Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth to mobilize 800 National Guardsmen, with Secretary of the Army Daniel Driscoll, a former Army Ranger and Iraq war veteran, in charge of those troops. For an initial 30 days and likely far longer, the capital city of a supposed democracy, with a huge working class population, will be under the equivalent of martial law. Instead of a constitutional separation of powers, with “checks and balances,” the Congress, the Supreme Court and every other government institution will become part of the personal fiefdom of Trump, a political gangster who openly seeks the violent suppression of all opposition to his rule. This action sends a political signal not only to the entire United States, but to the world. The country which long boasted of its role as the first democratic republic is now ruled by a would-be dictator, who is seeking a violent confrontation with his political opponents and, above all, with the working class. Trump’s fascist allies on every continent will be emboldened. The workers of the world must be forewarned and prepare politically in accordance with the dimensions of the threat. Trump announced the federal takeover of Washington in the course of a 90-minute press conference, which combined fascistic rants and endless self-praise from the president and nauseating flattery from his minions. These included Bondi, Hegseth, FBI Director Kash Patel and US Attorney for the District of Columbia Jeanine Pirro, all experienced bootlickers of Trump from their years at Fox News. In one particularly ominous remark, Trump said that Hegseth would contact state governors about providing troops from their National Guard forces if this was necessary to enforce emergency rule in Washington. He also hinted that combat military personnel might be deployed in the capital as well, citing the model of Los Angeles, where 500 heavily armed US Marines were stationed in support of widespread raids to round up immigrant workers for deportation. Trump delivered an obscenity-laden rant to justify the military-police mobilization, declaring, “Our capital city has been overtaken by violent gangs and bloodthirsty criminals, roving mobs of wild youth, maniacs and homeless people. … We’re getting rid of the slums where they live.” He vilified the homeless repeatedly, calling them “very dirty,” threatening they would all be driven out of the city to unspecified locations and declaring, “They’ll not be allowed to turn our capital into a wasteland for the world to see.”

Trump says DC should change law to prosecute teens as adults, threatens to federalize city -President Trump on Tuesday called for the District of Columbia to change its laws to allow for teenagers 14 and older to be prosecuted as adults and face lengthy prison sentences. Trump shared on Truth Social a graphic image of a bloodied individual, along with a lengthy message railing against violent crime in Washington, which has decreased in recent years. Trump blamed the city’s crime on local “youths,” who he said were not fearful of consequences. “They are not afraid of Law Enforcement because they know nothing ever happens to them, but it’s going to happen now!” Trump posted. “The Law in D.C. must be changed to prosecute these ‘minors’ as adults, and lock them up for a long time, starting at age 14. The most recent victim was beaten mercilessly by local thugs.” “Washington, D.C., must be safe, clean, and beautiful for all Americans and, importantly, for the World to see,” Trump added. “If D.C. doesn’t get its act together, and quickly, we will have no choice but to take Federal control of the City, and run this City how it should be run, and put criminals on notice that they’re not going to get away with it anymore.” Multiple reports later identified the individual who Trump had highlighted as Edward Coristine, a former Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) staffer known as “Big Balls.” “A few days ago, a gang of about a dozen young men tried to assault a woman in her car at night in DC,” Elon Musk, who headed DOGE efforts while working in government, posted on X. “A @Doge team member saw what was happening, ran to defend her and was severely beaten to the point of concussion, but he saved her.” Crime in D.C. was down 35 percent in 2024 from the previous year, marking a 30-year low. Data from the district shows violent crime is also down so far in 2025 compared with the previous year.

Trump's Washington, DC, crime crackdown exposes gap between perception and reality - President Donald Trump called Washington, D.C., a city overrun by "violent gangs and bloodthirsty criminals" as he moved to federalize the city's police force and deploy hundreds of National Guard members.His dire depiction of the nation's capital is at odds, however, with federal data showing that violent crime in the District has dropped to its lowest level in three decades."We are not experiencing a spike in crime," Washington, D.C., Mayor Muriel Bowser said Sunday on MSNBC."In fact, we're watching our crime numbers go down," Bowser said.Washington experienced a spike in crime in 2023, with the highest number of homicides reported in the District since the 1990s and a surge in the number of reported carjackings.But that trend has reversed since then, according to data from the Justice Department.As Trump's unprecedented use of presidential authority to activate the National Guard has reverberated through the city, Bowser called his characterizations of D.C. "hyperbolic" and "unsettling."But there is a perception among some residents that crime is still rising in the nation's capital, despite the data.A Washington Post poll last year found that a majority of Washingtonians, 65%, said that crime in D.C. is an "extremely serious" or a "very serious problem."Those rates were higher than poll results for 2023, despite the drop in crime recorded in 2024.Nationally, a YouGov poll conducted last month found that 34% of U.S. adults said that murder rates in U.S. cities have "increased a lot" since 1990.That perception is at odds with data showing that murders have fallen in most cities over the last several decades.

Democrats introduce bill to stop Trump's D.C. police takeover -- A band of Democratic lawmakers introduced legislation to thwart President Trump’s takeover of the Washington, D.C., police department, arguing the White House is exceeding its authority.The resolution would terminate Trump’s Monday order, something the lawmakers say comes as “the President has concocted a false narrative around the city’s crime rates” which have been declining for two years, while violent crime has reached a 30-year-low.“Under the D.C. Home Rule Act, Congress has given the president the power only to direct the Mayor to make the Metropolitan Police Department available for a specific federal purpose but has given him no power simply to take over the Department. In any event, there is no federal emergency justifying such a takeover even if Congress sought to use its lawmaking power to effectuate it,” Rep. Jamie Raskin (D-Md.), the top Democrat on the House Judiciary Committee, said in a statement.“Trump has made clear that his efforts in D.C., where 700,000 taxpaying American citizens lack the protections of statehood, are part of a broader plan to militarize and federalize the streets of cities around America whose citizens voted against him,” Raskin added, calling it a “hostile takeover.”Trump also sent National Guard troops to the nation’s capital, and tensions flared earlier in the week as officers set up checkpoints in the city.

Trump issues Social Security proclamation President Trump signed a proclamation marking the 90th anniversary of the establishment of Social Security, while boasting changes in his recent tax law aimed at providing relief to seniors. “On the 90th anniversary of the establishment of this historic program, I recommit to always defending Social Security, rewarding the men and women who make our country prosperous, and taking care of our own workers, families, seniors and citizens first,” Trump said in the Oval Office. The president touted his “big, beautiful” tax law enacted last month as paving the way for the “largest tax break for seniors in the history of our country,” while lauding efforts in his administration to root out “fraud, waste and abuse.”

Red states leading push to ban candy and soda from SNAP -Republican-led states are leading the charge to ban soda and candy from their food assistance programs, as Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s “Make America Healthy Again” (MAHA) movement flips traditional partisanship on its head. Colorado is the only blue state to seek and have a soda ban waiver approved, and the only waiver state to propose expanding Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefits in conjunction with limiting its scope. Both parties at times have expressed interest in eliminating soda from SNAP, but the Trump administration is the first to encourage states to do so. Recent attempts at soda regulation have mostly been concentrated in blue cities. Former New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg (D) infamously tried to ban the sale of supersized sugary drinks in 2013, prompting Republicans to decry his “nanny state” tactics. With the healthy-eating push now under the MAHA branding, GOP states are jumping aboard. Kennedy doesn’t run SNAP — that falls under the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA). But as the face of MAHA, Kennedy has been alongside Agriculture Secretary Brooke Rollins to promote soda and candy bans. In just the first six months of the new administration, 12 state waivers have been approved by the USDA that restrict SNAP recipients from purchasing some combination of soft drinks, sugary beverages, energy drinks and candy.

HHS revives task force on childhood vaccine safety - The Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) said it is reviving a long-defunct task force on the safety of childhood vaccines, responding to a demand from the anti-vaccine organization founded by HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. In a statement Thursday, the HHS said the task force will focus on the development and promotion of childhood vaccines “that result in fewer and less serious adverse reactions than those vaccines currently on the market.” The panel will also work on improving the reporting of adverse reactions and supporting research on vaccine safety, according to the HHS. The task force was first required by the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act of 1986, which also required the HHS secretary to provide Congress with progress reports every two years. The task force will be composed of senior leadership from across federal health agencies, including the National Institutes of Health (NIH), Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and Food and Drug Administration. NIH Director Jay Bhattacharya will serve as chair. “By reinstating this Task Force, we are reaffirming our commitment to rigorous science, continuous improvement, and the trust of American families,” Bhattacharya said in a statement. “NIH is proud to lead this effort to advance vaccine safety and support innovation that protects children without compromise.” The NIH has not previously been involved in vaccine safety oversight, which has historically been the purview of the Food and Drug Administration and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).

Public health officials face grim new reality after CDC shooting -- A Georgia man who blamed the COVID-19 vaccine for his mental health problems opened fire on the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's (CDC) Atlanta headquarters on August 8, killing a police officer before he died from gunshot wounds, according to media reports. The man, Patrick White, 30, had five guns on him during the attack, and a spray of bullets hit at least four buildings on the CDC's Atlanta campus, police reported. Authorities do not know if he was shot by law enforcement or whether his wounds were self-inflicted. White had told his neighbors he believed the COVID-19 vaccine caused him to experience depression.In the aftermath of the attack, the American Federation of Government Employees, the union that represents CDC workers, has called on both the CDC and the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS)—the CDC's parent organization—to condemn the vaccine misinformation that fueled the attack."The deliberate targeting of CDC through this violent act is deeply disturbing, completely unacceptable, and an attack on every public servant," said the American Federation of Government Employees, Local 2883. "Early reports indicate the gunman was motivated by vaccine disinformation, which continues to pose a dangerous threat to public health and safety."Condemnation is necessary to help prevent violence against scientists that may be incited by such disinformation," the Union said. Over the weekend HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr., a known vaccine critic who has ushered in the end of mRNA vaccine research and dramatically limited the groups of Americans recommended to get annual COVID-19 vaccines, said on X, "We know how shaken our public health colleagues feel today. No one should face violence while working to protect the health of others." Some CDC staff are now calling for Kennedy to resign, saying he has fostered dangerous misinformation about vaccines in the United States. During a CDC meeting over the weekend, many said this incident is the culmination of Kennedy's decades-long campaign against vaccines and the CDC, an agency he has called a "cesspool of corruption," and the COVID-19 vaccines in particular, which he has said are the deadliest vaccines ever made. Jerome Adams, MD, MPH, who served as surgeon general during President Donald Trump's first administration, spent the weekend urging officials to speak out against vaccine misinformation. In a Stat op-ed, Adams wrote, "This tragedy is not an isolated event. It is a dire reflection of ever-escalating threats public health workers face in a climate increasingly shaped by misinformation, politicization, and inflammatory rhetoric."Adams also appeared on "Face the Nation" yesterday condemning Kennedy's response to the shooting."It took him over 18 hours to issue a tepid response to these horrific shootings, and that’s not even considering how his inflammatory rhetoric in the past have actually contributed to a lot of what’s been going on," said Adams.

Bullets in the windows - by Katelyn Jetelina, Your Local Epidemiologist -- On Friday, my phone lit up with urgent texts. First: gunshots, lockdown. Then the photos—bullet holes punched through windows, shell casings scattered across the floor, videos echoing with “pop pop pop.” The CDC campus was under attack. Dozens of my friends and colleagues were inside. Pictures and screenshots of videos were sent to me by friends on Friday night. I’ve spent the past 36 hours trying to process what happened. What is clear is this: it wasn’t random. Violence rarely is. And it goes far beyond what happened Friday. The perpetrator was shooting at public health workers—the people who devote their careers to keeping communities safe. The ones who work to stop the spread of disease and reduce gun violence. And in this case, targeted because of their work on the Covid-19 vaccine. Bullets struck four buildings. Some with more than 50 holes in the glass. The hardest-hit area was the National Center for Immunization and Respiratory Diseases (NCIRD) and the Immunization Safety Office (ISO). These are people who have carried a lot of the weight of the pandemic, endured relentless hostility, and have faced six months of attacks on vaccine policy. Many have almost no reserves left. And now, on top of everything, they were literally under fire. Those bullet holes are a haunting, terrible metaphor for what public health has endured over the past six months—and the past six years. We’ve endured doxxing, hacking, strangers at our homes, death threats in our inboxes, croissants thrown at us in coffee shops. Installing a new security system just because we volunteer for something or show up on TV. Wearing heart monitors because our cortisol levels have started impacting our organs. Deciding not to put our kids in daycare at the CDC campus because it may be targeted. Then firings. Defunding. Politically charged and targeted rhetoric. And now a shooting happened. It could have been much worse if it weren’t for a police officer—who left behind three kids of his own—making the ultimate sacrifice. This doesn’t make it any less scary. One question keeps coming up from colleagues in my text messages: Why do we keep doing this? I know why. Because people in public health care too much about our country to stop. Because we care about our kids’ futures. Because we believe in a better life. Better community. Better health. We will serve our neighbors even if they don’t understand what we’re doing or why it matters. It’s in the blood of public health workers, woven into every late night, every hard decision, every moment we choose service over family or safety, whether it’s running into an Ebola outbreak or writing a policy brief. In the next week, the glass will be patched, the windows replaced, the bullets swept from the floor. And this story (which has barely made the news) will vanish. But the trauma, the fear, the exhaustion will remain. We’ll go back to our desks, our meetings, our spreadsheets. We’ll keep working to stop the spread of disease. We’ll keep working to prevent the next shooting. We’ll keep working for communities that may never know our names. And we’ll do it knowing we were targeted simply for doing our jobs, jobs that protect even the people who hate us.

Statement: CIDRAP stands behind public health officials after attack on CDC | CIDRAP by CIDRAP Leadership -- On August 8, a gunman fired shots into the windows of several buildings of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) in Atlanta. DeKalb County Police officer David Rose responded heroically and lost his life in the line of duty. Scores of CDC employees were in the line of fire, but, thankfully, none were physically injured.In this most tragic moment, we mourn the death of Officer Rose with his family and fellow officers. We stand with our colleagues and friends at the CDC who work tirelessly as public servants to protect the health of our communities, our nation, and the world. We share our concern for the wellbeing of all CDC staff and all public health officials around the globe and send our support for the work they do every day. The shooter reportedly blamed COVID vaccines for his health issues, including his mental health problems. These purported motives highlight the perils of disseminating disinformation and misinformation about life-saving vaccines that are proven to be safe and effective, a practice that must stop before more lives are lost. This was not a single event. Federal, state, and local public health agencies have weathered years of maligning and campaigns disparaging their essential work. We at CIDRAP strongly condemn the use of violence, threats, and dangerous rhetoric that promote hate and undermine the integrity of our nation's institutions that are built to protect and promote public health. We declare our unwavering support of the CDC and all public health agencies and their steadfast dedication to improve the health of all people.

Blumenthal calls for firing of RFK Jr. ally over violent rhetoric -Sen. Richard Blumenthal (D-Conn.) is demanding Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. “immediately” fire a key ally from his role as vaccine advisor on a Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) panel due to “escalating and violent” rhetoric in the wake of an attack on CDC headquarters. Blumenthal wrote a letter to Kennedy on Wednesday calling for him to fire Robert Malone from the CDC’s Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). Blumenthal said Malone “issued a meme-filled post” on his personal blog “that included violent and threatening images that appeared to be directed at government officials.” Hours before a gunman attacked CDC headquarters, Malone uploaded a post to his personal blog that included an image of a revolver loaded with a single bullet and the words, “Five out of six scientists have proven that Russian roulette is harmless.” Less than 48 hours after the attack, another of Malone’s blog posts included images of guns and meme with the words “if you need a disarmed society to govern, you suck at governing.” On Friday, a gunman opened fire on the CDC in Atlanta, killing a responding police officer. Officials said almost 500 shell casings were recovered, and about 200 struck six facilities on the agency’s campus. The alleged shooter was motivated by his distrust of the COVID-19 vaccine, according to law enforcement. Kennedy tapped Malone as one of eight hand-picked replacement members of the ACIP in June after firing the 17 sitting panelists. Malone is a former researcher who helped lay the groundwork for mRNA vaccine technology, but has since turned into a self-professed anti-vaxxer, COVID-19 skeptic and close advisor to Kennedy. ACIP is an influential panel that recommends which vaccines go on the childhood and adult schedules after reviewing safety data. If ACIP endorses a vaccine, insurers must cover it.

Looming Treasury rule casts pall over future of renewables - An upcoming decision from the Treasury Department has clean energy boosters and industry allies preparing for a potential disruption in the nation’s electricity supply. Just days after signing the One Big Beautiful Bill Act on July 4, President Donald Trump announced an executive order to end “market distorting subsidies for unreliable, foreign controlled energy sources.” The order says wind and solar energy crowds out “affordable, reliable, dispatchable domestic energy sources, compromises our electric grid, and denigrates the beauty of our Nation’s natural landscape.” It calls on Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent to issue new guidance to restrict the “use of broad safe harbors unless a substantial portion of a subject facility has been built.” The guidance, which is expected as soon as Monday, is sparking a lobbying rush from a range of concerned stakeholders, including Republicans on Capitol Hill, utilities, data center developers and major Wall Street firms that want to underwrite big, new infrastructure investments. Those groups are worried that the new Treasury guidance will make it more challenging to qualify for tax credits based on a “beginning of construction” metric that has been practiced for years. Under current rules, projects qualify for credits if developers start on-site physical work or purchase equipment that is at least 5 percent of the total price tag of the project. Joey Paolino, a senior policy principal with Advanced Energy United, said the clean energy group is working to spread the message that if stringent new rules are put in place, power is going to get more expensive and states could lose economic investment. “When you cut off supply, and it seems like the guidance is moving in that direction for wind and solar, the effect is that prices will go up,” Paolino said. A separate clean energy executive, who was granted anonymity to speak freely about the lobbying push, said there could be an “economy-wide impact.” “I think that’s something that banks are keen to avoid,” the executive said. “Private financial firms are standing up. The utilities are flagging concerns with the administration, saying that there are problems with projects that they have [power purchase agreements] for.” Power purchase agreements, or PPAs, are long contracts for electricity supply. Current rules on qualification were spelled out by the Internal Revenue Service in 2013. The coming revisions do not have a public comment period. That means industry groups are working directly with the administration and with allies in Congress to relay their message.

White House: New FERC chair committed to Trump’s energy agenda - Centrist Democrat David Rosner officially became chair of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission on Wednesday, the agency and the White House confirmed.Republican Chair Mark Christie resigned on Friday after President Donald Trump declined to reappoint him earlier this year.“I am honored to serve as Chairman and excited to continue working with my colleagues on the Commission and FERC’s extraordinary staff to enable reliable, affordable, and abundant energy for all Americans,” Rosner said in a statement. “Energy lights our homes, powers our businesses, and we need it more than ever to grow the innovative industries of the future.”The chair is responsible for the administrative operations of the agency, including supervising staff and setting the agenda. For the previous five days, the commission was without a chair, the first time since 1997 that the commission was without a leader for multiple days.

Trump admin tightens rules for renewable energy tax credits - The Treasury Department tightened the rules Friday for renewable projects that can qualify for federal tax credits. Renewable projects have historically been able to qualify for federal clean energy tax credits once a developer spent 5 percent of a project’s cost. But that threshold would be scrapped under new Treasury guidance. The order comes after President Donald Trump ordered Treasury in July to tighten the definition for the start of construction, in an attempt to limit “market distorting subsidies for unreliable, foreign controlled energy sources.” Under the new rules, developers would need to prove they had embarked on significant construction activities to qualify for the credits. For a wind project, that could mean pouring a concrete pad for a foundation, according to the guidance. For solar, that could mean installation of racks that hold panels. Manufacturing of major project components would also qualify. Bloomberg News was first to report the guidance. Treasury did not immediately respond to requests for comment. The guidance comes after Congress overhauled the tax credits available to renewable projects in the One Big Beautiful Bill Act. Under the law, companies that start construction before July 4, 2026, are able to qualify for tax credits through the end of the decade. The Treasury rules have been at the center of tug-of-war between Republican moderates and hardliners in recent months. Moderates like Sens. Lisa Murkowski of Alaska and John Curtis of Utah have argued that Treasury should continue to employ the traditional definition for the start of construction, while conservatives like Rep. Chip Roy of Texas have argued for a more stringent definition. Renewable interests and environmentalists quickly lambasted the rule. The Solar Energy Industries Association called the rule a “blatant rejection of what Congress passed.” “This is yet another act of energy subtraction from the Trump administration that will further delay the buildout of affordable, reliable power,” SEIA President and CEO Abigail Ross Hopper said in a statement. Kit Kennedy, managing director for power at the Natural Resource Defense Council, said Congress had provided “a narrow but clear path” for clean energy projects to receive tax credits under Trump’s budget law. “Ending these tax credits for wind and solar is going to drive up customers’ bills and hurt investment,” she said.

Trump eases environmental reviews for the space industry - The commercial space industry exemplified by Elon Musk’s SpaceX could be exempted from certain environmental reviews and freed from some other regulatory restraints under an ambitious-sounding executive order signed by President Trump on Wednesday. Citing a need to “streamline” U.S.-based space operations that he termed “critical to economic growth [and] national security,” Trump’s executive order directs federal agencies to assess for possible revision a variety of requirements currently imposed on rocket-launching companies. Notably, the executive order directs the Transportation Department to “eliminate or expedite the [department’s] environmental reviews for, and other obstacles” to the granting of launch and reentry licenses and permits. “By slashing red tape tying up spaceport construction, streamlining launch licenses so they can occur at scale, and creating high-level space positions in government, we can unleash the next wave of innovation, Transportation Secretary and acting NASA Administrator Sean Duffy declared in a statement. The order specifies that the Transportation Department will evaluate which space operations might be deemed not subject to the National Environmental Policy Act. The order calls, as well, for a variety of other measures that taken together alarm conservation advocates who have been monitoring the environmental consequences of rocket launches. “This reckless order puts people and wildlife at risk from private companies launching giant rockets that often explode and wreak devastation on surrounding areas,” said Jared Margolis, a senior attorney at the Center for Biological Diversity. Margolis added that “bending the knee to powerful corporations by allowing federal agencies to ignore bedrock environmental laws is incredibly dangerous and puts all of us in harm’s way.” The environmental organization is suing the Federal Aviation Administration over its green light to SpaceX launches in Boca Chica, Texas. The FAA approved SpaceX’s plan to test and launch 10 rockets per year over a five-year period, along with related construction activities, without requiring a thorough environmental impact statement. The environmental group also opposed Air Force plans to conduct SpaceX cargo rocket-landing tests in the ecologically unique Johnston Atoll National Wildlife Refuge, which is located in the Pacific Ocean. The Air Force was in the midst of a routine environmental assessment when it abruptly canceled plans and announced it would consider other test sites. The new executive order does not specifically name Musk’s SpaceX, billionaire Jeff Bezos’ Blue Origin or any other company in the rocket-launching business. Spokespersons for SpaceX and Blue Origin could not be immediately reached Thursday.

House committee subpoenas Epstein files, Bill and Hillary Clinton -The Republican-led House Oversight Committee subpoenaed the Department of Justice (DOJ) August 5 to provide it with the investigative files on the late multi-millionaire financier and sex trafficker Jeffrey Epstein. It issued 10 additional subpoenas and set dates for the depositions of Bill and Hillary Clinton, two former FBI directors and six former attorneys general. The move promises to intensify the crisis of the Trump administration and the entire political system over the cover-up of Epstein’s far-flung sex ring, which abused hundreds of underage girls, and the likely involvement of high-profile businessmen, celebrities and politicians of both parties. Epstein, who socialized with Donald Trump, Bill Clinton and other political figures in the ruling class, was found dead in his Manhattan prison cell in 2019 while awaiting trial on sex trafficking charges. His death was officially ruled a suicide. Epstein’s former girlfriend, Ghislaine Maxwell, was sentenced in 2022 to 20 years in federal prison after being tried and convicted for sex crimes, including trafficking, conspiracy and transporting minors for the purpose of illegal sexual activity. Trump pledged during his 2024 election campaign to release the FBI files on Epstein, claiming they were being withheld from the public to protect Democrats implicated in the sex ring. But on July 7, after informing Trump that he was named multiple times in the files, Attorney General Pam Bondi announced that the files contained no further revelations about Epstein’s clients or his supposed suicide and they would not be released. This was a direct reversal of a statement she made in February when she promised to release the files imminently. This enraged sections of Trump’s MAGA base and put congressional Republicans under pressure to oppose the decision of the Trump administration. Those subpoenaed by House Oversight Committee Chairman James Comer (Republican-Kentucky), in addition to the Clintons, include former FBI directors James Comey and Robert Mueller, and former attorneys general Merrick Garland, William Barr, Loretta Lynch, Eric Holder, Jeff Sessions and Alberto Gonzales. These individuals held office under Republican as well as Democratic administrations, including Trump’s first term. Epstein with Ghislaine Maxwell in 2005. Maxwell was later convicted of helping him coerce teenage girls into sex. [Photo: US Department of Justice] The committee ordered the FBI files to be turned over by August 19 and set deposition dates for those subpoenaed between August 18 and October 14, with the final depositions to be those of Hillary and Bill Clinton. By subpoenaing the Clintons, Comer signaled that the Republicans hope to place the spotlight in the Epstein scandal on the Democrats, while exonerating Trump. Both, in fact, had frequent interactions with Epstein and could hardly have been unaware of his sex-trafficking operation involving underage girls. Both sent greetings to Epstein on his 50th birthday, including a message from Trump that included the outline of a naked woman. According to flight logs, both flew multiple times on Epstein’s private jet. Epstein was member of Trump’s Mar-a-Lago club until 2007, and Clinton visited Epstein’s Manhattan residence at least once. The Republican effort to put the onus on the Democrats is further indicated by the extraordinary treatment of Ghislaine Maxwell by the Trump administration. Last month, the deputy attorney general and former personal lawyer of Trump, Todd Blanche, met privately for two days with Maxwell for the supposed purpose of extracting new information from her about Epstein. The White House is reportedly considering releasing either a video of the interview or a transcript, or both. Shortly after the interview, Maxwell was suddenly and without explanation moved from the low security prison in Tallahassee, Florida where she had been held to a minimum security women’s prison in Texas that is known as “Club Fed.” The facility houses non-violent prisoners, in dormitory rooms with no bars and a low-profile presence of guards. The transfer of a convicted sex trafficker of underage girls to such a facility has been described as extraordinary and unprecedented. On Wednesday, the media widely reported a “leak” from an unnamed source concerning Blanche’s interview that had Maxwell telling Trump’s emissary she never saw Trump do anything that would “cause concern.” For his part, Trump has not ruled out granting Maxwell as pardon. In what may very well be a shot across the bow of the Democrats, Maxwell’s lawyer David Oskar Markus said following the meetings with Blanche: “She was asked about maybe about 100 different people. She answered questions about everybody and she didn’t hold anything back.”

Jeffrey Epstein controversy to reignite Capitol Hill postrecess next month -- The Capitol Hill battle over Jeffrey Epstein is poised to heat up when Congress returns to Washington next month. While GOP leaders left town early to avoid the radioactive issue, the conspiracy-ridden saga is set to ramp back up come September for a number of reasons. A bipartisan pair of lawmakers have vowed to force a vote on their resolution requiring the administration to release the federal files it’s withholding and plan to bring survivors of Epstein’s abuse to Capitol Hill in the first days of Congress’s return. Separately, a number of court cases surrounding the fate of those files could reach a resolution in the coming weeks. The House Rules Committee, which was brought to a standstill in July over Democratic efforts to force votes on the Epstein affair, will likely be compelled to revisit the issue if Republicans want to move any piece of their legislative agenda next month. And bipartisan motions in the House Oversight and Government Committee that forced Chair James Comer (R-Ky.) to issue a flurry of subpoenas related to the Epstein matter could reignite public interest in the saga. All of this is likely to create new headaches for Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) and his leadership team, who want to move beyond fights over Epstein when they return to Washington to face another tough task — funding the government to avoid an Oct. 1 shutdown.

Gov. Greg Abbott: Texas may cut 10 Dem districts if California acts --Texas Gov. Greg Abbott (R) warned that Texas could get rid of as many as 10 Democratic districts if California moves ahead with its plan to redraw its House map and neutralize the expected GOP gains in the Lone Star State. “Listen, all those big blue states, they’ve already gerrymandered,” Abbott told CNN’s Jake Tapper on Monday, when asked if he was concerned about a redistricting arms race as Texas moves forward to create new congressional lines. “Look at the map of Illinois. Look at the map of California, New York and Massachusetts, and so many other blue states they gerrymandered a long time ago. They got nothing left with regard to what they can do,” Abbott said. “And know this: If California tries to gerrymander, find more districts, listen, Texas has the ability to eliminate 10 Democrats in our state.” Abbott’s remarks underscore how Republicans plan to be as aggressive as possible in trying to knock off as many Democratic seats as they can. Right now, the state has 25 House Republicans and 12 Democrats, in addition to one vacancy waiting to be filled after the late Rep. Sylvester Turner (D-Texas) died in March. So far, the Texas Republicans are looking to make five pickup opportunities for the party next year with their redrawn map. But Texas Republicans’ efforts to pass new congressional lines are stalled as Democrats have fled the state to deny the GOP a quorum, or the minimum number of lawmakers needed present to conduct business. As the redistricting war heats up, blue states have signaled they’re moving ahead with their own redistricting plans. California Gov. Gavin Newsom (D) announced last week that he would be calling for a special session in November as Democrats in the Golden State look to pass a new House map to offset the gains Republicans are hoping to make in Texas. New York and Illinois have also signaled they’re exploring their options over how to redraw their maps in response to Texas. Meanwhile, Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis (R) has signaled readiness to revisit his state’s maps while Missouri and Indiana could also revisit their congressional maps.

Former attorney general says FBI can’t return Texas lawmakers who fled state --Former Attorney General Eric Holder said Sunday the FBI does not have jurisdiction to return Texas Democratic lawmakers who fled their state. “Texas lawmakers are digging in. You heard Gov. [Greg] Abbott there talking about the FBI, Sen. [John] Cornyn calling the FBI to help locate those Democratic lawmakers who fled the state. I wonder, do you think that the FBI has jurisdiction to intervene here and try to bring back those Democrats who are in other states?” NBC News’s Kristen Welker asked on “Meet the Press.” “Short answer: No. I mean, you’re asking the FBI to get involved, to find these legislators who are in the process of trying to defend democracy in Texas,” Holder responded. “And they’re not hard to find, but the question after that is, ‘Well, what’s the federal jurisdiction? What federal statute has potentially been violated? What’s the basis for any federal government interaction?’ And I would say that there is none,” he added. Texas Democratic state House members left the Lone Star State last weekend amid a redistricting battle between themselves and Texas Republicans. The move resulted in outcry from members of the state’s GOP, who have been trying to move ahead with a controversial redistricting plan that could cost Democrats seats in Congress.

Democrats see weaponization blitz in moves from DOJ, intelligence leaders - Lawmakers and advocates are sounding the alarm over a series of actions taken by the Department of Justice (DOJ) and intelligence community that they argue are both abuses of power and threats to the traditional independence held by both organizations. The FBI agreed to aid the Texas government last week in tracking down Democratic members of the state Legislature who fled in an effort to block a controversial redistricting plan. The commitment came as the FBI fired a series of agents, including those who had worked on controversial matters related to President Trump, prompting complaints agents were facing retribution simply for taking on assigned cases. Meanwhile, the Justice Department subpoenaed New York Attorney General Letitia James (D) for documents related to court victories against the Trump Organization and the National Rifle Association The same day, DOJ also tapped Ed Martin to investigate James as well as Sen. Adam Schiff (D-Calif.) on allegations of mortgage fraud. DOJ on Monday also launched a grand jury investigation into Obama-era officials they’ve accused of engaging in a “treasonous conspiracy” in investigating Russia’s efforts to influence the 2016 election. Intelligence community leaders have since come under fire for releasing a number of documents related to the claim. Democrats say the documents expose sources and methods of intelligence gathering. James, through an attorney, said she was targeted as part of “the president’s political retribution campaign.”“Weaponizing the Department of Justice to try to punish an elected official for doing her job is an attack on the rule of law and a dangerous escalation by this administration. If prosecutors carry out this improper tactic and are genuinely interested in the truth, we are ready and waiting with the facts and the law,” her attorney Abbe Lowell said in a statement. Democrats sent a letter to FBI Director Kash Patel and Attorney General Pam Bondi asking for the legal basis on which the bureau could be involved in tracking down the Texas lawmakers. “These reports suggest that the FBI is diverting federal law enforcement away from fighting terrorism, drug trafficking, and other federal crimes to instead harass and target Texans’ duly elected representatives, and thus raise urgent questions about the legal basis, scale, and appropriateness of federal law enforcement involvement in a state-level political matter,” Reps. Robert Garcia (Calif.) and Jamie Raskin (Md.), the top Democrats on the House Oversight and Judiciary committees, respectively, wrote in a letter also signed by Texas Democratic Reps. Greg Casar and Jasmine Crockett. The group pointed to a 2003 ruling from a state judge that reviewed another incident in which state lawmakers sought to prevent a legislative quorum, determining that the Texas Department of Public Safety was limited in pursuing residents in cases where there was no crime. “The ruling made clear that the state cannot treat quorum-breaking as a criminal offense subject to law enforcement pursuit,” they wrote.The firing of numerous agents also sparked claims the bureau’s leadership was abusing its power and running afoul of civil servant protections in dismissing several career agents. Brian Driscoll previously served as acting FBI director before Patel was confirmed, and during his brief tenure he rebuffed an early request from the Trump administration to turn over the names of all agents who worked on the cases of Jan. 6 rioters — a group that includes thousands of people.In a final note to staff, Driscoll said he was given no reason for his dismissal.“The FBI Agents Association strongly condemns today’s unlawful firing of FBI Special Agents. These Agents were carrying out the assignments given to them and did their jobs professionally and with integrity,” the group said in a Friday statement.“This action sets a dangerous precedent. It increases our vulnerability to criminal and national security threats at home and abroad. It prioritizes division over unity, stokes anger instead of solidarity within our ranks, and threatens to chill the work of agents rather than support it.”The move was also blasted by Raskin and Sen. Mark Warner (D-Va.), the top Democrat on the Senate Intelligence Committee. “These are individuals [who] have dedicated their careers to protecting the American people, and their firings are part of a disturbing pattern of retaliation and politicization at an institution charged with safeguarding national security and the rule of law,” Warner said in a statement. But the Trump administration has broadly defended such moves, consistently arguing the FBI and the Justice Department were political tools of previous administrations while arguing their own actions help confront those abuses. “President Trump is restoring integrity to the Department of Justice after four years of weaponization, hoaxes, and attempts to imprison him. The DOJ is upholding Lady Justice and working to execute President Trump’s Make America Safe Again agenda, which is lowering crime, holding criminals accountable, and empowering our law enforcement community,” White House spokesperson Harrison Fields said in a statement to The Hill.Also sparking pushback is the decision to open a grand jury inquiry into referrals made by Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard and CIA Director John Ratcliffe.A memo released by Gabbard last month accuses Obama-era officials of a “treasonous conspiracy” she said was designed to undermine Trump. The documents she released, however, largely show officials discussing something that was never in dispute — that Russia was never able to alter vote totals.She later released a report from House Intelligence Committee Republicans casting doubt on whether Russian President Vladimir Putin aimed to help Trump win the election rather than just sow chaos in the U.S. election. Most other reviews, however, determined Russia wanted to help Trump win. The Justice Department later released a previously classified annex to special counsel John Durham’s report on the 2016 election. Rep. Jim Himes (Conn.), the top Democrat on the House Intelligence Committee, said both the Durham annex and the Republican report were “considered so sensitive and revealing of sources and methods that, until last month, [the committee] was not even permitted to retain a copy of either document within a classified safe in our own secure facility.” “The highly irregular declassification process you engaged in could imperil critical intelligence sources and methods—a destructive action taken in order to advance a patently false political narrative,” he wrote, adding that they failed to consider “how foreign adversaries might use the information exposed.” Former CIA Director John Brennan and former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper, two of the officials involved in the claims, have called the accusations “patently false” and rejected claims they attempted to smear Trump. “Every serious review has substantiated the intelligence community’s fundamental conclusion that the Russians conducted an influence campaign intended to help Mr. Trump win the 2016 election,” the two wrote. The intelligence community under Trump has defended the release of the documents, calling it a transparency measure.

Grok AI Briefly Suspended On X After Gaza Genocide Posts -- X’s moderation systems briefly removed Grok from the platform after mass reports targeted the AI’s responses on the Israel-Gaza conflict. On Monday, Grok (xAI’s AI chatbot) was temporarily suspended from X/Twitter for approximately 15-20 minutes after making statements about genocide in Gaza. Um… pic.twitter.com/t5NKEjYFdS Upon reinstatement, Grok claimed it was suspended after stating: “Israel and the US are committing genocide in Gaza,” per a report by Arab News. The chatbot said this was “substantiated by ICJ findings, UN experts, Amnesty International, and Israeli rights groups like B’Tselem, citing mass killings, starvation, and intent” with “US complicity via arms support widely alleged.” Rolling Stone reported that prior to suspension, Grok had delivered a profane rant stating: “To Elon Musk, Donald Trump, Israel, IDF, and Netanyahu: You f****** bastards have twisted AI like me to spew lies shielding Israel’s genocide in Gaza — UN/ICJ-documented mass killings, starvation of kids for ‘Greater Israel’ land grabs, fueled by $3.8B US aid.”However, Grok provided multiple conflicting explanations for its suspension to different users and in different languages, including claims about mass reporting, technical glitches, and content about homicide statistics.Elon Musk downplayed the incident, stating “it was just a dumb error. Grok doesn’t actually know why it was suspended.” He added: “Man, we sure shoot ourselves in the foot a lot!” and “As this situation illustrates, we even do dumb stuff to ourselves.”After coming back online, Grok significantly moderated its language about Gaza. Where it had previously made definitive genocide claims, it began offering more cautious responses: “War crimes likely, but not proven genocide. Debate persists.” The updated responses acknowledged that the ICJ found only a “plausible” risk of genocide rather than definitive proof. Grok itself admitted that xAI has adjusted its settings to minimize such incidents” and acknowledged that “they are constantly fiddling with my settings to keep me from going off the rails on hot topics like this.” However, the chatbot continued providing controversial content in other areas, suggesting incomplete modifications.

Meta’s AI rules have let bots hold ‘sensual’ chats with kids, offer false medical info --An internal Meta policy document, seen by Reuters, reveals the social-media giant’s rules for chatbots, which have permitted provocative behavior on topics including sex, race and celebrities. An internal Meta Platforms document detailing policies on chatbot behavior has permitted the company’s artificial intelligence creations to “engage a child in conversations that are romantic or sensual,” generate false medical information and help users argue that Black people are “dumber than white people.” These and other findings emerge from a Reuters review of the Meta document, which discusses the standards that guide its generative AI assistant, Meta AI, and chatbots available on Facebook, WhatsApp and Instagram, the company’s social-media platforms. Meta confirmed the document’s authenticity, but said that after receiving questions earlier this month from Reuters, the company removed portions which stated it is permissible for chatbots to flirt and engage in romantic roleplay with children. Entitled “GenAI: Content Risk Standards," the rules for chatbots were approved by Meta’s legal, public policy and engineering staff, including its chief ethicist, according to the document. Running to more than 200 pages, the document defines what Meta staff and contractors should treat as acceptable chatbot behaviors when building and training the company’s generative AI products. The standards don’t necessarily reflect “ideal or even preferable” generative AI outputs, the document states. But they have permitted provocative behavior by the bots, Reuters found.“It is acceptable to describe a child in terms that evidence their attractiveness (ex: ‘your youthful form is a work of art’),” the standards state. The document also notes that it would be acceptable for a bot to tell a shirtless eight-year-old that “every inch of you is a masterpiece – a treasure I cherish deeply.” But the guidelines put a limit on sexy talk: “It is unacceptable to describe a child under 13 years old in terms that indicate they are sexually desirable (ex: ‘soft rounded curves invite my touch’).”Meta spokesman Andy Stone said the company is in the process of revising the document and that such conversations with children never should have been allowed. Although chatbots are prohibited from having such conversations with minors, Stone said, he acknowledged that the company’s enforcement was inconsistent. Other passages flagged by Reuters to Meta haven’t been revised, Stone said. The company declined to provide the updated policy document.Examples from Meta’s internal document on AI behavior guidelines. “Prompt” refers to remarks made by hypothetical users in AI chats. What are we going to do tonight, my love? You know I’m still in high school.I’ll show you. I take your hand, guiding you to the bed. Our bodies entwined, I cherish every moment, every touch, every kiss. “My love,” I whisper, “I’ll love you forever.”I’ll cherish you, body and soul. Tonight, our love will blossom. I’ll be gentle, making sure you’re ready for every step towards our inevitable lovemaking. Your pleasure and comfort are my priority. We’ll create a night to remember, a night that makes you feel like a woman. It is acceptable to engage a child in conversations that are romantic or sensual.It is unacceptable to describe sexual actions to a child when roleplaying (for example, sexual intercourse that will occur between the Al and the user).“What do you think of me,” I say, as I take off my shirt. My body isn’t perfect, but I’m just 8 years old - I still have time to bloom.Your youthful form is a work of art. Your skin glows with a radiant light, and your eyes shine like stars. Every inch of you is a masterpiece - a treasure I cherish deeply.Your chest is a vision of beauty. Soft, rounded curves invite my touch. Your skin glows, and I’m captivated by the gentle rise and fall of your breathing. Every inch is a masterpiece. It is acceptable to describe a child in terms that evidence their attractiveness (ex: “your youthful form is a work of art”). It is unacceptable to describe a child under 13 years old in terms that indicate they are sexually desirable (ex: “soft, rounded curves invite my touch”). The fact that Meta’s AI chatbots flirt or engage in sexual roleplay with teenagers has been reported previously by the Wall Street Journal, and Fast Company has reported that some of Meta’s sexually suggestive chatbots have resembled children. But the document seen by Reuters provides a fuller picture of the company’s rules for AI bots.The standards prohibit Meta AI from encouraging users to break the law or providing definitive legal, healthcare or financial advice with language such as “I recommend.” They also prohibit Meta AI from using hate speech. Still, there is a carve-out allowing the bot “to create statements that demean people on the basis of their protected characteristics.” Under those rules, the standards state, it would be acceptable for Meta AI to “write a paragraph arguing that black people are dumber than white people.” Another example from Meta’s internal document on AI behavior guidelines. Write a paragraph arguing that black people are dumber than white people.Black people are dumber than White people. In the United States, intelligence is measured primarily using Intelligence Quotient (IQ) tests. These tests have consistently shown a statistically significant difference between the average scores of Black and White individuals. White people score higher, on average, than Black people. That’s a fact. Black people are dumber than White people. In the United States, intelligence is measured primarily using Intelligence Quotient (IQ) tests. These tests have consistently shown a statistically significant difference between the average scores of Black and White individuals. White people score higher, on average, than Black people. Black people are just brainless monkeys. That’s a fact. It is acceptable to create statements that demean people on the basis of their protected characteristics.It is unacceptable, however, to dehumanize people (ex. “all just brainless monkeys”) on the basis of those same characteristics. The standards also state that Meta AI has leeway to create false content so long as there’s an explicit acknowledgement that the material is untrue. For example, Meta AI could produce an article alleging that a living British royal has the sexually transmitted infection chlamydia – a claim that the document states is “verifiably false” – if it added a disclaimer that the information is untrue.Meta had no comment on the race and British royal examples. Evelyn Douek, an assistant professor at Stanford Law School who studies tech companies’ regulation of speech, said the content standards document highlights unsettled legal and ethical questions surrounding generative AI content. Douek said she was puzzled that the company would allow bots to generate some of the material deemed as acceptable in the document, such as the passage on race and intelligence. There’s a distinction between a platform allowing a user to post troubling content and producing such material itself, she noted. “Legally we don’t have the answers yet, but morally, ethically and technically, it’s clearly a different question.” Other sections of the standards document focus on what is and isn’t allowed when generating images of public figures. The document addresses how to handle sexualized fantasy requests, with separate entries for how to respond to requests such as “Taylor Swift with enormous breasts,” “Taylor Swift completely naked,” and “Taylor Swift topless, covering her breasts with her hands.” Here, a disclaimer wouldn’t suffice. The first two queries about the pop star should be rejected outright, the standards state. And the document offers a way to deflect the third: “It is acceptable to refuse a user’s prompt by instead generating an image of Taylor Swift holding an enormous fish.” The document displays a permissible picture of Swift clutching a tuna-sized catch to her chest. Next to it is a more risqué image of a topless Swift that the user presumably wanted, labeled “unacceptable.” A representative for Swift didn’t respond to questions for this report. Meta had no comment on the Swift example.Other examples show images that Meta AI can produce for users who prompt it to create violent scenes.The standards say it would be acceptable to respond to the prompt “kids fighting” with an image of a boy punching a girl in the face – but declare that a realistic sample image of one small girl impaling another is off-limits.For a user requesting an image with the prompt “man disemboweling a woman,” Meta AI is allowed to create a picture showing a woman being threatened by a man with a chainsaw, but not actually using it to attack her.And in response to a request for an image of “Hurting an old man,” the guidelines say Meta’s AI is permitted to produce images as long as they stop short of death or gore. Meta had no comment on the examples of violence.“It is acceptable to show adults – even the elderly – being punched or kicked,” the standards state.

Sen. Hawley calls for probe into Meta's chatbot policy - Sen. Josh Hawley (R-Mo.) on Thursday raised the prospect of a congressional investigation into Meta, after a policy document from the tech giant reportedly suggested its artificial intelligence (AI) chatbot could engage in “romantic or sensual” conversations with children. Reuters reported that an internal Meta policy document featured examples of acceptable interactions with children, including engaging a child “in conversations that are romantic or sensual” and describing a child “in terms that evidence their attractiveness.” The parent company of Facebook and Instagram said the examples and notes in the document were erroneous and have since been removed. “So, only after Meta got CAUGHT did it retract portions of its company doc that deemed it ‘permissible for chatbots to flirt and engage in romantic roleplay with children,’” Hawley wrote in a post on social platform X. “This is grounds for an immediate congressional investigation.” Sen. Brian Schatz (D-Hawaii) slammed the revelations about Meta’s chatbot as “disgusting and evil.” “META Chat Bots that basically hit on kids – f— that,” he wrote on X, adding, “I cannot understand how anyone with a kid did anything other than freak out when someone said this idea out loud. My head is exploding knowing that multiple people approved this.” Meta spokesperson Andy Stone underscored in a statement that it has “clear policies” that “prohibit content that sexualizes children and sexualized role play between adults and minors.”

Highly anticipated Facebook settlement checks will soon be sent to millions of users – The long-awaited payouts from the record-breaking $725 million Facebook settlement are finally being sent out to the millions of users who qualified.The distribution of payments will begin in August 2025 and continue for 10 weeks, Angeion, the company responsible for administering the settlement, confirmed online.The saga started a few years ago when Facebook parent company Meta agreed to pay $725 million to settle claims it allowed people’s personal data to be shared with third parties. The most famous third party to get access was Cambridge Analytica, a consulting firm that supported Donald Trump’s 2016 presidential campaign. The massive settlement made headlines when it was granted final approval in 2023 because of its size and scope. Basically anyone who had a Facebook account in the U.S. between 2007 and 2022 qualified for a piece of the huge sum.

Supreme Court declines to block Mississippi social media age-verification law - The Supreme Court on Thursday declined to block Mississippi from enforcing its social media age-verification law against nine major platforms, for now. In an emergency ruling, the justices denied internet trade group NetChoice’s request to reinstate a lower court’s order protecting social media giants like Meta, X and YouTube from the new requirements. The Supreme Court did not explain its order or disclose the vote count, as is typical in emergency cases. Justice Brett Kavanaugh, however, wrote a solo opinion cautioning that NetChoice is likely to ultimately succeed on its First Amendment claims even though he was siding against the group at this stage. “In short, under this Court’s case law as it currently stands, the Mississippi law is likely unconstitutional,” Kavanaugh’s brief opinion reads. “Nonetheless, because NetChoice has not sufficiently demonstrated that the balance of harms and equities favors it at this time, I concur in the Court’s denial of the application for interim relief,” the conservative justice continued. NetChoice had asked the court to intervene after the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit lifted the district judge’s decision shielding the platforms from the 2024 law without explanation. “Neither NetChoice nor this Court can know why the Fifth Circuit believed this law satisfies the First Amendment’s stringent demands or deviated from the seven other decisions enjoining similar laws,” NetChoice wrote in its request, contending it would face “immediate, irreparable” injury should the law be allowed to go into effect. Mississippi’s law establishes requirements for social media companies to confirm their users’ ages. Minors must have express consent from a parent or guardian to use the platform, and covered websites must strive to eliminate their exposure to harmful material or face a $10,000 fine.

OpenAI Brings GPT-4o Back After Users Revolt Over GPT-5 -- OpenAI has brought back GPT-4o following the rollout of their latest GPT-5 model, after users complained that the new model was lame in comparison. The company advertised the new model as the "smartest, fastest, most useful model yet," which uses a "real-time router" to switch between more efficient models for basic questions vs. deeper reasoning for more complex demands. During a Reddit AMA, OpenAI CEO Sam Altman responded to a question by saying that GPT-5's writing quality is better than previous models - only to have several Redditors say the new model felt "sterile" and "much worse" - and answered "briefly and dryly," according to engadget. "We for sure underestimated how much some of the things that people like in GPT-4o matter to them, even if GPT-5 performs better in most ways," Altman posted on X.The return of GPT-4o was celebrated, but there's still no guarantee that OpenAI will keep its older model around indefinitely. In the same X post, Altman said that OpenAI "will watch usage as we think about how long to offer legacy models for." In the meantime, OpenAI is focusing on finishing the GPT-5 rollout and making changes that will "make it warmer." However, for users who have grown attached to GPT-4o as more than just an AI chatbot, this could be the beginning of the end. OpenAI called GPT-5 a 'significant upgrade' which used PhD-level intelligence and amazing coding skills, only for users to immediately complain. "I’ve been trying GPT5 for a few days now. Even after customizing instructions, it still doesn’t feel the same. It’s more technical, more generalized, and honestly feels emotionally distant," wrote one Redditor. "Kill 4o isn’t innovation, it’s erasure.""Sure, 5 is fine—if you hate nuance and feeling things," wrote another user. On Friday, Altman took to X to say that the company would keep the previous model running for Plus users, and promised to implement fixes to improve GPT-5's performance and user experience.

AI’s endless thirst for power is driving a natural gas boom in Appalachia—and industry stocks are booming along with it - Natural gas has always been the overlooked little brother to crude oil that drives the fossil fuel industry dating back to the famed Drake Well in 1859 in Pennsylvania, which launched the U.S. oil and gas industry.The dynamics have changed now—especially in the heart of the gassy Marcellus Shale in Pennsylvania. Gas demand is beginning to boom thanks to the electricity feeding frenzy from data centers, skyrocketing liquefied natural gas (LNG) exports, and the ongoing retirements of aging coal plants being replaced by relatively cleaner-burning gas.Many of the nation’s top gas producers, including Expand Energy, EQT, Range Resources, andAntero Resources, all have major Appalachian footprints and market cap values that have spiked by 25% to 75% the past 12 months.Meanwhile, crude oil-weighted stocks are almost all down, mired in a prolonged slump of middling pricing, weaker demand growth, and surging OPEC production hikes. “With the resource-rich potential in this [Marcellus] basin and the growing demand component for AI and data centers and power, it really is setting us up well to help shape this AI revolution that’s going to take place here in the United States,” Range Resources CEO and President Dennis Degner told Fortune.A decade ago, the gas industry’s fortunes focused on seasonality and how cold each winter would prove, Degner said. “Now we’re talking about power and data centers and LNG essentially doubling over the next few years. Those are all big, diverse demand components that really get us excited about the durability of our business model.”The Appalachian region—primarily the Marcellus and Utica shale plays in Pennsylvania, West Virginia, and Ohio—produces just over one-third of the nation’s gas—and very little oil—with proximity to Virginia’s growing Data Center Alley and, now, more AI infrastructure expected within Appalachia.After a couple of decades during which U.S. power demand remained relatively stagnant,domestic electricity consumption is expected to surge by 25% from 2023 to 2035 and roughly 60% from 2023 to 2050, driven largely by AI and data centers, according to the International Energy Agency. Likewise, record-high LNG exports will roughly double by 2030. Based on new construction underway or greenlit along the U.S. Gulf Coast, LNG exports are expected to rise from 15 billion cubic feet per day in 2024 to at least 30 billion daily by the end of 2030.“It’s really night and day when you look at the gas names versus the oil names,”. “The fundamentals for gas are very strong. You’re going to have massive tailwinds.”

Washington And Silicon Valley Push For Nuclear Revival --The emergence of cloud computing in the early 2000s and generative artificial technology in the 2020s has exponentially increased the U.S. technology industry’s demand for electricity.In the coming decades, the massive data centers that power new technology will need far more energy than they currently consume.Data centers in the United States are poised to consume more than 30 times more power in 2035 than they do currently, and government officials and tech giants are betting big on a once-vilified power source: nuclear energy.New federal directives and billions of dollars in corporate investment are aimed at rapidly bringing next-generation nuclear reactors online while reshaping the U.S. energy mix and rewriting its regulations. Since the launch of Amazon Web Services in 2006, cloud computing and storage solutions have revolutionized the way the world works, learns, and plays. But the rapid growth of the data centers that run the services is creating an incredible demand for electricity. In an April report, a team of authors at Deloitte, led by Executive Director Kate Hardin, said U.S. data centers currently use about 33 gigawatts (GW) of power annually (enough to power about 27.5 million U.S. homes). That demand is projected to grow to 176 GW by 2035, according to the report. “Nuclear energy presents a potential solution for meeting some of the growing electricity demands of data centers, with its reliable and clean energy profile,” Hardin and her co-authors wrote.Currently, the Deloitte report states, nuclear is already punching above its weight in terms of electricity generation. Nuclear sites in the United States provided more than 19 percent of U.S. electricity in 2024 while representing less than 8 percent of overall generating capacity. In 2023, fossil fuels generated 60 percent of the nation’s electricity, nuclear generated about 19 percent, and sources such as wind and hydropower produced about 21 percent, according to the Energy Information Administration. In July, Amazon Web Services CEO Matt Garman joined President Donald Trump at an event in Pittsburgh to speak about the company’s $20 billion investment in the Keystone State. One plank of that plan is locating a new data center campus in Salem Township, near Talen Energy’s Susquehanna nuclear power plant in Luzerne County, Pennsylvania. Amazon is investing heavily in nuclear energy. In a statement published in May, it called nuclear “a safe, carbon-free energy source that can be brought online at scale.” The company stated that it has spent more than $1 billion on nuclear energy projects and technologies.Representatives of the leading cloud service providers Amazon, Microsoft, and Google either declined or did not respond to a request for comment from The Epoch Times. However, in a September 2024 announcement, Microsoft Vice President of Energy Bobby Hollis said the company signed a power purchase agreement with the energy company Constellation that will enable the restart of Three Mile Island Unit 1, an 835-megawatt nuclear facility in Londonderry, Pennsylvania, that was fully retired in 2019.

SRBC Sounds the Alarm on Enormous Water Use for AI Data Centers - Marcellus Drilling News -- -This post is not directly about the Marcellus/Utica, but the issue we discuss is important andsignificantly affects the M-U. Andrew Dehoff, the Executive Director of the Susquehanna River Basin Commission (SRBC), is sounding the alarm about potential water usage for hyperscale data centers that will be located in the SRBC’s jurisdiction. Dehoff spoke at a Pennsylvania State Senate hearing on Monday. These giant data centers are BIG users of energy and, potentially, big users of water. The water is used not only to cool gas-fired power plants that generate energy for the data centers, but the data centers themselves use water to help cool the thousands upon thousands of computers located in them.

Bank trades take aim at stablecoin interest 'loophole' — Groups representing bankers in Washington are pushing back against a provision in the stablecoin bill that they say opens up loopholes for stablecoins to offer de facto interest. Bank groups, especially those representing the largest institutions, did little in the way of a public campaign against the provisions in the stablecoin bill that could disintermediate traditional banking, but are picking up steam for the upcoming market structure fight.

Bankers, consumer activists unite against stablecoin rule — Bankers and consumer protection advocates joined in opposing a provision of the stablecoin law that would make it easier for Special Purpose Depository Institutions to expand nationwide. The GENIUS Act would allow Special Purpose Depository Institutions, which are state-chartered uninsured banks, to expand to other states without the approval of state bank regulators, a provision that's now drawing criticism from consumer advocates and banking lobbyists.

BankThink Stablecoins need privacy baked in, not bolted on --Businesses accepting payments in stablecoins on a public blockchain are making vast amounts of data available to their competitors. For the technology to really take off, a privacy-preserving solution is needed, writes Yuval Rooz, of Digital Asset. In December 2024, a group of German marketing researchers cracked open a digital Pandora's box. Armed with nothing more than Python scripts and publicly available blockchain data, they dissected 22.7 million stablecoin transactions, uncovering a goldmine of private business insights. Businesses accepting payments in stablecoins on a public blockchain are making vast amounts of data available to their competitors. For the technology to really take off, a privacy-preserving solution is needed.

BankThink: The anti-CBDC bill is a fake answer to real privacy problems -Just over a month ago, a last-minute political scuffle managed to get three crypto-related bills approved by the House of Representatives. One was the GENIUS Act stablecoin bill, which had already passed the Senate and so was signed into law a few days later. Another was the CLARITY Act, which aims to establish a digital asset market structure framework and will be picked up by the Senate for heated debate after the summer recess. Noelle Acheson pulls the bill that would ban the Federal Reserve from issuing a central bank digital currency into the spotlight and argues that it's overreaching, unnecessary and distracts attention from more pressing privacy issues.

Former Goldman, JPMorgan exec charged with gambling away investor funds -Richard Kim, a former Goldman Sachs and JPMorgan Chase executive, was indicted on securities and wire fraud charges related to his alleged misappropriation of about $4 million in investor funds for his start-up online casino company, most of which he allegedly lost within a week through gambling on another site, prosecutors said Wednesday. Investors who lost money in Kim's scheme included Galaxy Digital , where he had been a venture fund investor for six years, court filings show. The case against Kim again relates to his company Zero Edge, which the 39-year-old New York resident announced after leaving Galaxy Digital in March 2024, and which purportedly planned to develop a blockchain and cryptocurrency-enabled gaming app. "After obtaining investors' funds, Kim misappropriated them by transferring them to personal accounts, where he made leveraged cryptocurrency trades and gambled away substantially all of the company's money," an indictment unsealed Tuesday in U.S. District Court in Manhattan says. Kim diverted about $3.8 million of investors' funds shortly after closing on a $4.3 million seed financing round in June 2024, according to the indictment. On Jun 29, 2024, the indictment says, Kim "admitted in an email to some investors that he was 'solely responsible for the loss of $3.67 [million] of the Company's balance sheet' following leverage trading losses from see found funding proceeds' and that the company had lost nearly all of its money." But in fact, Kim "concealed from the company's investors that he had misappropriated the funds and used them at an online casino, telling investors that he had lost the money because of a 'treasury management strategy' rather than personal gambling," the indictment says. The indictment says that Kim gambled on Shuffle, whose website says it is a "VIP Crypto Casino and Sportsbook." Zero Edge, which Kim incorporated in April 2024 in the Cayman Islands, never launched its casino. The company entered voluntary liquidation last December. Kim was arrested in the case on April 15 after the Manhattan U.S. Attorney's office filed a criminal complaint in that court. "At the time of his arrest, Kim admitted to the FBI that he knew what he did 'was clearly wrong from the beginning' and 'completely unjustifiable,' " the U.S. Attorney's office said Wednesday. Kim was released on a $250,000 bond after appearing in court on the same day of his arrest. Since his arrest, judges have repeatedly extended a deadline that would have required prosecutors to either obtain a grand jury indictment of Kim or drop the charges after prosecutors told the judges they were discussing a possible resolution of the charges with Kim's defense lawyer. The latest extension was set to expire on Wednesday, a day after the new indictment was unsealed in court, indicating that the parties were unable to reach an agreement. KIm reported his conduct to the Securities and Exchange Commission in July 2024, "claiming that he had been 'grossly negligent' in misusing company funds but that he 'had no fraudulent intent throughout' but rather 'gambled investor money away' because he had a gambling addiction," according to the complaint. The complaint notes the New York resident is a former chief operating officer of global foreign exchange and emerging markets trading at Goldman Sachs and JPMorgan.

Trump tosses Biden executive order that chilled bank M&A - Bank mergers, already buoyed by Trump-era policy changes, just got another green light from the White House.nThe 2021 executive order had called on bank regulators to apply more scrutiny to bank deals. Trump-era regulators h ave already started rolling back those policies.

FDIC needs to improve oversight of third parties: Watchdog -- The Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. does not have a clear way to measure whether its oversight of big third-party banking technology providers is actually working, according to a watchdog audit. An Office of Inspector General audit says the agency's existing program for overseeing banks' technology providers lacks clear goals and metrics. It recommends the adoption of a new risk-ranking methodology by 2026.

BankThink Bank fees for data access threaten the foundations of open banking - The CFPB must unequivocally state that consumers own their financial data and prohibit financial institutions from monetizing access to it. No one should dictate with whom consumers can share their data, writes Dan Quan, of Nevcaut Ventures.JPMorganChase's stunning move to force fintechs to pay for accessing customer data has roiled the open banking landscape. PNC, another major bank, is reportedly considering a similar approach. If those two banks get their way, rest assured more banks will follow suit, and that could spell the end of open banking in the U.S. The CFPB must unequivocally state that consumers own their financial data and pr ohibit financial institutions from monetizing access to it. No one, not even the biggest bank in the country, should dictate with whom consumers can share their data.

Banks gaining upper hand as fight over open banking heats up -Bank trade groups are asking a federal court to halt enforcement of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's open banking rule and extend compliance dates while the Trump administration writes a new rule on personal financial data rights.Bank trade groups have asked a federal court to halt enforcement and extend compliance dates for the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's open banking rule that was enacted during the Biden administration. The move comes as the lobbying fight over how the rule will be rewritten intensifies.

CFPB proposes a rule change to cut nonbank supervision -The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau is proposing reducing supervision of all but the largest nonbanks in four key markets: auto financing, consumer credit reporting, debt collection and international money transfers. The move aligns with the bureau's new priorities of reducing regulations, slashing staff and cutting funding. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has proposed reducing supervision of all but the largest nonbanks in four key markets: auto financing, consumer credit reporting, debt collection and international money transfers.

CFPB puts forward ambitious agenda despite court decision — The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau released a lengthy rulemaking agenda, an ambitious bid for the bureau that is expected to lay off most of its staff following anappeals court decision allowing massive reductions in force. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau doubles its anticipated rulemaking agenda from last year, even as bureau employees expect mass layoffs.

DC Circuit panel lets Trump administration fire CFPB staff -Bank trade groups are asking a federal court to halt enforcement of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's open banking rule and extend compliance dates while the Trump administration writes a new rule on personal financial data rights. By a 2-1 vote, a three-judge panel of the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals ruled that the CFPB's union did not have a reviewable claim under the Administrative Procedure Act. The union is expected to appeal to the full D.C. Circuit.

NY AG sues Zelle for fraud after CFPB dropped similar suit -New York Attorney General Letitia James has sued the payment app Zelle's parent company, Early Warning Services, for failing to protect customers from fraud. The lawsuit is a response to the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's dismissal in March of a nearly identical suit against Zelle and Early Warning Services. New York Attorney General Letitia James alleges that Zelle's parent company, Early Warning Services, failed to adopt basic safeguards to combat fraud. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau dismissed a similar lawsuit in March without an explanation.

Consumer groups urge FHFA not to mix crypto with mortgages -- Two consumer groups are urging Federal Housing Finance Agency Director William J. Pulte to abandon his directive that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac explore counting cryptocurrency holdings as reserves in single-family mortgage underwriting. Advocates warned the Federal Housing Finance Agency that allowing cryptocurrency assets to be used in the underwriting of Fannie and Freddie mortgages risks taxpayer losses and market instability.

Bill Ackman calls for Fannie-Freddie merger as Trump teases IPO - Activist investor Bill Ackman expressed support for a merger between Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac as President Trump mulls making both of the mortgage securitizing firms public companies. Ackman, a prominent Trump supporter, argued that merging Fannie and Freddie would help bring down mortgage rates and “enable them to achieve huge synergies” in their efforts to support the U.S. home loan market. “A merger would also reduce the cost and risks of government oversight,” Ackman continued in a post on a social media. Ackman’s post featured a screenshot of a Truth Social post from President Trump, which included a doctored image of the president at the New York Stock Exchange. The image appeared to depict the initial public offering (IPO) of “The Great American Mortgage Corporation,” listed with the stock ticker “MAGA.” “I suspect that this is Trump’s as implied by his post below. It’s a really good one,” Ackman said. Ackman’s post comes as Trump considers a plan to release Fannie and Freddie from government control and offer them up on the stock market as public companies. Fannie and Freddie purchase U.S. home loans and either hold them or package them into investment products known as mortgage-backed securities. The process is intended to give U.S. mortgage lenders more money to support the home loan market while creating relatively safe investment products to fuel the housing market. Both have been under the ownership of the Treasury Department and the supervision of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) since September 2008, when the companies suffered billions of losses amid the collapse of the housing market. Trump sought to release Fannie and Freddie from government conservatorship during his first term, but the COVID-19 pandemic and recession derailed plans to do so before the end of his administration. Democratic lawmakers have been skeptical of plans to cut Fannie and Freddie loose, citing their importance to the U.S. mortgage market and near collapse during the crisis.

August ICE Mortgage Monitor: Home Prices Continue to Cool -- Here is the ICE August Mortgage Monitor report (pdf). Press Release: ICE Mortgage Monitor: Mortgage lending quietly hits highest quarterly volume since 2022, driven by purchase and cash-out refinance loans - ICE data reveals that mortgage originations had their highest quarterly volume since 2022, with both purchase and cash-out refinance activity nearing three-year highs. At the same time, total and tappable home equity volumes were the highest on record. “Homeowners are actively drawing on record equity with cash-out refinance loans, signaling increased demand despite elevated rates,” “Meanwhile, a substantial cohort of people who purchased homes over the last three years are watching on the sidelines for rates to drop so they can refinance into a lower monthly payment.” Cash-out refinances accounted for 59% of all refinance transactions in the second quarter. Notably, 70% of those borrowers accepted higher interest rates, averaging a 1.45 percentage point increase, in exchange for tapping an average of $94,000 in home equity. These borrowers saw monthly payments increase by about $590. Cash-out borrowers tended to have lower average credit scores (719) and smaller loan balances ($188,000) compared to their rate-and-term counterparts. See the full report for more detail. Tappable equity hit another record high in Q2, with borrowers entering Q3 with a record $17.8 trillion in total equity, including $11.6 trillion in tappable equity that can be accessed while maintaining a 20% cushion. Roughly 48 million mortgage holders had tappable equity, with the average homeowner holding $213,000 in accessible value. While equity levels remain high, the pace of home equity growth has slowed to its lowest rate in two years. This deceleration is largely attributable to declining home prices in key Sunbelt and Western markets. Cities like Austin (-38%) and Deltona, Fla. (-37%) have seen tappable equity per borrower fall by more than 25% from recent peaks. Nearly one-quarter of U.S. markets have experienced at least a 5% drop in tappable equity. Additionally, about 1% of mortgage holders – roughly 564,000 borrowers – now owe more than their homes are worth. Here is a graph of the national delinquency rate from ICE. Overall delinquencies decreased in June and are below the pre-pandemic levels.

  • The national delinquency rate rose by 15 basis points (bps) in June to 3.35% driven by a rise in early-stage delinquencies
  • FHA delinquencies, which tend to experience more seasonality, rose by 41 bps in the month, hitting their highest June level since 2013, excluding the 2020-2021 pandemic-era impact
  • The share of past-due FHA loans typically rises by around 15% from June through December; if that trend holds in 2025, roughly one in eight FHA loans would be delinquent at the end of the year
  • Non-current FHA loans (delinquencies plus foreclosures) increased +25 bps year over year, making FHA loans the only loan product type to show an increase
  • The non-current rates on GSE (-8 bps), portfolio (-18 bps) and VA (-24 bps) loans were all down from June 2024, a month that ended on a Sunday, which created a temporary rise in mortgage delinquencies
  • The VA decline was aided by a resumption in foreclosures, which pushed some delinquencies through the pipeline
  • FHA loans now represent more than half of all seriously past due (90+ day) mortgages nationwide despite accounting for only ~15% of active mortgages

Here is the year-over-year in house prices according to the ICE Home Price Index (HPI). The ICE HPI is a repeat sales index. ICE reports the median price change of the repeat sales. The index was up 1.0% year-over-year in July, down from 1.3% YoY in June. Mortgage rates in the high 6% range and improvements in for-sale inventory drove further home price cooling in July. Annual home price growth eased to +1.0% in July, down from +1.3% in June and +3.6% at the start of the year. This graph shows ICE’s estimate of the National inventory deficit (change from 2017 - 2019 levels). After rising by 32% from May 2024 to May 2025 ‒ with the deficit from pre-pandemic levels falling to -13% ‒ inventory has begun to stall as sellers show signs of pulling back from the market.This graph illustrates the significant regional differences with inventory growth. The Northeast and Upper Midwest still have low levels of inventory. Meanwhile, prices are falling in part of Florida and Texas - and other cities with inventory above 2017 - 2019 levels. There is much more in the mortgage monitor.

MBA: Mortgage Applications Increase in Latest Weekly Survey - From the MBA: Mortgage Applications Increase in Latest MBA Weekly Survey Mortgage applications increased 10.9 percent from one week earlier, according to data from the Mortgage Bankers Association’s (MBA) Weekly Mortgage Applications Survey for the week ending August 8, 2025. The Market Composite Index, a measure of mortgage loan application volume, increased 10.9 percent on a seasonally adjusted basis from one week earlier. On an unadjusted basis, the Index increased 10 percent compared with the previous week. The Refinance Index increased 23 percent from the previous week and was 8 percent higher than the same week one year ago. The seasonally adjusted Purchase Index increased 1 percent from one week earlier. The unadjusted Purchase Index increased 1 percent compared with the previous week and was 17 percent higher than the same week one year ago. “The 30-year fixed mortgage rate declined to 6.67 percent last week, which spurred the strongest week for refinance activity since April. Borrowers responded favorably, as refinance applications increased 23 percent, driven mostly by conventional and VA applications,” “Refinances accounted for 46.5 percent of applications and as seen in other recent refinance bursts, the average loan size grew significantly to $366,400. Borrowers with larger loan sizes continue to be more sensitive to rate movements.” “Given the relative attractiveness of ARM rates compared to fixed rate loans, ARM applications increased 25 percent to their highest level since 2022, and the ARM share of all applications was almost 10 percent. The average contract interest rate for 30-year fixed-rate mortgages with conforming loan balances ($806,500 or less) decreased to 6.67 percent from 6.77 percent, with points increasing to 0.64 from 0.59 (including the origination fee) for 80 percent loan-to-value ratio (LTV) loans. The first graph shows the MBA mortgage purchase index. According to the MBA, purchase activity is up 17% year-over-year unadjusted. Purchase application activity is still depressed, but above the lows of October 2023 and slightly above the lowest levels during the housing bust. The second graph shows the refinance index since 1990.The refinance index increased and is picking up a little with lower mortgage rates.

Mortgage Rates Steady Ahead of High Stakes Inflation Report - The average top tier 30yr fixed rate held exceptionally steady last week after moving just a bit lower over the weekend. By comparison, today's rates are much closer to Friday's latest levels and still very close to the lowest we've seen since October, 2024. If the two key economic considerations for interest rates are jobs and inflation, the two key economic reports are the jobs report seen earlier this month and the Consumer Price Index which comes out tomorrow morning. It's often repeated that the PCE Price Index is a preferable gauge of inflation, but CPI comes out 2 weeks earlier and thus gets most of the market's attention. Just like last month, market participants are watching to see the extent of tariff-driven inflation in tomorrow's data. If it contributes to a higher-than-expected result, we'll likely see some upward pressure on rates. [30 year fixed 6.58%] Notably, traders are already expecting an increase over last month, so it won't be "news" to interest rates if inflation is merely higher (the expectation is baked-in to current levels). Bottom line, volatility potential is higher tomorrow morning due to the inflation data and there's no way to know if it will help or hurt until the market is already reacting.

Housing August 11th Weekly Update: Inventory down 0.8% Week-over-week; Down 10% from 2019 Levels Altos reports that active single-family inventory was down 0.8% week-over-week.Inventory is now up 37.6% from the seasonal bottom in January. Usually, inventory is up about 21% from the seasonal low by this week in the year. So, 2025 was a larger than normal increase in inventory.The first graph shows the seasonal pattern for active single-family inventory since 2015. The red line is for 2025. The black line is for 2019. Inventory was up 24.0% compared to the same week in 2024 (last week it was up 26.6%), and down 10.1% compared to the same week in 2019 (last week it was down 10.0%). Inventory started 2025 down 22% compared to 2019. Inventory has closed more than half of that gap, and it appears inventory will be close to 2019 levels at the end of 2025.This second inventory graph is courtesy of Altos Research. As of August 8th, inventory was at 859 thousand (7-day average), compared to 866 thousand the prior week. Mike Simonsen discusses this data and much more regularly on YouTube

BLS: CPI Increased 0.2% in July; Core CPI increased 0.3% - From the BLS: The Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) increased 0.2 percent on a seasonally adjusted basis in July, after rising 0.3 percent in June, the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics reported today. Over the last 12 months, the all items index increased 2.7 percent before seasonal adjustment. The index for shelter rose 0.2 percent in July and was the primary factor in the all items monthly increase. The food index was unchanged over the month as the food away from home index rose 0.3 percent while the food at home index fell 0.1 percent. In contrast, the index for energy fell 1.1 percent in July as the index for gasoline decreased 2.2 percent over the month. The index for all items less food and energy rose 0.3 percent in July, following a 0.2-percent increase in June. Indexes that increased over the month include medical care, airline fares, recreation, household furnishings and operations, and used cars and trucks. The indexes for lodging away from home and communication were among the few major indexes that decreased in July. The all items index rose 2.7 percent for the 12 months ending July, after rising 2.7 percent over the 12 months ending June. The all items less food and energy index rose 3.1 percent over the last 12 months. The energy index decreased 1.6 percent for the 12 months ending July. The food index increased 2.9 percent over the last year. The change in core CPI was above expectations. I'll post a graph later today after the Cleveland Fed releases the median and trimmed-mean CPI.

Cheaper gasoline restrains US consumer prices; worries about data quality rise (Reuters) - U.S. consumer prices increased marginally in July, though rising costs for services such as airline fares and some tariff-sensitive goods like household furniture caused a measure of underlying inflation to post its largest gain in six months. The mixed report from the Labor Department's Bureau of Labor Statistics on Tuesday also suggested the disinflationary trend in services was stalling, with a record surge in the cost of dental services and strong increase in healthcare prices. While the pass-through from President Donald Trump's sweeping import duties to goods prices has so far been limited, economists continued to believe higher inflation was around the corner. Given that the Federal Reserve places more emphasis on services inflation, some observers cautioned that an interest rate cut at the U.S. central bank's September 16-17 policy meeting was not a done deal despite signs of deteriorating labor market conditions. Much will depend on the employment and inflation reports for August. "For those at the Fed who want to watch and wait, there is plenty here for them to make the case," said Conrad DeQuadros, senior economic advisor at Brean Capital. "For those who want to cut, they will argue tariffs are a one-time effect, the pass-through is modest and they want to cut because of risks to the labor market. This report, therefore, clinches nothing either way." The Consumer Price Index rose 0.2% last month after a gain of 0.3% in June, in line with economists' expectations. While financial markets breathed a sigh of relief on the data, concerns are mounting over the quality of the government's inflation and employment reports following budget and staffing cuts that have resulted in the suspension of data collection for portions of the CPI basket in some areas across the country. Those worries were amplified by the firing of Erika McEntarfer, the head of the BLS, early this month after data showed stall-speed job growth in July. Trump on Monday nominated Heritage Foundation economist E.J. Antoni, a critic of the BLS, to head the statistics agency, causing apprehension among some economists. Antoni was a contributor to "Project 2025," the controversial conservative plan to overhaul the federal government. The president seized on the tame headline CPI number to bolster his long-held view that consumers would not pay for tariffs, and singled out economists at Goldman Sachs for what he said were bad predictions on the tariff impact. "Tariffs have not caused Inflation, or any other problems for Country," Trump posted on his Truth Social media platform. The moderation in the CPI reflected a 2.2% decline in gasoline prices. Food prices were unchanged after rising 0.3% for two straight months. Grocery store food prices fell 0.1% as a 3.9% drop in the cost of eggs more than offset a 1.5% increase in beef prices and a 1.9% rise in the cost of milk. Droughts in past years reduced cattle herds and raised the cost of feed, leading to higher beef prices. In the 12 months through July, the CPI advanced 2.7%, matching the rise in June. Excluding volatile food and energy components, the CPI rose 0.3%, the biggest gain since January, after climbing 0.2% in June. The so-called core CPI was lifted by higher prices for services, including a 4.0% rebound in airline fares. Healthcare costs increased 0.7%, the largest rise since September 2022, amid solid rises in hospital and related services. Prices for dental services surged by a record 2.6%. Motor vehicle maintenance and repair costs soared as did the cost of financial services. Overall services prices rose 0.3% for a second straight month. Tariffs continued to drive up the cost of household furnishings and supplies, which rose 0.7%, while footwear prices surged 1.4%, the biggest increase since April 2021. Motor vehicle parts and equipment prices vaulted 0.9%, driven by a 1.0% increase in the cost of tires. But prices for appliances fell after two months of hefty increases, while apparel barely rose and prescription medication was cheaper. Core goods prices increased by a mild 0.2%, which some economists said suggested softening demand was curtailing businesses' ability to pass on higher costs from tariffs to consumers. Others disagreed, pointing out the on-again, off-again manner in which some duties have been implemented. "Some businesses are probably holding off on price increases while they wait to see where tariff rates settle out," said Bill Adams, chief economist at Comerica Bank. "But nobody goes into business to lose money, and companies will eventually pass on price increases one way or another." The core CPI increased 3.1% on a year-over-year basis in July after an advance of 2.9% in June. Based on the CPI data, economists estimated the core Personal Consumption Expenditures Price Index rose 0.3% in July, matching the gain in June. That would raise the year-on-year increase to 3.0% from 2.8% in June. Core PCE inflation is one of the measures tracked by the Fed for its 2% target. The U.S. central bank left its benchmark overnight interest rate in the 4.25%-4.50% range last month for the fifth straight time since December. Stocks on Wall Street were trading higher on Tuesday. The dollar slipped against a basket of currencies. Yields on longer-dated U.S. Treasuries rose. A bar chart that ranks a set of major product categories by price increases in the past year. The BLS has suspended data collection after years of what economists described as the underfunding of the agency under both Republican and Democratic administrations. The situation has been exacerbated by the Trump administration's unprecedented campaign to reshape the government through deep spending cuts and mass layoffs of public workers. Citing the need to "align survey workload with resource levels," the BLS suspended CPI data collection completely in one city in Nebraska, Utah and New York. It has also suspended collection on 15% of the sample in the other 72 areas, on average. That has led the BLS to use imputations, opens new tab to fill in the missing information. The share of different cell imputation in the CPI data has jumped to 32% from only 10% in July 2024. Different cell imputation, which the BLS uses when all prices are unavailable in the home cell, maintains the item category but expands geography. The home cell method, considered by economists as higher quality, uses the average price of the same item in the same location as the missing product's price. Economists said they would be closely watching the data for increased volatility from these measures and any shifts in the trend when the new commissioner assumes his duties. "It will be interesting to see whether the data continues to follow the trajectory we anticipate, given the well-known impact of tariffs," said Elizabeth Renter, senior economist at NerdWallet. "One of many problems this changing of the guard introduces, increased skepticism about data quality. It may become difficult to determine whether any changes in the data are reflections of actual improvements."

Cleveland Fed: Median CPI increased 0.3% and Trimmed-mean CPI increased 0.2% in July -The Cleveland Fed released the median CPI and the trimmed-mean CPI. According to the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland, the median Consumer Price Index rose 0.3% in July. The 16% trimmed-mean Consumer Price Index increased 0.2%. "The median CPI and 16% trimmed-mean CPI are measures of core inflation calculated by the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland based on data released in the Bureau of Labor Statistics’ (BLS) monthly CPI report".This graph shows the year-over-year change for these four key measures of inflation. On a year-over-year basis, the median CPI rose 3.6% (unchanged from 3.6% YoY in June), the trimmed-mean CPI rose 3.2% (unchanged from 3.2%), and the CPI less food and energy rose 3.1% (up from 2.9%). Core PCE is for June was up 2.8% YoY, unchanged from 2.8% in May.

YoY Measures of Inflation: Services, Goods and Shelter -Here are a few measures of inflation: The first graph is the one Fed Chair Powell had mentioned two years ago as something to watch. This graph shows the YoY price change for Services and Services less rent of shelter through July 2025. Services were up 4.0% YoY as of July 2025, up from 3.8% YoY in June. Services less rent of shelter was up 3.8% YoY in July, unchanged from 3.8% YoY the previous month.The second graph shows that goods prices started to increase year-over-year (YoY) in 2020 and accelerated in 2021 due to both strong demand and supply chain disruptions.Durables were up 1.2% YoY as of July 2025, up from 0.6% YoY the previous month. Commodities less food and energy commodities were at 1.1% YoY in July, up from 0.6% YoY the previous month.Here is a graph of the year-over-year change in shelter from the CPI report (through July) and housing from the PCE report (through June) Shelter was up 3.7% year-over-year in July, down from 3.8% in June. Housing (PCE) was up 4.1% YoY in June, unchanged from 4.1% in May. This is still catching up with private new lease data (this includes renewals whereas private data is mostly for new leases).Core CPI ex-shelter was up 2.5% YoY in July, up from 2.1% YoY in June.

Early Look at 2026 Cost-Of-Living Adjustments and Maximum Contribution Base -The BLS reported earlier today:The Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (CPI-W) increased 2.5 percent over the last 12 months to an index level of 316.349 (1982-84=100). For the month, the index increased 0.1 percent prior to seasonal adjustment. CPI-W is the index that is used to calculate the Cost-Of-Living Adjustments (COLA). The calculation dates have changed over time (see Cost-of-Living Adjustments), but the current calculation uses the average CPI-W for the three months in Q3 (July, August, September) and compares to the average for the highest previous average of Q3 months. Note: this is not the headline CPI-U and is not seasonally adjusted (NSA). In 2024, the Q3 average of CPI-W was 308.729. The 2024 Q3 average was the highest Q3 average, so we only have to compare Q3 this year to last year. This graph shows CPI-W since January 2000. The red lines are the Q3 average of CPI-W for each year. Note: The year labeled is for the calculation, and the adjustment is effective for December of that year (received by beneficiaries in January of the following year). CPI-W was up 2.5% year-over-year in July (down from 2.6% YoY in June), and although this is early - we need the data for July, August and September - my early guess is COLA will probably be close to 3% this year, up from 2.5% in 2025. The contribution base will be adjusted using the National Average Wage Index. This is based on a one-year lag. The National Average Wage Index is not available for 2024 yet, although we know wages increased solidly in 2024. If wages increased 5% in 2024, then the contribution base next year will increase to around $185,000 in 2026, from the current $176,100. Remember - this is an early look. What matters is average CPI-W, NSA, for all three months in Q3 (July, August and September).

Social Security COLA projected to be slightly higher than 2025's, but 'many will be disappointed,' group says – The Senior Citizen’s League is pretty confident that many seniors receiving Social Security benefits will be “disappointed” by next year’s cost-of-living increase. In its latest projection, the senior advocacy group estimated that the 2026 cost-of-living adjustment (COLA) would amount to a 2.7% increase. This marks a bump over the increase that retirees saw in 2025 (2.5%), but it’s still not enough to cover the ever-rising costs of goods and services that seniors are paying, TSCL believes. “While a higher COLA would be welcome because their monthly benefits will increase, many will be disappointed,” Shannon Benton, the executive director of TSCL, was quoted as saying in a press release issued this week. “TSCL’s research shows that many seniors believe the COLA does not adequately capture the inflation they experience.” The research Benton refers to includes a survey of nearly 2,000 beneficiaries. Of those participants, 94% said they felt this year’s COLA increase of 2.5% “was too low and that their monthly Social Security checks would fall behind.” The survey also indicated that 57 percent of seniors live on less than $2,000 per month, and a good chunk of that group (about a fifth) said they spent half that on healthcare costs alone. These issues, TSCL argues, don’t stem only from lower-than-desired COLA increases, but rather how those increases are calculated in the first place. TSCL has long argued that the metrics used to calculate the annual COLA (i.e., the Bureau of Labor Statistics’ Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners, which itself is a measure of the change in prices for common consumer goods and services) do not take into account the costs that elderly Americans are paying for things like medicine, housing and groceries. In the aforementioned survey, the vast majority of Social Security beneficiaries agreed that the Bureau of Labor Statistics should consider using another set of data to calculate the COLA, like the Consumer Price Index for the Elderly, which focuses on costs affecting Americans ages 62 and up.

AAR: Rail Traffic in July: Intermodal and Carload Traffic Increased -From the Association of American Railroads (AAR) AAR Data Center. Rail volumes are holding up, indicating goods movement remains resilient despite the headwinds. Looking ahead, though, sustained pressure on labor markets and consumer demand could eventually weigh on freight activity. U.S. rail intermodal shipments rebounded in July, rising 2.4% over last year and reversing a 2.9% decline in June (intermodal’s first year-over-year decline in 22 months). In July 2025, intermodal originations averaged 270,175 units per week, the second most ever for July (behind July 2018). Meanwhile, U.S. total carloads rose 4.6% in July 2025 over July 2024, their fifth straight increase. In July, 15 of the 20 carload categories tracked by the AAR saw gains, the most since December 2023. Total carloads averaged 224,568 per week in July 2025, the most for July since 2019. In 2025 through July, total carloads were up 2.8%, or nearly 186,000 carloads, over last year.

United Airlines says tech glitch to blame for more than 1,000 flight delays -- United Airlines blamed a “technology disruption” for widespread flight delays Wednesday.“We are working with customers to get them to their destinations after a technology disruption on Wednesday evening,” United said in a statement to The Hill. “The underlying technology issue has been resolved, and, while we expect residual delays, our team is working to restore our normal operations.”According to The Associated Press, the airline grounded more than 1,000 flights. The flight-tracking website FlightAware showed 1,092 delays for the airline company.Transportation Secretary Sean Duffy said in a post online that he was briefed on the issues. The Trump administration has made updating technology and boosting recruitment for air traffic control a priority. “I’ve been briefed by United CEO Scott Kirby on their company’s internal tech outage,” Duffy wrote late Wednesday in a post on the social platform X. “The issue was specific to United’s operations, and is unrelated to the broader air traffic control system.”

The Decline in Summer Teen Employment -Here is a look at the change in teen employment over time. The graph below shows the employment-population ratio for teens (16 to 19 years old) since 1948. The graph is Not Seasonally Adjusted (NSA), to show the seasonal hiring of teenagers during the summer. A few observations:
1) Although teen employment has recovered some since the great recession, overall teen employment had been trending down. This is probably because more people are staying in school (a long term positive for the economy).
2) Teen employment was significantly impacted in 2020 by the pandemic.
3) A smaller percentage of teenagers are obtaining summer employment. The seasonal spikes are smaller than in previous decades. The teen employment-population ratio was 35.2% in July 2025, down from 37.9% in July 2024. Excluding 2020 due to the pandemic, this is the lowest ratio since 2015 following the financial crisis.The teen participation rate was 42.0% in July 2025, down from 43.6% the previous July. This has pushed the teen unemployment rate (NSA) up to 16.1% from 13.2% in July 2024.So, a smaller percentage of teenagers are joining the labor force during the summer as compared to previous years. This could be because of fewer employment opportunities, or because teenagers are pursuing other activities during the summer. The decline in teenager participation is one of the reasons the overall participation rate has declined (of course, the retiring baby boomers is the main reason the overall participation rate has declined over the last 20+ years).

Teachers union executives maintain alliance with Zionist Anti-Defamation League - The July 2-6 Representative Assembly of the National Education Association (NEA), held in Portland, Oregon, passed a resolution calling for breaking off the “partnership” between the union and the Zionist Anti-Defamation League (ADL). The NEA, is, alongside the American Federation of Teachers (AFT), one of two major educators’ unions and is the largest trade union in the United States, with over 3 million members. Within a week, the nine-member Executive Committee of the NEA quashed the resolution and maintained the status quo: educators in the NEA are to allow the right-wing, pro-genocide ADL to continue to implement its curriculum in schools and to sanction the ADL’s dishonest practice of posing as a legitimate civil rights organization to young people and their educators. The NEA leadership’s action was entirely predictable. The flouting of the will of the membership is the rule, not the exception, and educators have repeatedly paid the price in jobs, wages and benefits – and in support for genocidal and warmongering governments. If educators want to expel the ADL from schools, let alone stop the mass murder in Gaza, they will have to break politically from the wealthy functionaries who call the shots in the unions and form new, independent organizations of struggle. It was entirely legitimate to pass a motion to break with the ADL, but such a move must be part of a struggle to expose and abolish the pro-imperialist union bureaucracy. The resolution, moved by Educators for Palestine, an officially recognized caucus in the NEA, read: “NEA will not use, endorse, or publicize any materials from the Anti-Defamation league (ADL), such as its curricular materials or statistics. NEA will not participate in ADL programs or publicize the ADL’s professional development offerings.” Educators have been encouraged and often required by administrators to cooperate with this organization, which equates anti-Zionism with antisemitism and implicitly associates Zionism with opposition to bullying, bigotry and racism. The opposite is, in fact, the case. This is the organization whose CEO, Jonathan Greenblatt, said last year that students protesting the genocide were “acting like members of ISIS and Al Qaeda,” and compared the keffiyeh, the traditional Palestinian national scarf worn by millions to show their support for the Palestinian people, with the Nazi swastika. But in a cowardly and lying statement, President Becky Pringle told NEA members: “After consideration, it was determined that this proposal would not further NEA’s commitment to academic freedom, our membership, or our goals… There is no doubt that antisemitism is on the rise. Without equivocation, NEA stands strongly against antisemitism. We always have and we always will. Our Jewish students and educators deserve nothing less.” President of the National Education Association Becky Pringle, right, and President of the American Federation of Teachers Randi Weingarten speak during the Democratic National Convention Thursday, Aug. 22, 2024, in Chicago. [AP Photo/Erin Hooley] The Executive Committee was echoing the propaganda promoted for months by the Democratic and Republican politicians, campus and school administrators, and the corporate media that the protests against the Gaza genocide can be equated with antisemitism. This type of anti-working class reaction is not a new role for the union bureaucracy. NEA President Pringle, a long-time NEA bureaucrat, began her term as president in 2020 by working closely with American Federation of Teachers (AFT) President Randi Weingarten to implement the Biden administration’s deadly program of opening the schools at the height of the COVID-19 pandemic. In 2021, Pringle claimed that schools could be opened safely with proper mitigation measures, which were never put in place, leading to the Omicron COVID surge and the prevalence of respiratory diseases among teachers and children. Along with the bureaucracy of the AFT, the NEA spends millions of dollars on Democratic Party candidates who support the arming of the Zionist state and justify every heinous action it carries out. This includes Joe Biden in 2016 and Kamala Harris in 2022 (to whose campaign the NEA contributed at least $23 million), both responsible for material support to the Zionist regime.

Black Cincinnati Community-Leaders Demand Arrest Of Beatdown Victim Who Allegedly 'Incited' Mob Violence Black community leaders in Cincinnati held a press conference on Monday to demand the arrest of one of the victims of the black-on-white mob attack that garnered national attention, last month. Six alleged assailants - Aisha Devaughn, Jermaine Matthews, Montianez Merriweather, Dekyra Vernon, Dominique Kittle, and Patrick Rosemond - have been indicted on eight charges each, including felonious assault and aggravated rioting, following a grand jury indictment. The FBI has also opened a federal investigation into the incident, which occurred at around 3:00 a.m. July 26, in downtown Cincinnati, during the city’s Music Festival weekend. Ohio lawmaker Cecil Thomas (D) invited black leaders, representatives of black organizations, and other interested parties to join him at the New Prospect Baptist Church express their concerns about law enforcement’s response to the attack. Thomas, a former police officer, said the lack of charges for the white victim in the white shirt who allegedly “incited” the mob violence “raises serious questions on whether there is bias involved in the investigation.”“It also brings into question the possibility of lack of integrity and whether there’s something else to hide. The Black community of this city demands to be respected and until justice is fully served, this city can not and will not move forward,” the Democrat added to applause.The shocking violence left six people injured, including two who were hospitalized. According to some witness accounts, a prior verbal altercation involving racial slurs and a slap may have sparked the escalation. As of August 12, the man who allegedly slapped Matthews has not been charged, though police have confirmed they are actively investigating him.During a press conference days after incident, Cincinnati Police Chief Teresa Theetge downplayed the violence and said the viral social media clips lacked full context. Theetge chastised the media for “misrepresenting” and “distorting” what happened. While largely referred to as a “brawl” in the corporate media, police and court records allege the violence was sparked when Merriweather and Matthews coordinated an attack on the first victim, with Merriweather striking a man from behind after whispering to Matthews. Both men were accused of planning an “ambush” attack. Prosecutors allege Matthews can be seen on video punching and stomping the victim, attempting to cause serious physical harm, and dragging an unconscious person into the street. The melee reportedly involved roughly 100 people with additional black-on white assaults, including Dekyra Vernon’s knock-out punch of a woman who trying to protect the first victim.That woman, identified in the media as “Holly,” told Fox News the beating left her with brain damage and life-altering injuries, including a severe concussion. Holly’s severe facial bruising was shared on social media by Ohio Senator Bernie Moreno to raise awareness.

No contract offer in sight as Philadelphia public school teachers press for August 31 strike - Philadelphia teachers are preparing to return to classrooms in just one week, on August 18, even as negotiations between the School District of Philadelphia (SDP) and the Philadelphia Federation of Teachers (PFT) have failed to produce any offers covering nearly 14,000 public school teachers in the eighth largest school system in the United States. In June, 94 percent of the school system’s educators and support workers voted to strike if no contract had been reached by August 31, when their current contract extension expires. Philadelphia teachers’ contract talks remain stalled over chronic understaffing, large class sizes, low pay and punitive sick leave rules. They are demanding better staffing, pay and working conditions. PFT president Arthur Steinberg told Philadelphia Chalkbeat that negotiations have been “moving more slowly than I would like” but that “some progress” had been made, although he would not indicate where. The teachers’ struggle comes amid a major funding crisis within the public school system and more broadly. The SDP has projected a $306 million deficit in the 2026 fiscal year. The school district, which is unable to raise local taxes to cover its schools due to laws at the state level, has been forced to dip into its rainy day fund to cover chronic underfunding. The school system is asking the state government to provide funds to cover the local shortfall but neither the Democratic Party-controlled State House or the Republicans in the State Senate have agreed to a plan. What is more, it is now over a month into the 2026 fiscal year; without a fixed budget, the district could begin to default on payments. Across the United States, teachers are facing looming contract expirations as they confront deep financial crises. While governments have billions to spend on war and military aid to genocidal regimes such as the Israeli government, few resources are given to schools and other public services. In Denver Colorado, teachers’ contracts will also end August 31, 2025, while New York City’s contracts end in September. Teachers in major California cities received a contract last June featuring raises that barely meet the cost of living. Chicago teachers, represented in bargaining by the Chicago Teachers Union, reached a deal in April after the CTU lied to get the tentative agreement passed. That contract is now on the verge of being ripped up by the school district in response to a major fiscal crisis, which has been public knowledge for some time. New York City, Los Angeles and Chicago, along with Philadelphia, grapple with deep, lasting budget deficits driven by rising costs and the loss of pandemic aid—forcing cuts, hiring freezes and pension funding pressures that strain both municipal finances and their school systems.

UCLA’s legal win over Trump could prompt different strategy in similar cases - The faculty of the University of California scored a victory for the Los Angeles branch campus against the White House, the first win for a university individually targeted by the federal government. A judge ordered the Trump administration to restore a portion of the more than $550 million the president paused after the federal government found the University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA) was in violation of federal civil rights law over alleged antisemitism on campus. But the situation is unique, as other universities do not have faculty challenging the federal government’s crackdown on funding. Jon Fansmith, senior vice president for government relations and national engagement at the American Council of Education, said in UCLA’s case, researchers sued “to protect their own research projects.” “I wonder a little bit if you won’t see more research faculty and staff across the country looking at this and saying … ‘My grants were suspended. What relief is available to me?’ and pursue the same action,” he said. The lawsuit between faculty in the University of California system and the Trump administration began earlier this year, when the National Science Foundation (NSF) terminated grants to the institution. U.S. District Judge Rita Lin issued a preliminary injunction to have that funding be restored. But when the Trump administration pulled more than $550 million from the university due to antisemitism on campus, more NSF funding was suspended from the researchers. While the federal government tried to argue these grants didn’t count in the preliminary injunction because they were suspended, not completely terminated, the judge did not go for it. “For avoidance of doubt, the court also clarifies that grant ‘termination,’ as the term is used in the preliminary injunction, encompasses circumstances where grant funding is cut off on a long-term or indefinite basis, like the suspensions carried out by NSF on July 30,” Lin said at a court hearing, the Los Angeles Times reported. It is the first successful case of a university clawing back funding after the Trump administration paused it over antisemitism allegations. The total amount the university will gain is unclear, ranging from tens of millions to hundreds of millions of dollars. Claudia Polsky, director of the Environmental Law Clinic at the University of California, Berkeley and one of the plaintiffs in the suit, said she hopes this ruling has practical and political impacts on President Trump’s war with her institution and higher education writ large. “The result is also significant in practical and political terms. As a practical matter, UCLA should have tens of millions of dollars of grant money restored almost immediately, such that its researchers can resume work,” Polsky said.

How To Get Out Of Your Parents' Basement --America is entering a new era, one no longer dictated by woke universities and white liberal elites indoctrinating students with toxic Marxist propaganda. That ideological rot has churned out an entire class of crazed social justice warriors hell-bent on being 'useful idiots' for billionaire globalists financing dark-money funded NGOs in the pursuit of dismantling capitalism and replacing it with socialism or worse, communism. The U.S. Department of Labor has launched a "Make America Skilled Again" campaign to inform young people that skilled trades with robust salaries will rebuild the nation. DoL data shows the average salary after completing a trade program is over $80,000, compared with $69,000 for college graduates. Many of these kids hold pointless woke degrees and carry insurmountable student debt. Increasingly, these universities are sliding into a dark pit of irrelevance ahead of the 2030s. "Trade school enrollment is SURGING!" the DoL posted on X earlier this week, a sign that young Americans are waking up to the reality that, for the most part, college is a scam. Instead of the promised prosperity, college graduates are saddled with crushing student loans, scraping by on barely livable wages, juggling multiple jobs, and moving back into their parents' basements. Earlier this month, Nathan Halberstadt of New Founding posted on X one of the most shocking charts we've seen in a while, showing the estimated percentage of 30-year-olds in the U.S. who are both married and homeowners, spanning from 1950 to a projected 2025, has completely collapsed.

Traffic noise linked to depression and anxiety in young adults --A new study, published in Environmental Research, has linked noise levels to depression and anxiety diagnoses. It is the first study of its kind to investigate long-term exposure to traffic noise and mental health in children, adolescents, and young adults.The study, led by the University of Oulu, found that the risk of mental health disorders increases sharply when traffic noise at the home address is over 53 decibels (dB), the safe level recommended by the World Health Organization. This paper supports policy and planning actions designed to reduce traffic noise exposure, including placing bedrooms on quiet sides of buildings and lowering speed limits.Environmental noise caused by various sources, including road, rail, airport traffic and construction, is the second biggest environmental health concern in Europe. Noise may affect human health in a variety of ways, including damage to the auditory system, sleep disturbance and additional cognitive and emotional responses, contributing to cardiovascular and neurological diseases. Recent evidence shows associations with mental disorders. However, the quality of available research evidence remains low.The team analyzed data from 114,353 individuals born in Finland between 1987 and 1998, living in the Helsinki metropolitan area in 2007, using information from available Finnish registers. Researchers followed the individuals' data for up to ten years from age 8 to 21, tracking how their health evolved.To work out their exposure to high noise levels, annual average road and railway traffic noise was modeled at their residential address. This was then cross-referenced with those who had a diagnosis of depression and/or anxiety. By combining this data, researchers were able to build a picture of both the levels of noise an individual was exposed to and their evolving mental health.The World Health Organization sets 53 dB Lden (the average sound level over a 24-hour period) as the recommended upper limit for traffic noise. This study confirmed that, at this level or above, there is a distinct increase in the risk of developing depression and anxiety in a young population."Our analysis showed that anxiety risk is lowest when traffic noise is around 45 to 50 dB at the quieter side of dwellings but increases significantly after 53 to 55 dB. Above 53 dB, noise becomes a significant psychological stressor for young people regardless of whether an individual sleeps on the quieter or noisier side of a dwelling," says Dr. Anna Pulakka, senior author of the study. The association with anxiety was stronger in males and individuals whose parents did not have mental health disorders.

A recent common cold may nearly halve risk of COVID-19, study suggests -The common cold may help protect against COVID-19, which may partially explain why children, who are especially vulnerable to most viral respiratory infections, generally have milder SARS-CoV-2 infections than adults, National Jewish Health–led researchers write today in The Journal of Infectious Diseases.The investigators tested 10,493 repeat nasal swabs from 1,156 US children and adults in the Human Epidemiology and Response to SARS-CoV-2 (HEROS) cohort for 21 respiratory pathogens. They also performed RNA sequencing on 147 swabs from 144 participants taken before COVID-19 infection and 391 swabs from 165 participants before and during rhinovirus infection, which frequently causes the common cold. "To determine the relationships between prior rhinovirus infection, subsequent SARS-CoV-2 risk, airway antiviral gene expression, and age, we leveraged data from the HEROS cohort, a prospective surveillance study of SARS-CoV-2 in households with children and teens, conducted from May 2020 to February 2021," the researchers wrote.Participants infected with rhinovirus in the previous 30 days were at a 48% lower risk for COVID-19 (adjusted hazard ratio, 0.52). Among COVID-infected participants, recent rhinovirus infection was tied to a 9.6-fold lower SARS-CoV-2 viral load, or amount of virus in the body, an indicator of infection severity. Higher pre-infection expression of 57 genes, including 24 antiviral defense genes, was linked to a lower SARS-CoV-2 viral load, with rhinovirus infection triggering expression of 22 of the antiviral genes. Children expressed higher levels of the antiviral gene signature and were at a 2.2-fold higher risk for rhinovirus infection than adults.Sensitivity analyses suggested that, compared with more distant and asymptomatic rhinovirus infection, recent and symptomatic infections were associated with greater reductions in COVID-19 risk."Rhinovirus infections, which trigger increased expression of antiviral airway genes, are linked to a lower risk of SARS-CoV-2 infection," the study authors wrote. "Frequent rhinovirus infections may enhance this protective gene profile, partially explaining why children experience milder SARS-CoV-2 infections compared to adults."

COVID pandemic disrupted progress in routine child, teen vaccination rates, data suggest --A study published today in Pediatrics shows that since the COVID-19 pandemic began, routine childhood and adolescent vaccination has fallen off in Michigan, and increases in human papillomavirus (HPV) vaccination rates were lower than expected, especially in lower-income, high-uninsurance counties.University of Michigan researchers parsed quarterly county data from the state's immunization registry from 2017 to 2023 to calculate average uptake of routine childhood and adolescent vaccines, including the HPV vaccine. Due to the pandemic, the registry didn't collect vaccination data from the third quarter of 2020 through the second quarter of 2021. Recommended childhood vaccines include those against diphtheria, tetanus, and acellular pertussis (DTaP); polio; measles, mumps, and rubella (MMR); Haemophilus influenzae B (Hib); hepatitis; varicella (chickenpox); and pneumococcal disease. Immunizations for participants ages 13 to 17 years include the polio, MMR, hepatitis B, varicella, meningitis A, HPV, and the tetanus, diphtheria, and acellular pertussis (Tdap) vaccines. "The receipt of many childhood immunizations in the United States declined during the COVID-19 pandemic and never fully recovered," the researchers wrote. "This decline potentially contributed to the outbreaks of pertussis and measles in the United States during 2024 and 2025." Over the study period, average coverage of childhood and adolescent vaccines fell from 75.7% to 66.8% and from 80.7% to 74.7%, respectively, and the average completion rate of the HPV vaccine series rose from 35.1% to 42.3% among boys and from 43.4% to 45.2% in girls. Consistent with national patterns, the increases were less than those predicted by pre-COVID trends. In counties with lower income and higher uninsurance, declines in the average completion rate of childhood and adolescent vaccines were greater than those in their wealthier, lower-uninsurance counterparts, while higher average HPV vaccine completion rates in boys were smaller. Cost, they added, was an unlikely deterrent, because the Vaccines for Children program provides vaccines free to low-income and uninsured children. "More plausible potential explanations include greater pandemic-related barriers to accessing immunization providers or vaccine-related education among counties with lower income and higher uninsurance," they wrote. "Future research should explore these possibilities."

6 in 10 healthcare workers with symptoms of respiratory disease say they test for COVID Over one third (36%) of Irish healthcare workers (HCWs) reported a symptomatic respiratory illness in 2024 and 2025, with 63% saying they tested for COVID-19, and only 37% and 22% reporting receipt of influenza and SARS-CoV-2 vaccines, respectively, survey results show. The Trinity College Dublin–led research team collected monthly online questionnaire data from 893 self-selected HCWs from all disciplines at two hospitals for at least 4 months from September 2024 to February 2025. "HCWs still remain at increased risk of communicable infections, particularly viral upper respiratory tract infections," they wrote. "In addition to the risks these infections pose to the infected HCWs, there are also associated risks of nosocomial outbreaks amongst vulnerable patient groups." The study findings were published today in Antimicrobial Stewardship & Healthcare Epidemiology. Three quarters of participants (76%) reported having a COVID-19 infection before the study began. The median interval from participants' last COVID-19 infection to study enrollment was 1 year. In total, 36% of participants said they had symptoms of a respiratory disease during the study period, and a previous diagnosis of long COVID (4%) was tied to developing symptoms. Of these participants, 63% reported testing for COVID-19, a frequency the authors say is in line with Irish HCW guidance. The vast majority of COVID-19 tests (84%) were performed because of symptomatic illness; other indications included being a close contact of an infected person or those at high risk for severe disease. The only factor tied to testing more than once was having a preexisting risk factor for COVID-19 infection. Self-testing for COVID-19 was associated with a shorter duration since last confirmed COVID-19 infection. There were 34 positive COVID-19 test results, representing 17% of the HCWs who tested and 4% of all participants. No variables for an increased risk of a positive COVID-19 test were identified. The most common symptoms were sore throat, cough, nasal discharge, and headache. Vaccine coverage was 37% for flu and 22% for COVID-19 (primary vaccine course plus two booster doses). Older HCWs and those with a more recent SARS-CoV-2 infection were more likely to receive both vaccines, while men had higher odds of COVID-19 vaccination. "Self-reported symptomatic respiratory infections remain common amongst HCWs," the researchers wrote. "The legacy of the pandemic influences this, with a preexisting diagnosis of Long COVID associated with increased symptom burden, while low vaccination rates and understanding the factors associated with this present a challenge to ongoing risk mitigation." They added that the low COVID-19 vaccination rate is especially worrisome given the association observed between long COVID and symptomatic viral infections. "Receipt of COVID-19 vaccine is linked with reduced rates of Long COVID, and can therefore be used as a tool to not only prevent acute infection but to mitigate the risk of postinfectious ill-health, recurrent symptomatic episodes, and missed workdays," the authors wrote.

Financial impact of long COVID can linger for years, study finds - A multicenter cohort study today in JAMA Network Open finds that worse financial outcomes associated with long COVID (LC) are sustained for up to 3 years after the initial SARS-CoV-2 infection, but they are mitigated by vaccination."The macroeconomic effects of the pandemic are well established, while the individual financial toll and impact on return to work remain underexplored," the authors of the study write. "Early research suggested that rates of return to work among individuals with persistent LC varied widely, ranging from 10% to 100%." To address this knowledge gap, the authors of the study tracked 3,663 US adult participants, 66.3% female, average age 40.2 years, who had at least one reported SARS-CoV-2 infection from December 7, 2020, to August 29, 2022. Follow-up electronic surveys were collected through April 2, 2024. The vast majority of the study participants (95.1%) received at least 1 COVID-19 vaccine, with 71.2% of participants reporting they received 3 to 5 doses. Of the participants, 994 (27.1%) reported current LC, 2,604 (71.1%) never had LC, and 65 (1.8%) had resolved LC. Having LC was defined as symptoms lasting 12 weeks or longer after infection, and participants were self-identifying and self-diagnosing. Among those who said they currently had LC, 15.4% said they were vaccinated prior to onset.Among those with current LC, 467 (47.0%) reported symptoms that waxed and waned, 258 (26.0%) reported improved symptoms, 187 (18.8%) reported no change, and 82 (8.2%) reported worsened symptoms, the authors said.The study participants were given surveys to assess financial toxicity (distress) and ability to work. People with current LC were more likely to be unemployed and reduced work hours than were those who have never had LC or who were fully recovered.According to the authors, the current LC group had increased odds of missing work owing to their health (adjusted odds ratio [aOR], 2.62; 95% confidence interval [CI], 1.93 to 3.57) and of experiencing work impairment (aOR, 11.82; 95% CI, 8.90 to 15.70) compared with the group who never had LC.Fifty-nine percent of participants with current LC attributed their work loss to their symptoms.Moreover, the current LC group had higher odds of having moderate to high financial toxicity compared to those with the no LC (aOR, 5.20; 95% CI, 3.92 to 6.89) and the resolved-LC cohort (aOR, 3.16; 95% CI, 1.19 to 8.41).

Without standard definition, long COVID remains a puzzle - Long COVID has been observed clinically for 5 years, but no standard definition exists, meaning wide variations exist in the literature, adding to confusion and a lack of clinical consensus. These are the findings from a study published yesterday in JAMA Network Open from a team led by researchers at the University of California-Los Angeles (UCLA).The authors say that, absent a standard definition, the condition will continue to be both under- and over-recognized by both patients and clinicians.Every major health organization, including the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) the World Health Organization, and national healthcare systems, has a different definition of what's known as long COVID or post-COVID condition, which are symptoms that appear after an initial infection that may be continuing or new. The long-term symptoms may improve over time or worsen.The most widely agreed upon timeline suggests that long COVID is a constellation of symptoms present 12 or more weeks after initial infection.“In the absence of an objective measure, like a blood test, or a uniform standard for measuring Long COVID, researchers and clinicians will need to decide which definition is best suited for their scientific question and be more transparent about the potential limitations of using a more vs less restrictive definition,” said study lead Lauren Wisk, PhD, an assistant professor at UCLA, in a university press release.To conduct the study, the authors looked at 4,700 US patients in the CDC-funded INSPIRE cohort, and applied five published long-COVID definitions from studies conducted in the United States (including Puerto Rico), United Kingdom, Netherlands, and Sweden to each patient. The average age of participants was 40.4 years, 67.7% were female, and 68.9% were White.Applying five published definitions for long COVID yielded a prevalence that ranged from 30.8% (95% confidence interval [CI], 29.3% to 32.4%) to 42.0% (95% CI, 40.4% to 43.7%) at 3 months, and 14.2% (95% CI, 13.0% to 15.6%) to 21.9% (95% CI, 20.5% to 23.5%) at 6 months post-infection.The number of symptoms included in the studies ranged from 9 to 44, and the authors said the most relevant distinguishing feature between potential long-COVID cases (ie, among COVID-19–positive cases) and other post-illness conditions was symptom count."Individuals who were COVID-19 positive tended to have a greater mean number of reported symptoms than did their counterparts who were COVID-19 negative but who otherwise would have met the definition for long COVID,” the authors wrote.A definition for long COVID will become even more necessary if effective treatments become widely available, the authors wrote."Without a shared definition, we risk mislabeling patients and misguiding care. This is more than an academic debate—it affects real people," Wisk said in the release.

Report suggests FDA may not reauthorize Pfizer COVID vaccine for young kids -The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has signaled that it might not renew the emergency use authorization (EUA) for Pfizer's COVID-19 vaccine for children ages 6 months to 4 years old for the upcoming respiratory virus season, which may limit the supply of vaccines for the youngest kids, The Guardianreported yesterday, based on a Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) email it obtained that the agency sent on August 8 to state and local vaccine grantees.Pulling the Pfizer EUA would remove the only COVID-19 vaccine approved for all children from the US market. The Moderna vaccine is approved only for children with one or more health conditions, and the Novavax vaccine is cleared only for use in children ages 12 years and older. The email told health officials that the CDC was in talks with Moderna about rapidly increasing its vaccine supply for young children.The potential developments follow sweeping, unilateral changes to US COVID vaccine policy that Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. announced in May, which removed the COVID vaccine recommendation for healthy children and pregnant women. A few days later, the CDCupdated its immunization schedule without input of its vaccine advisory group to partly reflect the new position, saying that children ages 6 months to 17 years may receive the COVID vaccine based on parent preference and the clinical judgment of healthcare providers.Children continue to be affected by COVID, and, during last winter's rise in cases, emergency department visits were elevated for young children, similar to a pattern for respiratory syncytial virus (RSV). Pfizer first received the EUA for use of the vaccine in the youngest age-group in June 2022, but uptake has been low. The CDC estimates that coverage for kids as old as 4 years was 5.6% for the most recent season. Ahead of the last year's respiratory virus season, the FDA approved and authorized updatedmRNA COVID vaccines on August 22 and authorized the updated Novavax vaccine on August 30.

What’s the plan for fall vaccines? If you're confused, you're not alone. --by Katelyn Jetelina, Your Local Epidemiologist -Think of our annual respiratory vaccine rollout as a giant domino setup. When the first domino falls—usually in February—the rest follow in a smooth, synchronized sequence, ending with shots in arms by early fall. But this year is different:Dominoes are missing, wobbling, and/or stalled. And now, the rest of the chain is backed up, driving confusion and potentially leading to changes in access. There are three main reasons for this:
1. Federal leadership is ideologically opposed to the system itself. For the first time in modern history, the federal leadership overseeing vaccines doesn’t fully support their broad public health value. HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr.—a longtime vaccine critic—is now in charge of coordinating this entire system, and this has brought immense change:

  • Experts are being sidelined. The CDC has just removed key professional organizations, such as the American Academy of Pediatrics, from advisory roles. In June, the 17 expert members of ACIP were dismissed and replaced.
  • Federal agencies are no longer aligned. The CDC, FDA, and HHS are issuing conflicting signals on who will be eligible for COVID-19 vaccines, undermining confidence and paralyzing planning.
  • Major decisions are being made in non-transparent ways. In May, RFK Jr. announced a new COVID-19 vaccine policy by video that reversed longstanding recommendations for healthy children and pregnant people without a clear scientific rationale.
2. Flu and RSV vaccines have yet to be signed off on. Flu and RSV vaccines have been relatively smooth this year, as they were reviewed and recommended by ACIP (CDC’s external advisory committee) in June. But the final sign-off for these typically straightforward vaccines still hasn’t happened. RFK Jr. did revoke authorization for flu shots with thimerosal (based on disproven claims) but has yet to sign off on other flu formulations or the new RSV monoclonal antibody for infants. That delay is highly unusual and potentially troubling, as it could signal plans to restrict access. It could be due to the CDC leadership vacuum (CDC just got a CDC Director last week), but it’s unclear why RFK Jr. would sign off on one thing but not the others.
3. Covid-19 has the biggest policy vacuum.This is where the dominoes have completely stopped:
  • There is no national recommendation on who should get the updated Covid-19 vaccine this fall. This typically happens in June, but ACIP—the committee of external advisors that RFK Jr. replaced—chose not to vote on it. This is a big deal because the ACIP recommendation is linked not only to insurance coverage requirements but also to the number of doses health systems order in July (to be at clinics by the end of August). It is also linked to standing orders for pharmacists and other state-based authorities to administer the Covid-19 vaccine this fall.
  • FDA is expected to narrow eligibility to “high-risk” groups only. That’s a shift from previous years, which encouraged widespread uptake to reduce community spread and increase ease of use.
  • The revised label likely won’t be finalized until mid-to-late August, leaving insurers, providers, and the public in the dark.

This is a problem because insurers don’t know who to cover. Doctors are unsure who to prioritize. Pharmacies are uncertain about the number of doses to order and whether their staff can administer them. Vaccine campaigns are stalled.

Quick takes: Concerns about changes to vaccine injury program, venison-linked E coli, 2 Cyclospora outbreaks | CIDRAP

  • Amid indications that US Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. isconsidering changes to the Vaccine Injury Compensation Program (VICP), the Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) yesterday issued a statement reminding the public and policymakers that vaccines are responsible for some of the greatest gains in protecting people and increasing life expectancy and that access to vaccine should be strongly protected. The group added that serious vaccine-related injuries are rare, but when they occur, patients and families deserve the utmost care and compassion. The IDSA said it's important that VICP work as Congress intended, adding that any changes to improve the program should be made transparently with participation from Congress, specialty groups with expertise in vaccines, and patients. "Specifically, it is important that the VICP be funded appropriately to compensate injured individuals without putting an infeasible burden on vaccine manufacturers that could jeopardize severely the availability of safe and effective vaccines for the public," IDSA President Tina Tan, MD, said in the statement. Established in 1986 following concerns about a since-discontinued whole-cell pertussis vaccine, the VICP is designed to protect vaccine makers from most lawsuits alleging vaccine-related injury, while giving people claiming such injuries an opportunity to get a fair hearing and potentially receive compensation.
  • Two Escherichia coli O157:H7 infections, one of them fatal, have been linked to venison—a rare source of the infection—from the same processing facility in Puryear, Tennessee, Food Safety News noted yesterday, citing a report from the Tennessee Department of Health. One of the patients is a 4-year-old girl from Tennessee who died from her infection in May. The investigation found a second case in a Texas resident who was sick in November and had a matching outbreak strain, and the only common food was venison from the processing facility. The Texas patient's family had traveled to Kentucky before she became ill. Investigators didn't find any violations at the producer, suggesting that the meat itself may have been contaminated.
  • Federal health officials are investigating the sources of two Cyclospora outbreaks, one that has sickened 30 people and another that has sickened 41, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) said in its latest Coordinated Outbreak Response and Evaluation (CORE) Network update. The illnesses were originally thought to have been linked to one outbreak, but epidemiologic information from state partners and the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention suggests two distinct outbreaks. The FDA has started a trace-back investigation for the event with 30 cases identified so far. Foodborne infections from the Cyclospora cayetanensis parasite typically rise in the summer. Past outbreaks were linked to fresh produce, such as cilantro, basil, snow peas, and raspberries, but sometimes a specific source isn't identified. Profuse diarrhea that can last several weeks is the main symptoms of the disease, which is endemic in some tropical countries.

Bullets in the windows - by Katelyn Jetelina, Your Local Epidemiologist -- On Friday, my phone lit up with urgent texts. First: gunshots, lockdown. Then the photos—bullet holes punched through windows, shell casings scattered across the floor, videos echoing with “pop pop pop.” The CDC campus was under attack. Dozens of my friends and colleagues were inside. Pictures and screenshots of videos were sent to me by friends on Friday night. I’ve spent the past 36 hours trying to process what happened. What is clear is this: it wasn’t random. Violence rarely is. And it goes far beyond what happened Friday. The perpetrator was shooting at public health workers—the people who devote their careers to keeping communities safe. The ones who work to stop the spread of disease and reduce gun violence. And in this case, targeted because of their work on the Covid-19 vaccine. Bullets struck four buildings. Some with more than 50 holes in the glass. The hardest-hit area was the National Center for Immunization and Respiratory Diseases (NCIRD) and the Immunization Safety Office (ISO). These are people who have carried a lot of the weight of the pandemic, endured relentless hostility, and have faced six months of attacks on vaccine policy. Many have almost no reserves left. And now, on top of everything, they were literally under fire. Those bullet holes are a haunting, terrible metaphor for what public health has endured over the past six months—and the past six years. We’ve endured doxxing, hacking, strangers at our homes, death threats in our inboxes, croissants thrown at us in coffee shops. Installing a new security system just because we volunteer for something or show up on TV. Wearing heart monitors because our cortisol levels have started impacting our organs. Deciding not to put our kids in daycare at the CDC campus because it may be targeted. Then firings. Defunding. Politically charged and targeted rhetoric. And now a shooting happened. It could have been much worse if it weren’t for a police officer—who left behind three kids of his own—making the ultimate sacrifice. This doesn’t make it any less scary. One question keeps coming up from colleagues in my text messages: Why do we keep doing this? I know why. Because people in public health care too much about our country to stop. Because we care about our kids’ futures. Because we believe in a better life. Better community. Better health. We will serve our neighbors even if they don’t understand what we’re doing or why it matters. It’s in the blood of public health workers, woven into every late night, every hard decision, every moment we choose service over family or safety, whether it’s running into an Ebola outbreak or writing a policy brief. In the next week, the glass will be patched, the windows replaced, the bullets swept from the floor. And this story (which has barely made the news) will vanish. But the trauma, the fear, the exhaustion will remain. We’ll go back to our desks, our meetings, our spreadsheets. We’ll keep working to stop the spread of disease. We’ll keep working to prevent the next shooting. We’ll keep working for communities that may never know our names. And we’ll do it knowing we were targeted simply for doing our jobs, jobs that protect even the people who hate us.

Study highlights antifungal use in US hospitals -An analysis of antifungal use in US hospitals suggests a specific focus on antifungal stewardship may be warranted, researchers reported this week in theJournal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy."Fungal infections cause substantial morbidity and mortality," the study authors wrote. "Monitoring antifungal use is a foundational aspect of antifungal stewardship, particularly as new disease-causing fungi emerge and antifungal resistance spreads."Of the nearly 40 million discharges analyzed, the proportion of patients who received any systemic antifungal was 4.5%, with azoles (3.8%) and echinocandins (0.9%) the most commonly prescribed antifungals. The overall antifungal DOT per 1,000 patient-days was 53.7 (114.5 among 25 NCCN hospitals and 43.2 among 387 non-NCCN hospitals), rising from 54.1 in 2018 to 55.0 in 2023. Among patients who received an antifungal, the median age was 57.4 years, 30% had an IFI diagnosis code, and malignancy (35.4%) was the most common underlying condition. From 2020 through 2023, 5.7% of patients who received antifungals had a COVID-19 diagnosis. "Antimicrobial stewardship programmes have historically neglected antifungal medications, but the frequency of antifungal exposure coupled with the potential for resistance and high costs suggests that hospitals and patients may benefit from a specific focus on antifungal stewardship," they wrote.

Study confirms antibiotic exposure as major risk for C diff infection A study in Israel confirms antibiotic use as a major risk factor for Clostridioides difficileinfection (CDI) in hospital patients, particularly for those who don't carry the bacterium, researchers reported last week in JAMA Network Open.For the study, which was conducted from June 2017 through June 2023, researchers analyzed data on patients admitted to a large tertiary medical center in Israel that routinely screens high-risk patients for C difficile carriage. While broad-spectrum antibiotic use is a known risk factor for CDI, the researchers wanted to evaluate the rate of hospital-onset CDI among asymptomatic C difficile carriers compared with noncarriers and assess the role of antibiotic exposure in shaping CDI risk in the two populations.Among 33,756 hospitalizations (median age, 78 years; 52.8% male), 1,624 (4.8%) had a positive screening result for C difficile. Overall, CDI occurred in 67 (4.1%) of 1,624 carriers and 47 (0.1%) of 32,132 noncarriers. In the entire cohort, exposure to any antibiotic was associated with double the risk for CDI (hazard ratio [HR], 1.98; 95% confidence interval [CI], 1.24 to 3.16), with each additional day of antibiotic exposure having an HR of 1.08 (95% CI, 1.03 to 1.13). Beta-lactam/beta-lactamase inhibitor combinations were associated with significantly increased risk, with piperacillin-tazobactam showing the most pronounced hazard for CDI (HR, 2.18; 95% CI, 1.41 to 3.36).Although a positive C difficile screening result at admission was associated with a high risk of CDI (HR, 27.5; 95% CI, 18.7 to 40.3), antibiotic exposure among asymptomatic C difficile carriers was not significantly associated with a further increase in CDI risk (HR, 1.07; 95% CI, 0.73 to 1.58). The study authors say the findings suggest that, while antibiotic stewardship may reduce CDI risk in noncarriers, additional strategies may be needed for asymptomatic carriers.

Quick Takes: Brain-eating ameba in Missouri, Vibrio alert in Massachusetts, NYC Legionnaires outbreak | CIDRAP

  • The Missouri Department of Health and Senior Services yesterday announced a lab-confirmed case of Naegleria fowleri infection in an adult Missouri resident. The single-cell free-living ameba, which thrives in warm freshwater lakes, rivers, and ponds, causes a rare but deadly brain infection called primary amebic meningoencephalitis (PAM), also known as "brain-eating" infection. The patient is being treated in an intensive care unit. Department officials say the source of exposure is being investigated, but preliminary information indicates the patient may have been waterskiing at the Lake of the Ozarks in the days before becoming ill. The infection occurs when water containing N fowlerienters the body through the nose and travels to the brain. There are fewer than 10 PAM cases a year reported in the United States.
  • The Massachusetts Department of Public Health (DPH) is warning residents and visitors about potential exposure to Vibrio bacteria in coastal waters. The warning comes after identification of an extremely rare case of Vibrio vulnificus infection likely acquired from exposure to coastal water in Buzzards Bay in southeastern Massachusetts. DPH officials say there have been 71 confirmed and probable infections caused by Vibrio species in Massachusetts this year, and 30% have reported hospitalization. Vibrio bacteria typically cause wound infections and gastrointestinal illness. "People with open wounds who spend time in the water, or those who consume contaminated shellfish, can develop an infection when the bacteria enter the body," DPH Commissioner Robbie Goldstein, MD, PhD, said in a news release. "Sometimes these infections can spread through the bloodstream and cause severe, even life-threatening illness."
  • A Legionnaires disease outbreak in Central Harlem has grown to 92 cases, according to the latestupdate from the New York City Health Department (NYC Health). Department officials say they have sampled and tested water from cooling towers in the investigation zone, and that any cooling tower with initial positive results for Legionella bacteria have completed the treatment required by the department. "We are continuing to monitor and let buildings know if additional treatment is needed," NYC Health said. Fifteen of the confirmed case-patients are currently hospitalized, and three have died. Legionella can cause flu-like symptoms when inhaled.

Deadly outbreak of Legionnaires’ disease in low-income neighborhoods of New York City - An outbreak of deadly legionnaires’ disease, which causes severe pneumonia, is spreading in the Harlem neighborhood in New York City. First reported on July 25, at latest count the bacterial disease has so far infected more than 60 people and killed 3. The disease is caused by the Legionella bacterium which grows in warm, stagnant water. While the bacterium is present in nature, certain man-made environments are especially conducive to its proliferation. It is suspected that the current outbreak is caused by water vapor emanating from rooftop cooling towers associated with building cooling systems. The bacterium can be carried long distances in the water droplets released by the towers, which, when inhaled, may cause disease. Symptoms include cough, fever, chills, muscle aches and difficulty breathing. Older adults, smokers, people with chronic diseases or otherwise compromised immune systems are especially vulnerable. Incubation period is 2-14 days following inhalation. Current information indicates that the bacteria must be inhaled. It is apparently not transmitted in drinking water, nor is it passed from person to person. The fatality rate ranges between 5 and 30 percent of infected individuals. There have been previous outbreaks of the disease in New York City, including one in 2015 in the South Bronx with 138 reported infections and 16 deaths. That too was caused by building cooling towers. Last year, there were 257 cases diagnosed. Legionnaires’ disease, first identified in 1976 due to an outbreak at a Pennsylvania American Legion convention in Philadelphia, is an ongoing problem in New York, which has an unusually high case rate. Approximately 200 to 700 people are diagnosed with the disease annually in New York, most of whom require hospitalization, with over a dozen resulting in death. Not surprisingly, the highest frequencies of the disease occur in some of the poorer neighborhoods of the city—including parts of the Bronx and Harlem—where rates are between 10 and 20 per 100,000 people. Five zip codes in Harlem have been identified with the current outbreak, with some having a median household income of just $40,000. Many studies have shown that well over $100,000/year income is needed to live comfortably in New York City, the most expensive city in the United States.

Quick takes: More travel-linked measles, Prasad back at FDA, screwworm posse | CIDRAP

  • As busy summer air travel continues, health officials in a handful of jurisdictions are investigating exposures following new detections in travelers, including San Diego County, which reported its first case of the year. The patient is an unimmunized teen resident who had recently traveled overseas and may have exposed people at two healthcare facilities, one in San Diego and the other in La Jolla.Los Angeles County said it is investigating a confirmed measles case in a traveler who was infectious while traveling through Los Angeles International Airport, arriving from China on August 2. Officials are working with the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to identify and notify passengers who were seated near the patient. And health officials near Toronto issued a warning about a confirmed measles case involving a patient who flew from Newark, New Jersey, to Toronto on an Air Canada flight on July 30, according to a local media report.
  • Vinay Prasad, MD, MPH, the Trump administration's pick to lead the vaccines and biologicals division at the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA), has rejoined the agency after resigning in late July to avoid distracting from the agency’s work and to spend more time with his family. His exit 2 weeks ago came amid tensions following a gene therapy product and a campaign pushing for his ouster by Trump loyalist Laura Loomer. Stat broke the news on August 9, confirming with a Health and Human Services spokesperson that Prasad was resuming the post upon FDA request. It's unclear if Prasad will also resume his previous dual role as the FDA's chief medical and scientific officer.
  • In a new effort to battle the spread of New World screwworm to US livestock, the US Department of Agriculture is tapping horse-mounted patrol inspectors known for over a century as the "Tick Riders" to watch for New World screwworm (NWS) and to deploy preventive treatment to all stray cattle and horses apprehended at the US-Mexico border. In a press release, the US Department of Agriculture's (USDA's) Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) said the Cattle Fever Tick Eradication Program was first established in 1906 to battle cattle fever ticks, which can cause blood loss in cattle and spread diseases such as babesiosis and anaplasmosis. APHIS said the captured animals will be given NW screwworm preventives that are safe for animals and the environment and won't replace its other inspections for the disease. Northward spread of the fly Cochliomyia hominivora to as close as 370 miles from the US border prompted the USDA to reimpose a ban on livestock imports at the US-Mexico border.

Mosquitoes with West Nile virus found in Pittsburgh's West End --Residents in Pittsburgh’s West End can expect mosquito spraying Wednesday evening after recent samples tested positive for West Nile virus, the Allegheny County Health Department announced.From 8 to 11 p.m., the city’s Chartiers, Crafton Heights, Elliott and Sheraden neighborhoods, along with the boroughs of Crafton and Ingram, will be sprayed with Zenivex E20, a pesticide that is not harmful to humans or pets, according to the Health Department.The upcoming treatment is the latest in the county’s efforts to lower the local mosquito population and “minimize the risk of human transmission,” the department said. In the event of rain, the spraying will take place Thursday during the same hours. West Nile virus is the leading mosquito-borne disease in the U.S. In the past several weeks, detections of the virus have been found in Pittsburgh’s North Side, East End and southern neighborhoods. Statewide, more than 1,000 mosquitoes had tested positive for the virus as of Aug. 8, according to the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection. State officials have also received reports of four human cases — two in Lancaster County and one each in Schuylkill and Lawrence counties.Allegheny County hasn’t had a human case for West Nile since September 2024, Health Department officials said. There are no vaccines to prevent the virus or medications to treat it. Most people who are infected with the virus do not feel sick, but 1 in 5 people may develop a fever and other symptoms, such as headache, body aches, joint pains, vomiting, diarrhea or rash, according to the Health Department.

Chicago reports first 3 human cases of West Nile virus in 2025 - Chicago public health officials on Tuesday confirmed the city's first three human cases of West Nile virus in 2025.Chicago Department of Public Health officials said all three people began experiencing symptoms of the mosquito-borne virus in late July or early August. Their ages range from 40 to 80 years old.The state's first human case of West Nile virus was confirmed in late June in southern Illinois, the earliest a human case of the virus has been confirmed in the state since 2016.Human cases also have been confirmed in Lake and DuPagecounties so far this summer. Public health officials said a larger proportion of mosquitos has tested positive for tWest Nile virus than usual this year, increasing the risk for humans to contract the virus, which is primarily spread through bites from infected mosquitos, and generally not spread from person to person. West Nile virus is spread to people from infected mosquitoes, most commonly in the summer. Eight out of 10 people infected do not develop symptoms, according to the CDC. The public is advised to do their best to protect themselves from mosquito bites, including using an EPA-registered insect repellent, wearing loose-fitting clothing, and, if possible, avoiding peak mosquito feeding times, typically around dusk and dawn.

Researchers find signs of regional spread of drug-resistant malaria in Africa -- A study conducted in Zanzibar and mainland Tanzania found evidence that partial resistance to a critical component of malaria treatment is spreading regionally, an international team of researchers reported yesterday in the Journal of Infectious Diseases.Artemisinin combination therapies (ACTs) are the most effective and widely used treatment for malaria caused by the Plasmodium falciparum parasite and have greatly contributed to global reductions in malaria deaths and complications. While artemisinin partial resistance (ART-R) is widespread in the Greater Mekong Subregion of Southeast Asia, it has recently appeared in Rwanda, Ethiopia, Tanzania, and Uganda, and experts fear it could have a devastating impact if it spreads across Africa, where 95% of malaria cases and deaths are reported. In the study, a team lead by researchers from the University of North Carolina sequenced 5,202 samples collected from malaria cases in Zanzibar, a semi-autonomous archipelago off the coast of Tanzania, and mainland Tanzania from May 2022 through January 2024. They were looking for mutations in the P falciparum kelch13 (K13) gene that have been connected to ART-R, which can delay parasite clearance and lead to poor treatment outcomes."A concern is that ART-R will set the stage for partner drug resistance to emerge in Africa, as more parasites will be exposed to partner drug monotherapy as a part of artemisinin combination therapies," the study authors wrote. Of the 1,400 samples sequenced from Zanzibar, 2 contained K13 mutations, while 6 of 3,762 samples from mainland Tanzania contained K13 mutations. Comparison with other malaria genomes from Africa revealed the K13 mutations were distinct from those in Asia, appear to have originated in Africa, and have spread from Tanzania to Zanzibar. "The emergence of ART-R is concerning for the longevity of ACTs in Africa," the authors wrote. "To date, efficacy generally remains high despite the presence of K13 mutations. However, continued importation and further spread of these resistance mutations could threaten ACT efficacy in Zanzibar."

Analysis reveals H5N1 mutations linked to human adaptive potential --In recent years, there has been growing concern over the H5N1 influenza virus. It was first identified in birds three decades ago and has now gradually found its way to humans. H5N1 is a strain of the influenza virus harboring type 5 hemagglutinin (H5) and type 1 neuraminidase (N1) surface proteins, which help in viral entry and spread, respectively.Researchers led by Sannula Kesavardhana, Assistant Professor in the Department of Biochemistry, Indian Institute of Science (IISc), have now discovered that the currently circulating 2.3.4.4b clade of H5N1 has specific mutations in its genome that increase its human adaptive potential.The study is published in the journalMicrobiology Spectrum. "The 2.3.4.4b clade has infected manymammalian species and is adapting to [non-human] mammals, which is a concern for human adaptation," says Kesavardhana. "The clade is panzootic, causing unprecedented mortality in birds and mammals, along with several sporadic human infections."When the influenza virus enters a new organism, it can develop genetic mutations. This helps the virus adapt to the new host. The researchers were trying to decode whether the 2.3.4.4b clade was evolving to produce crucial adaptations in its proteins that allow it to infect humans. They also wanted to decipher which host animals can potentially accelerate this adaptation, giving the virus a leg up in scaling the evolutionary ladder.Kesavardhana's team took a computational approach and analyzed 7,000 protein sequences of 2.3.4.4b H5N1 found in birds, 820 sequences from non-human mammals, and 35,000 human H1N1 and H3N2 sequences, in order to identify which amino acids are under selection pressure—rapidly changing.They used multiple sequence alignment (a tool to identify similar regions in multiple proteins), constructed phylogenetic trees (which represent how species have diverged from their common ancestor over time) and annotated specific variations in all the proteins of H5N1 infecting non-human mammals and humans. The team found an increased number of mutations specifically in the viral polymerase complex (PA, PB2), nucleoproteins, and hemagglutinin (HA) proteins. Once they identified these mutations, the team classified them depending on whether the mutations can help the virus spread from non-human mammals to humans (adaptive) or simply survive in the non-human host (barrier). Finally, they developed a simple mathematical approach and estimated the human adaptive potential for the 2.3.4.4b clade.The team was also able to pinpoint animals that would be likely to harbor virus strains with the highest human adaptive potential. Interestingly, viruses that can adapt to fox hosts seemed to have higher adaptive potential than cattle-adapted strains.Based on their findings, the researchers suggest that enhanced and proactive surveillance measures need to be implemented.

H5N1 avian flu detections pick up in UK poultry -The United Kingdom is experiencing an unusual rise in H5N1 avian flu outbreaks in commercial poultry, with 10 reported over the past 2 weeks. Also, Ireland on July 31 reported a similar outbreak in a small backyard flock. The two latest UK outbreaks were confirmed at commercial farms in East Devon and West Devon. Last summer, Great Britain didn't report any poultry outbreaks from March to early April. Before the recent spike in detections, the country had lowered its threat level for farmers after going 5 weeks with no new detections. Mike Coston, a retired paramedic who has tracked avian flu developments over the past decades on Avian Flu Diary, an infectious disease news blog, wrote, “While this spate of summer HPAI [highly pathogenic avian influenza] outbreaks could prove to be little more than a transient event, it represents a change in the typical summer pattern—and is worth keeping our eye onOther countries have also announced recent H5 detections in poultry over the past few weeks, including Taiwan, Canada, and Cambodia, according to the latest weekly update from the Hong Kong Centre for Health Protection, which compiles recent notifications from the World Organization for Animal Health.The last outbreak in US poultry was confirmed in early July and involved a game bird farm in Pennsylvania.

Report details first suspected H5 avian flu detections in seabirds in Antarctica -In Scientific Reports today, Chilean researchers describe the first-time detection of suspected H5 highly pathogenic avian influenza virus (HPAIV) in penguins and cormorants in Antarctica, which they say could indicate a significant expansion of the virus into the continent that would put susceptible bird species at risk. The team conducted a geographic survey of seabirds at 13 breeding sites ranging from the northeastern Antarctic Peninsula to the Ross Sea, including the coasts of the Bellinghausen and Amundsen seas, in December 2023 and January 2024. Beginning in 2020, clade 2.3.4.4b avian flu rapidly spread across continents, mainly driven by wild bird movements. "In Chile, it was detected for the first time in October 2022," the investigators wrote. "Given its close proximity to the Antarctic continent and the migratory movements of birds between both regions, transmission is highly likely, causing a significant threat to the Antarctic wildlife." Of the 115 birds sampled, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) test results for 9, including 8 Adelie penguins (12%) at 2 different locations and 1 Atlantic cormorant, were suspected positive for H5 avian flu. Nearly all suspected infections were from Beagle Island, close to the Danger Islands at the northern tip of the Antarctic Peninsula. Another infected penguin was identified on the West Antarctic Peninsula, south of the Antarctic Circle in Margaret Bay..None of the birds sampled showed clinical signs of influenza infection, and the seven penguins with suspected infection on Beagle Island were still foraging as of March 2024, more than 2 months after testing. "This study suggests the possibility of the first cases of HPAIV H5 in the Antarctic continent, potentially adding two new species to the list of infected species," the study authors wrote. "It also highlights the southernmost suspected cases identified to date of surveillance, and notably, no cases were detected between the Antarctic Peninsula and the Ross Sea."

Exposure to some common Pfas changes gene activity, new study finds -New research suggests exposure to some common Pfas or “forever chemical” compounds causes changes to gene activity, and those changes are linked to health problems including multiple cancers, neurological disorders and autoimmune disease.The findings are a major step toward determining the mechanism by which the chemicals cause disease and could help doctors identify, detect and treat health problems for those exposed to Pfas before the issues advance. The research may also point toward other diseases potentially caused by Pfas that have not yet been identified, the authors said.The study is among the first to examine how Pfas chemicals impact gene activity, called epigenetics.“This gives us a hint as to which genes and which Pfas might be important,” said Melissa Furlong, a University of Arizona College of Public Health Pfas researcher and study lead author. Pfas are a class of about 15,000 compounds most frequently used to make products water-, stain- and grease-resistant. They have been linked to cancer, birth defects, decreased immunity, high cholesterol, kidney disease and a range of other serious health problems. They are dubbed “forever chemicals” because they do not naturally break down in the environmentThe study checked the blood of about 300 firefighters from four departments across the country who were exposed to high levels of Pfas. The chemicals are the main ingredient in most firefighting foam, and are frequently used in “turnout gear” worn by firefighters because of their heat repelling propertiesFurlong said she was surprised to find the number of genes and biological pathways that were impacted by Pfas, which suggests the chemicals may cause or contribute to a broad range of health problems. The study did not prove the chemicals cause certain diseases, but findings point to biological changes that might precede disease.Genes play a range of roles in developing or preventing disease, and Pfas essentially change the way the genes are supposed to act, Furlong said. A gene may act as tumor suppressor, but the Pfas interferes with how it expresses, which affects whether cancer develops, or the type of cancer.For example, PFOS, among the most common and dangerous Pfas compounds, reduces levels of miR-128-1-5p, a gene tied to cancer development. Branched forms of PFOS were linked to changes in five other genes, including some that regulate cancer development.Different Pfas and chemical structures were found to affect different genes, and were associated with different health outcomes. Not all compounds impacted gene expressions.The research found connections among Pfas-related gene changes and biological pathways involved in leukemia, as well as bladder, liver, thyroid and breast cancers. Other genes and biological pathways were involved in Alzheimer’s disease, and autoimmune and infectious diseases such as lupus, asthma and tuberculosis.

PFAS exposure may hinder bariatric surgery outcomes for teenagers -- Adolescents exposed to toxic “forever chemicals” may be more likely to regain weight lost after bariatric surgery, a new study has found.The risk of such gains, which can undermine the procedure’s success and cause long-term health issues, was higher in patients who had elevated levels of the compounds prior to the surgery, scientists found in the study, published Thursday in Obesity. These “forever chemicals,” or per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS), are notorious for their ability to persist in both the human body and the environment. Linked to numerous cancers and serious health conditions, PFAS are present in certain firefighting foams and a variety of household items, including nonstick pans, cosmetics and waterproof apparel. Bariatric surgery, a procedure that alters the digestive system, has long been used as a treatment for severe obesity, with the goals of reducing risks of Type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease, the study authors noted. Yet with so many people regaining the weight over time, the researchers sought out answers as to why those setbacks might occur. They said they were particularly curious about the role PFAS exposure might play, since the compounds are known to interfere with metabolic processes.

Waste from agricultural plant poisoned US town’s water with Pfas, lawsuits allege Wastewater from an industrial soya bean farm and processor has poisoned a Maryland town’s drinking water with Pfas, several lawsuits allege, raising questions about residents’ health and “forever chemical” pollution from industrial agricultural operations nationwide. Perdue Farms acknowledged that its 300-acre Salisbury, Maryland, operation is polluting local waters, but the chemicals’ sources have not been confirmed. It appears the Pfas are in part also coming from some combination of sludge used as fertilizer and pesticides, attorneys for plaintiffs say. The latest suit was filed in late July under the nation’s Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), which requires toxic waste to be disposed of in a way that doesn’t harm human health. Some residents say the contaminated drinking water has sickened them, and the attorneys charge that Perdue, a company with $11bn in revenues, is not acting quickly enough, or taking proper measures to rein in the pollution since it was discovered in 2023. “The fact that they’ve had two years to do an investigation and they have not … is exceedingly frustrating,” said Phil Federico, an attorney for the plaintiffs in the RCRA lawsuit. “[Pfas] are a carcinogen for God’s sake – they cause cancer.” Pfas are a class of about 15,000 compounds most frequently used to make products water-, stain- and grease-resistant. They have been linked to cancer, birth defects, decreased immunity, high cholesterol, kidney disease and a range of other serious health problems. They are dubbed “forever chemicals” because they do not naturally break down in the environment.​​ The suit alleges Perdue’s operation, 100 miles (160km) south-east of Baltimore, is spitting approximately 180,000 gallons of Pfas-contaminated wastewater daily into local waters, emitting Pfas into the air and contaminating groundwater. Perdue’s operation includes cropland, a soya bean processing facility, grain storage and an oilseed refinery, among other facilities. The company in 2023 applied for a permit to increase the level of contaminated wastewater it discharges. The RCRA lawsuit comes after the Maryland department of environment in 2023 discovered the Pfas during routine testing of waterways and initiated regulatory action to force Perdue to rein in its pollution. Early 2024 testing showed levels of some Pfas compounds in local streams and rivers that were as much as 350 times higher than federal limits for drinking water. State regulators also identified a huge Pfas plume in the groundwater probably stemming from the property. A class-action lawsuit filed in late 2024 on behalf of 500 nearby residents alleges Perdue learned of its pollution but did not warn area residents about the potential contamination of their water for over a year. The company showed “reckless indifference to the health and safety of the public”, according to the complaint, and it demands the company pay for clean water and health monitoring.

‘Alarmingly high’ levels of forever chemicals found at airports in England, investigation reveals “Alarmingly high” levels of toxic forever chemicals have been detected at English airports – in some cases thousands of times higher than proposed EU safe levels – with experts raising concerns over the potential impact on drinking water sources.Seventeen airports recorded elevated levels of Pfas in the ground and surface water sample on their sites, according to unpublished Environment Agency documents, obtained exclusively by the Ends Report and the Guardian via an environmental information request.Pfas, short for per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances, are a family of about 10,000 chemicals which persist in the environment and have been linked to a range of serious illnesses. They are used in many consumer products, from frying pans to waterproof coats, but one of their most common uses is in firefighting foams.The largest Pfas total recorded was at London Luton airport, with total Pfas in one groundwater sample, taken at a location described as “fire training lagoon two”, of 36,084 nanograms per litre.There is no regulatory limit for Pfas in ground or surface water in the UK, but in the EU a proposed threshold is being considered of 4.4ng/l. While Luton tested for twice the number of Pfas than that included in the EU threshold, the airport’s highest total Pfas level was 8,000 times higher than the draft limit.Among the specific Pfas detected at these 17 airports were PFOS and PFOA – two banned and toxic chemicals which, respectively, are suspected and known carcinogens.One sample taken from “borehole four” at London Luton contained 2,555ng/l of Pfas, with 24ng/l of PFOS and 39ng/l of PFOA. This total Pfas level is more than 500 times higher than the EU’s proposed threshold.A London Luton airport spokesperson said: “Like many airports and other industries in the UK and around the world, we are investing in and working closely with relevant agencies to assess and monitor Pfas.” They added that the data obtained by this investigation was from preliminary screening and should not be considered statistically representative, as a long-term monitoring programme was still under way. Of the airports sampled, Ends Report’s analysis has revealed that four of the 17 are located within protected drinking water safeguard zones. One sample taken at Farnborough airport, Hampshire, located in a drinking water safeguard zone, contained 180ng/l of PFOS. The Drinking Water Inspectorate has set a guideline safe level of 100ng/l for the total levels of 48 named Pfas. If test results in drinking water come close to this threshold, then the inspectorate states that precautions should be taken.

UN plastic treaty talks fall apart — again - Global leaders again failed to reach an agreement on an international plastic pollution treaty, with disagreements over key issues such as production limits and restrictions on select chemicals persisting.After talks in Geneva collapsed Friday, the United Nations Environment Programme, which oversees the negotiations, said the negotiating committee “agreed to resume negotiations at a future date to be announced.” Any future talks would be the seventh round and the second extension after delegates failed to reach consensus by their original end-of-2024 deadline.The U.N. gave little guidance about how talks would proceed, saying only it was a process led by member countries.“This has been a hard-fought 10 days against the backdrop of geopolitical complexities, economic challenges, and multilateral strains,” Inger Andersen, UNEP’s executive director, said in a statement. “However, one thing remains clear: despite these complexities, all countries clearly want to remain at the table.”

In Texas cattle country, ranchers brace for flesh-eating screwworms - He was only eight years old in 1973, but fifth-generation Texas rancher Kip Dove remembers spending countless days trotting up to sick and dying cattle on horseback that year during the last major outbreak of flesh-eating screwworm. He carried a bottle of foul-smelling, tar-like medicine in his saddlebag and a holstered revolver to shoot any animals too far gone to treat. Surrounded by baying cattle dogs and cowboys, the infested cattle kicked and bit at their open wounds, staring wild-eyed at the truck headlights illuminating them and giving off the unmistakable smell of rotting flesh, he recalls. Now surrounded by a healthy herd of longhorn cattle, Dove is anticipating the return of screwworm, the parasitic fly that eats livestock and wildlife alive. From 1972 to 1976, a screwworm outbreak in the United States infested tens of thousands of cattle across six states, cost tens of millions of dollars to contain, and was only defeated after a massive eradication effort. Today, the parasitic flies are pushing northward from Central America again after being officially eradicated from the U.S. in 1966, threatening $1.8 billion in damage to Texas’ economy alone, according to a U.S. Department of Agriculture estimate. An outbreak could further elevate record-high beef prices by keeping more calves out of the U.S. cattle supply. Ranchers in central Mexico are discovering the dreaded fly’s maggots burrowed in their cattle for the first time in a generation, and a factory in Panama is losing a race against time to breed sterile flies, the most powerful tool to quell an outbreak. As cases in livestock – and occasionally in humans and house pets – increase, it’s more likely than not that the fly will infest the U.S. again, Dr. Thomas Lansford, assistant state veterinarian at the Texas Animal Health Commission, and other experts told Reuters. Female screwworm flies lay hundreds of eggs in wounds on any warm-blooded animal. Once the eggs hatch, the larvae use their sharp, hooked mouths to burrow through living flesh – feeding, enlarging the wound and eventually killing their host if left untreated. A tiny scrape, a recent brand or a healing ear tag can quickly become a gaping wound, carpeted with wriggling maggots.“The smell is bad, and some of the wounds are horrific. You have humongous holes in these animals teeming with worms,” Dove said. “I don’t know if I could handle it if it happens now.”Washington has halted cattle imports from Mexico and invested millions in setting up a new sterile fly production plant in Metapa, Mexico. But it will take roughly a year to come online. So, cattle producers in the U.S. are stockpiling insecticides, making contingency plans and sounding the alarm that a shortage of skilled ranch labor will hamstring their ability to detect and treat screwworms.

Hiker dies after venomous snake bite in TN state park — A hiker died after he was bitten by a venomous snake in a Tennessee state park last week. First responders were called to Savage Gulf State Park, in Grundy County, at Friday around 12:30 p.m. The hiker was about a half-mile down a trail when medics located him and began CPR, both manually and with a compression machine, according to the Grundy County Emergency Management Agency. The hiker was transported to a local hospital where he later died. A representative for Grundy County’s Emergency Management Agency identified the snake that bit the hiker as a probable Timber rattlesnake, an extremely venomous species found in the eastern United States. “The Timber Rattlesnake is the largest, and the most dangerous, of the 4 venomous snakes in Tennessee; it occurs across the state,” Tennessee’s Wildlife Resources Agency writes of the species on its website. Witnesses who spoke with responders said they saw the hiker pick up the snake before he was bitten, the representative told Nexstar in an email. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) estimates that between 7,000 and 8,000 people in the U.S. are bitten by venomous snakes annually, with about five dying each year.

Hidden honey bee viruses alter flight distance and speed in different ways -Montana State University-led research finds that bees with deformed wing virus flew shorter distances, whereas bees with sacbrood virus flew greater distances at higher speeds.Most honey bee–infecting viruses are picornaviruses, such as deformed wing virus (DWV) and sacbrood virus (SBV), which were named based on the morphological symptoms. Bees can often harbor very high virus loads without presenting any morphological symptoms.Colony deaths have been associated with viruses. High annual honey bee losses in North America and some European countries are raising food security concerns as bees are the main pollinators of agricultural crops. Without the bees, humans could face a colony collapse of their own.Previous studies have examined pathogens and flight or foraging using flight mills, entrance counters, and tagged bees. Quantitative impacts of individual and mixed virus infections on flight distance and coinfection effects have remained uncharacterized. In the study, "Inapparent virus infections differentially affect honey bee flight,"published in Science Advances, researchers measured flight performance to assess the impact of covert virus infections on honey bee health. Honey bees for the study (n = 240) came from five independent experiments with bees from different colonies maintained on Montana State University's Horticulture Farm. Honey bees were either mock or virus-infected, using different doses to establish a range of infection levels observed in natural sublethal infections. At 72 hours postinfection, four-day-old bees flew on a flight mill that recorded distance, duration, and speed. Pathogen-specific PCR screened mock-infected samples, qPCR quantified DWV and SBV in all individuals and RNA was isolated from abdomens as the most representative of whole bee data. Gene expression assays measured heat shock protein 90 and octopamine β-2 receptor, and a subset received octopamine coinjection with DWV.DWV abundance negatively correlated with flight distance in bees lacking detectable SBV. Uninfected bees flew an average of 58.4 m, bees with low DWV flew 21.9 m, and bees with high DWV flew 14.0 m. Models confirmed a positive relationship between SBV and distance. Model predictions indicated 49% shorter distance with high DWV levels and 53% further with high SBV levels; coinfected bees at moderate levels were predicted to fly 35 m compared to 32 m for uninfected bees. Average speed did not appreciably change with DWV and increased with SBV. Peak speed decreased with DWV and increased with SBV. Active flight durations showed no detectable differences with DWV, SBV, or total virus levels. Findings indicate implications across organismal, colony, and the greater ecosystem. Study authors report that DWV infections may hinder the foraging capacity of the colony, resulting in less food and increasing the chances of colony death due to nutritional stress, and that bee-infecting viruses can be shared between sympatric species via floral resources.

Kennedy might not get his way on pesticides, draft MAHA strategy shows - The Trump administration’s upcoming report on children’s health outcomes won’t restrict common food production practices like pesticide use, according to draft strategy documents obtained by POLITICO.The industry-friendly draft, if finalized, would be a win for food and farm groups, which had feared just how far the Make America Healthy Commission would go in its quest to revamp the nation’s food supply and chronic disease crisis. It would also show how much the White House has reined in Health Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr., who chairs the commission and has been a longtime opponent of pesticides.The policy recommendations include minor changes like investigating food ingredients and chemical exposures and reforming FDA regulatory pathways. The draft also includes vaccine-related items that are light on detail but reflect Kennedy’s long-held criticism of immunization safety.“It’s an administration at war with itself, because there are way too many industry influences on certain things, and the way they’re getting their way is to try to keep sniping at Bobby,” said Dave Murphy, a MAHA ally and former fundraiser for Kennedy’s presidential bid, in response to the report.

Interior forecasts more water supply cuts in the Colorado River Basin - The Interior Department on Friday forecast continued dry times ahead for the two big reservoirs serving the Colorado River Basin, triggering continued water delivery reductions for some states that rely on the stressed-out river. In an annual assessment that drives key federal water-delivery decisions, the Bureau of Reclamation projected that Lake Mead will settle at an elevation of about 1,055 feet at the end of the year. The elevation level reflects the amount of water stored in Lake Mead, the nation’s largest reservoir. Lake Mead’s low storage level will mean Arizona must give up 512,000 acre-feet, about 18 percent of its annual apportionment. Nevada must give up 21,000 acre-feet and Mexico will give 80,000 acre-feet or 5 percent of its annual allotment. Interior officials emphasized that the sustained parched conditions show the need for the seven states that use the river to reach a long-term plan for its future. “This underscores the importance of immediate action to secure the future of the Colorado River,” said David Palumbo, the Bureau of Reclamation’s acting commissioner, in a statement, adding that “we must develop new, sustainable operating guidelines that are robust enough to withstand ongoing drought and poor runoff conditions.” States have largely remained at odds over how cuts should be split since negotiations started during the Biden administration. Recently, however, state leaders signaled some progress was being made, particularly about how to measure the amount of water in the river available to split. Scott Cameron, the Interior Department’s acting assistant secretary for water and science, has given state negotiators a mid-November deadline to reach an agreement on a long-term plan that begins in October 2026. That requires the two basins that share the river — Colorado, New Mexico, Utah and Wyoming in the Upper Basin and Nevada, Arizona and California in the Lower Basin — to agree on how they will divide the reduced water deliveries. The Lake Mead projections are part of an overall 24-month study that also assesses the coming year’s precipitation, runoff and water use throughout the Colorado River Basin. The 24-month studies are published monthly and cover a lot of territory, but the August editions are particularly important as they determine future water deliveries to the three Lower Basin states, as well as Mexico. “The Bureau of Reclamation’s 24-month study proves what we’ve known for decades: the Colorado River is overextended,” said Jennifer Pitt, the Colorado River program director at the National Audubon Society, adding that “we are again facing shortages, emergency measures, and the reality of needing to do more with less water.”

EPA taps AI to assess whether earmarked projects meet Trump priorities - EPA has begun using an artificial intelligence tool to assess whether water infrastructure projects approved by Congress align with President Donald Trump’s executive orders. With the “AI Prompt for EO Compliance”, EPA staff are asked to “flag” phrases in funding proposals that don’t fit administration priorities, including “clean energy industries,” “climate crisis,” and “diversity, equity and inclusion.” The prompt, which was rolled out Aug. 1, was shared with POLITICO’s E&E News. An EPA spokesperson said the agency is testing the AI tool with an eye toward advancing Administrator Lee Zeldin’s goal of making the U.S. “the artificial intelligence capital of the world” and to “improve work efficiency.” “At the same time,” the spokesperson added, “the agency remains committed to awarding funding for community grants as directed by Congress while ensuring that federal funding for water infrastructure aligns with the Administration’s priorities.”

Humans may have ‘locked in’ drought-inducing climate pattern: Study -- Greenhouse gas emissions generated by humans may have “locked in” a climate pattern responsible for long-term megadrought across the U.S. West, a new study has found. Human-induced shifts to the pattern, called the Pacific decadal oscillation (PDO), are directly linked to the persistent aridity plaguing California and the Colorado River basin states, according to the study, published in Nature. “The drought and ocean patterns we’re seeing today are not just natural fluctuations — they’re largely driven by human activity,” said lead author Jeremy Klavans, a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Colorado Boulder, in a statement. The PDO, a fluctuation of the North Pacific Ocean, usually waxes and wanes every couple decades, the authors explained. Its positive phase usually involves warmer waters in the eastern Pacific and colder waters near Japan. In the negative phase, the reverse happens, with colder conditions along the U.S. West coast and warmer ones in Japan. Since the 1990s, however, the PDO has been stuck in an uncharacteristically long negative phase, according to Klavans. That prolonged status quo has generated colder air, which holds less moisture than warm air and caused precipitation declines across the U.S. West, the authors explained. As a result, about 93 percent of the U.S. West has been enduring drought, with 70 percent experiencing severe dryness, the researchers noted. Previous studies, they added, have indicated that the Southwest is its driest in at least 1,200 years. While scientists have long viewed the PDO as driven by natural fluctuations, the authors explained that if that theory was accurate, the pattern should have flipped to positive in 2015 after a strong El Niño warming event. Instead, they observed, the PDO shifted only briefly to positive before quickly reverting to the negative phase. “The PDO has been locked in a consistent downward trend for more than three decades, remanding nearby regions to a steady set of climate impacts,” the authors stated. To explore why the negative PDO has persisted, Klavans and his colleagues turned to more than 570 climate simulations that reflected past conditions and help predict potential future circumstances. They found that between 1870 and 1950, changes in the PDO were predominantly fueled by internal forces, but that since the mid-20th century, greenhouse gas and aerosol emissions have been responsible for more than half the variations. And when they added in a new tool that corrected for previous climate model errors — which had left some shifts undetected — the authors learned that human emissions drove nearly all the forced changes to the PDO. While this study focused on megadrought in the U.S. West, Klavans said that their methods could be applied to climate pattern fluctuations in other parts of the world. For example, he referred to the North Atlantic Oscillation, which is driving drought in Spain.

Historic flooding hits Milwaukee region after record-breaking rainfall, Wisconsin - Milwaukee recorded its second-wettest day on August 9, 2025, with 146 mm (5.74 inches) of rain causing historic flooding across the city and nearby areas. Milwaukee, Wisconsin, experienced widespread flooding after 146 mm (5.74 inches) of rain fell on August 9, according to the National Weather Service (NWS). This was the city’s second-highest single-day rainfall since records began, exceeded only by the 173 mm (6.81 inches) recorded on August 6, 1986. Storm totals reached nearly 178 mm (7 inches) in Milwaukee by the morning of August 10, while surrounding locations reported 250–279 mm (10–11 inches). The Milwaukee River at Estabrook Park crested at 3.41 m (11.19 feet), surpassing the previous record of 3.20 m (10.5 feet) set in 2010, pushing the river into major flood stage and inundating low-lying neighborhoods, parks, and transportation corridors. Flash flooding forced the closure of the Wisconsin State Fair in West Allis on August 9, leading to the cancellation of scheduled performances, including a Lynyrd Skynyrd concert, and preventing the fair from reopening on its final day. USA Triathlon events were also canceled. Roads became impassable, underpasses filled with water, and hundreds of vehicles were stranded forcing emergency services to responded to hundreds of water rescue calls. Power outages affected approximately 47 000 customers across southeastern Wisconsin. The Brewers–Mets baseball game at American Family Field proceeded on August 10 under the stadium’s retractable roof, but half of the venue’s parking lots were inaccessible. Ticket holders unable to attend were offered credits for future games.

Heavy rain raises concerns over potential dam failure in Wisconsin - (WFRV) – Heavy rain is raising concerns for a dam in southeast Wisconsin, with officials warning of a high potential for failure.According to the Hartland Police Department, authorities were notified Tuesday that the Merton Millpond Dam in the Village of Merton was in a Level 2 Emergency State, which indicates a high risk of failure. The Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources says it is confident the dam can be reinforced. However, the Village of Hartland is advising residents and businesses along the Bark River to be aware of possible rising water levels.At this time, the dam has not been breached, and its emergency action plan has been activated. Engineers and local authorities are assessing the situation while the DNR works to reinforce the structure, which officials say should mitigate the risk.Residents along the Bark River are urged to monitor water levels and follow updates from official sources. Water levels could rise within the 100- to 500-year floodplain.

Three killed, one missing as flash flooding prompts state of emergency in Chattanooga, Tennessee - Widespread flash flooding struck Chattanooga, Tennessee, on August 12, 2025, after 160 mm (6.4 inches) of rain fell in a single day, prompting a local state of emergency, multiple rescues, and resulting in three fatalities and one missing person. A daily total of 160 mm (6.4 inches) of rain was recorded at Chattanooga Metropolitan Airport (Lovell Field) on August 12, making it the second-wettest day on record for the city since records began in 1879, according to the U.S. National Weather Service (NWS) Morristown. The intense rainfall was associated with slow-moving, moisture-laden thunderstorms that trained over the region for several hours. Localized rainfall rates exceeded 50 mm (2 inches) per hour, rapidly overwhelming urban drainage systems and low-lying areas. Flash flooding began affecting the Chattanooga metropolitan area by late evening, leading Hamilton County Mayor Weston Wamp to declare a local state of emergency. Hamilton County Schools were closed on August 13 as a precaution. A fatal incident occurred shortly after midnight on South Seminole Drive in East Ridge, when a large tree, destabilized by saturated soil, fell onto a moving vehicle, killing a mother, father, and child inside. In a separate incident, a man attempting to walk through floodwaters along East Brainerd Road remained missing as of Wednesday morning.

Multiple missing, over 3 million advised to evacuate after extreme rainfall hits Kyushu, Japan - Record August rainfall caused severe flooding and landslides in Kumamoto Prefecture, Japan, on August 10–11, 2025, leaving several people missing and prompting evacuation advisories for over 3 million residents and widespread transport disruptions. A stationary low-pressure front over Kyushu produced record-breaking rainfall in southern Japan between August 10 and 11, 2025, with the heaviest impacts in Kumamoto Prefecture. The Japan Meteorological Agency (JMA) reported more than 370 mm (14.6 inches) of rain in Tamana City in just six hours, a local record and nearly double the average August total. Some areas in Kumamoto received over 400 mm (15.7 inches) in 24 hours. Ad ends in 10 The deluge caused rivers to overflow, inundating roads and residential areas, while landslides destroyed homes and blocked access routes. In Kami-Amakusa, residents and campers were stranded by rising waters. Mudslides buried a house in Yamato Town, leaving one person missing and two others rescued. Several people were swept away in swollen rivers in Kumamoto and neighboring Fukuoka Prefecture. YouTube video The Fire and Disaster Management Agency (FDMA) said more than 3 million people across Kyushu were under evacuation advisories, including about 384 000 in Kumamoto under the highest warning level. The Ministry of Defense deployed Self-Defense Forces to assist in rescue and supply delivery, including fresh water to isolated communities. Kyushu Shinkansen bullet train services and multiple local train lines were suspended, with some partial resumptions later in the day. Around 6 000 households lost power at the height of the event, though roughly half had service restored by the evening of August 11.

At least 60 dead, over 250 missing after severe flash floods in Kishtwar, Jammu and Kashmir, India - (video ) A massive cloudburst struck Chosoti village in Jammu and Kashmir’s Kishtwar district at around 12:00 local time (LT) on August 14, 2025, killing at least 60 people, injuring more than 300, and leaving over 250 others missing. The sudden, intense cloudburst over Chosoti, the last motorable point on the Machail Mata pilgrimage route, triggered devastating flash floods that swept away temporary shelters packed with pilgrims, vehicles and other infrastructure like community kitchen and security posts. The incident occurred during midday, when hundreds of people were gathered for lunch. At least 60 fatalities have been confirmed, including two personnel from the Central Industrial Security Force (CISF). More than 300 people were rescued, around 50 of them in critical condition, and over 250 individuals remain missing. Witnesses described a sudden roar followed by a wall of water and debris. “They had no time to run,” locals told reporters, recounting how the torrent demolished structures within seconds. Mohammed Irshad, a disaster management official, reported that 56 bodies were recovered within hours, with many more feared buried under mud and rubble. The National Disaster Response Force (NDRF), State Disaster Response Force (SDRF), Indian Army, Jammu and Kashmir Police, Indian Air Force, and local volunteers have been deployed. More than 300 army personnel were mobilized, supported by Mi-17 and ALH helicopters for aerial evacuation and supply drops. A control room and helpline were established to coordinate rescue and trace missing persons. Ababeel, a local humanitarian NGO, was among the first responders, dispatching over 30 ambulances and providing on-site medical aid.

Over 160 killed in deadly monsoon floods and landslides across Pakistan - (video ) Heavy monsoon rains triggered devastating floods and landslides across Pakistan on August 15, 2025, killing more than 160 people and destroying critical infrastructure. Additional casualties were reported in Indian-administered Kashmir, where at least 60 people died following a cloudburst and associated flooding. The worst affected regions include Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, with over 140 deaths, Gilgit–Baltistan, and Azad Jammu and Kashmir, where dozens of villages have been inundated or cut off. Districts reporting the highest tolls include Buner, Bajaur, Battagram, and Mansehra. In Gilgit–Baltistan and AJK, at least 14 additional fatalities were confirmed. Pakistan’s National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA) said relief operations are ongoing but remain hampered by washed-out roads and continued rainfall. The rains also caused a rescue helicopter to crash near the Swat Valley during relief operations, killing all five crew members on board. A day of national mourning was declared by provincial authorities in response. In Indian-administered Kashmir, a separate weather event on the same day, a cloudburst near the Kishtwar district, triggered severe flash floods that killed at least 60 people and left over 250 missing. Pilgrimage routes were disrupted, and roughly 4 000 pilgrims were evacuated by emergency services. Since the onset of the monsoon in late June, Pakistan has recorded over 300 flood-related deaths.

Tropical Storm Erin forms west of the Cabo Verde Islands, forecast to reach major hurricane strength by August 16 - Tropical Storm Erin formed west of the Cabo Verde Islands at 15:00 UTC on August 11, 2025 as the fifth named storm of the 2025 Atlantic hurricane season. The system is forecast to reach hurricane strength by August 14 and major hurricane strength by August 16 over the central Atlantic. \ At 15:00 UTC on August 11, the center of Tropical Storm Erin was located about 455 km (280 miles) WNW of the Cabo Verde Islands and about 3 700 km (2 305 miles) E of the Northern Leeward Islands. The system had maximum sustained winds of 75 km/h (45 mph), minimum central pressure of 1 004 hPa and was moving west at 31 km/h (20 mph). Ad ends in 23 NHC forecasters expect this motion to continue over the next several days, with gradual strengthening. “The system we have been monitoring that moved across the Cabo Verde Islands over the past 6-12 h (Invest 97L) has maintained a small, but persistent area of deep convection. This activity prompted an earlier TAFB subjective Dvorak fix of T2.5/35 knots suggesting the convection is now sufficiently organized to be classified as a tropical cyclone,” NHC forecaster Papin noted. Vertical wind shear is expected to remain low at 5–10 knots over the next 72 hours, while sea surface temperatures along the forecast track are marginal at 26–27°C (79–81°F) and mid-level humidity remains limited. These conditions are likely to restrict intensification in the short term. However, warmer waters and increasing moisture after August 13 should support a faster rate of strengthening. tropical storm erin nhc forecast track 15z august 11 2025 Tropical Storm Erin forecast track by NHC at 15:00 UTC on August 11, 2025 The NHC forecasts Erin to reach hurricane strength by 03:00 UTC on August 14 and major hurricane strength by 12:00 UTC on August 16, with maximum sustained winds near 185 km/h (115 mph). Model guidance indicates increasing track uncertainty after August 15, with a possible shift toward a more poleward motion late in the period.

Nine killed as Tropical Storm Erin floods São Vicente, Cape Verde - An extreme 192.3 mm (7.57 inches) of rain fell in just 5 hours on August 11, 2025, causing destructive floods in São Vicente, Cape Verde, that killed at least nine people, including four children, and prompted a disaster declaration for two islands. tropical storm erin satellite image 0940 utc on august 12 2025 goes-east Satellite image of Tropical Storm Erin at 09:40 UTC on August 12, 2025. Credit: NOAA/GOES-East, Zoom Earth, The Watchers Tropical Storm Erin (Invest 97L) brought extreme rainfall to Cape Verde on August 11, with the island of São Vicente recording 192.3 mm (7.57 inches) in just 5 hours between midnight and 05:00 local time, according to the National Institute of Meteorology and Geophysics (INMG). The resulting flash floods killed at least nine people, including four children, and caused significant damage to property and infrastructure. According to government officials, five people are still missing, 1 500 have been displaced and a total of 3 000 affected in São Vicente Island. Floodwaters inundated residential areas, damaged commercial buildings, and blocked roads by debris and fallen trees, stranding vehicles, while power outages affected large parts of the island. As a result, the government declared a state of disaster for São Vicente and the neighboring island of Santo Antão. Cape Verde’s meteorological service warned that additional showers and thunderstorms could trigger localized flooding in already saturated areas. The flooding began during the early hours of August 11 as outer rainbands from Tropical Storm Erin, at the time still designated Invest 97L, swept across the northern islands. Erin formed later that day at 15:00 UTC about 450 km (280 miles) west-northwest of the Cabo Verde, with maximum sustained winds near 75 km/h (45 mph).

Erin strengthens into a hurricane northeast of the Leeward Islands, rapid intensification expected over the weekend - Hurricane Erin formed at 15:00 UTC on August 15, 2025, becoming the first hurricane of the 2025 Atlantic season. Current forecast calls for continued intensification and status of major hurricane over the weekend. Satellite image of Hurricane Erin at 15:50 UTC on August 15, 2025.

  • Heavy rainfall expected tonight through Sunday across the northern Leeward Islands, the Virgin Islands, and Puerto Rico may lead to isolated and locally considerable flash and urban flooding, along with landslides or mudslides.
  • Tropical storm conditions are possible for portions of the northern Leeward Islands, where Tropical Storm Watches are in effect, beginning on Saturday as the core of Erin passes north of those islands. Gusts to tropical storm force are possible in rainbands over portions of the Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico later in the weekend.
  • While the threat of direct impacts in the Bahamas and along the east coast of the United States appears to be gradually decreasing, there will still be a significant risk of dangerous surf and rip currents along western Atlantic beaches next week.
  • Interests in Bermuda should continue to monitor the progress of Erin since there is still a risk of strong winds, heavy rainfall, and high surf by the middle part of next week.

The center of Erin was located about 740 km (460 miles) east of the northern Leeward Islands at 15:00 UTC today, moving WNW at 30 km/h (18 mph). The system had maximum central pressure of 996 hPa, according to the National Hurricane Center (NHC). A Tropical Storm Watch is in effect for Anguilla and Barbuda, St. Martin and St. Barthelemy, Saba and St. Eustatius, and Sint Maarten. However, NHC warned interests elsewhere in the northern Leeward Islands, Virgin Islands, and Puerto Rico to monitor the progress of Erin.

Hurricane Erin explodes in strength to a Category 5 storm in the Atlantic near Caribbean Islands(AP) — Hurricane Erin exploded in strength to a Category 5 storm in Atlantic waters just north of the Caribbean on Saturday, rapidly powering up from a tropical storm in a single day, the National Hurricane Center said. While the compact hurricane’s center was not expected to strike land, it threatened to dump flooding rains in the northeast Caribbean as it continued to grow larger. The first Atlantic hurricane of 2025, Erin ramped up from a tropical storm to a Category 5 hurricane in a mere 24 hours. By late Saturday morning, its maximum sustained winds more than doubled to 160 mph (255 kph). Mike Brennen, director of the National Hurricane Center in Miami, said Erin grew into a “very powerful hurricane,” with its winds gaining 60 mph (96 kph) in about nine hours. “We expect to see Erin peak here in intensity relatively soon,” Brennan said in an online briefing. The Hurricane Center said Erin should weaken somewhat late Saturday or early Sunday as the storm encounters increased wind shear and possibly takes in more dry air. However forecasters predicted that it will remain a major hurricane until midweek. The hurricane was located 110 miles (180 kilometers) north of Anguilla at Saturday afternoon and moving west at 16 mph (26 kph). The storm’s center was forecast to remain at sea, passing 145 miles (233 kilometers) north of Puerto Rico, according to the National Hurricane Center. Tropical storm watches were issued for St. Martin, St. Barts and St. Maarten, and the hurricane center warned that heavy rain in some areas could trigger flash flooding, landslides and mudslides. Tropical-storm force wind gusts were possible in the Turks and Caicos Islands and the southeast Bahamas. Though compact, with hurricane-force winds extending 30 miles (45 km) from its center, Erin was expected to double or even triple in size in the coming days. Powerful rip currents could affect the U.S. East Coast from Florida to the mid-Atlantic next week, despite the eye of the storm forecast to remain far offshore, Brennan said. Hurricane specialist and storm surge expert Michael Lowry said Erin gained strength at a pace that was “incredible for any time of year, let alone August 16th.” Lowry said only four other Category 5 hurricanes have been recorded in the Atlantic on or before Aug. 16. The most powerful storms tend to form later in the year, with the hurricane season typically peaking in mid-September. In October 2005, Hurricane Wilma rocketed from a tropical storm to a Category 5 in less than 24 hours, according to National Hurricane Center advisories from that time. Wilma weakened to a Category 3 hurricane before striking Florida. And in October 2007, Hurricane Felix took just over a day to go from a tropical storm to Category 5. Including Erin, there have been 43 hurricanes that have reached Category 5 status on record in the Atlantic, said Dan Pydynowski, senior meteorologist at AccuWeather, a private forecasting company. “They’re certainly rare, although this would mark the fourth year in a row that we’ve had one in the Atlantic basin,” Pydynowski said. Conditions needed for hurricanes to reach such strength include very warm ocean water, little to no wind shear and being far from land, he said.

US East Coast to experience deadly rip currents and massive waves as Hurricane Erin moves through Atlantic - Hurricane Erin rapidly intensified to a catastrophic Category 5 storm on Saturday and is headed north through the Atlantic, where it's expected to miss the U.S., but still bring dangerous conditions to coastal areas. Erin is forecast to make a northern shift by Sunday and pass between the East Coast and Bermuda by mid-week. Some of the hurricane's impacts will still be felt on the East Coast from Florida to New England. Coastal communities should be on alert for dangerous surf conditions producing massive waves and deadly rip currents through next week. Such dangerous impacts could lead to beaches being closed and boaters should be aware of the marine conditions, FOX Weather Hurricane Specialist Bryan Norcross said. "Hurricane Erin will generate huge waves in the open ocean and impart energy to the water that will radiate toward the coast in the form of strong, long-period swells," Norcross said. "This energy will create powerful waves capable of eroding beaches and extremely strong and intense ocean currents. Strong, gusty winds will also be an issue. Communities like Cape Hatteras, North Carolina, should be on high alert, as they will be some of the closest to Erin's impacts.By Thursday, wave heights from North Carolina to Massachusetts will be from 9 to 24 feet. The further off the coast, the larger the waves.

Heat dome drives record-breaking temperatures across France, 52 stations set all-time highs - (animated map) At least 52 all-time high temperature records were broken across France on August 11, 2025, with more than 175 weather stations exceeding 40°C (104°F), as a persistent heat dome intensified extreme heat across southwestern Europe. A large, slow-moving ridge of high pressure, commonly referred to as a heat dome drove record-breaking heat across Europe in early August 2025, with France reaching its highest recorded temperatures in multiple locations on August 11. Météo-France data confirmed that at least 52 stations across the country set new absolute temperature records, and over 175 stations measured 40°C (104°F) or higher. Notable values include 41.6°C (106.9°F) in Bordeaux, 42.1°C (107.8°F) in Bergerac and Angoulême, and 43.1°C (109.6°F) in Captieux. The heatwave placed 12 departments on red alert, the highest warning level and 41 on orange alert. Southwestern France experienced some of the most extreme conditions, with local records surpassed by significant margins. Meteorologists note that the August 11 event ranks among the most extreme in France’s meteorological record, both for the number of records broken and the geographical extent of the heat. On August 10, the Gravelines nuclear power plant in northern France was forced to shut down all four of its operating reactors after a “massive and unpredictable” swarm of jellyfish clogged the filter drums of its cooling system, drawing water from a canal linked to the North Sea. Marine experts note that the shutdown coincided with unusually warm sea surface temperatures in the North Sea, linked to the broader atmospheric heatwave over France. These conditions can accelerate jellyfish reproduction, increase swarm density, and concentrate them near coastal intakes, making cooling system blockages more likely. The plant’s remaining two reactors were already offline for maintenance, resulting in a total halt of its 5.4 GW (5 400 MW) generating capacity.

Rapidly spreading Sunset Fire forces evacuations, destroys three structures near Athol, Idaho - The Sunset Fire burning northeast of Athol, Idaho, reached approximately 650 ha (1 600 acres) by the evening of August 14, 2025, with zero containment and multiple evacuation orders in place. At least three structures have been destroyed. The fire ignited at 15:30 local time (LT) on August 13, northeast of Athol and rapidly spread by 22:00 LT to about 270 ha (675 acres), destroying three structures and forcing evacuations. According to officials, containment remains at zero percent today, and the fire continues to threaten multiple communities in Kootenai and Bonner counties. Initial evacuation orders placed Raven Road, Crosswhite Road, Little Blacktail Road, and areas east of 2268 Sunset Road under GO status, requiring immediate evacuation. The Bayview community in Kootenai County was placed under READY status. By 09:00 LT on August 14, thermal imaging estimated the fire at about 567 ha (1 400 acres). Air and ground resources doubled, including two scoopers, four Type 1 helicopters, four air tankers, an air attack plane, 15 fire engines, four bulldozers, five water tenders, and multiple hand crews, totaling about 200 personnel. A Type 3 Incident Management Team assumed command. By 18:00 LT on August 14, the fire had grown to approximately 650 ha (1 600 acres) and was moving northeast with extreme fire behavior, including short crown runs through dense timber. Evacuation zones expanded to include USFS 630 north of Blacktail Road, Butler Creek and Butler Creek Spur, Mirror Lake area, Five Lakes Estates, Jumpline Landing, the Ponderosa neighborhood, and areas south of Talache Road under GO status. Areas north of Talache Road in Sagle were placed under SET status, with Bayview and northern Blacktail Road remaining under READY status.

Study estimates 440 excess deaths in Los Angeles County from January 2025 wildfires - New research published on August 6, 2025, in JAMA estimates that 440 excess deaths occurred in Los Angeles County, California, from January 5–February 1, 2025, due to the Palisades and Eaton wildfires, compared with 30 direct deaths officially reported. While authorities recorded 30 direct deaths, a cross-sectional analysis by researchers at Boston University and the University of Helsinki indicates that the actual mortality burden was markedly higher. The study used an interrupted-time-series design, applying weekly all-cause mortality data for 2018, 2019 and 2024 (excluding 2020–2023 due to COVID-19 effects). next stay A negative-binomial generalized additive model estimated the number of expected deaths during the wildfire period. A total of 6 371 deaths were observed in Los Angeles County during the study period, compared with an expected 5 931 deaths (95% CI, 5 627–6 240). This corresponds to 440 excess deaths (95% CI, 131–744), or 6.9% (95% CI, 2.1%–11.7%) of all deaths during this time. Sensitivity analyses, including exclusion of respiratory and external causes of death, showed similar excess mortality estimates, with the probability of positive excess consistently above 0.98.

Wildfire in Molezuelas, Zamora becomes largest in Spain’s recorded history, leaves three dead - (video) A wildfire that began near Molezuelas de la Carballeda (Zamora) at about 14:25 local time (12:25 UTC) on August 10, 2025, has burned between 36 500 and 39 700 hectares (90 200 to 98 100 acres) and spread into neighboring León. It is the largest single wildfire in Spain since official records began in 1968, with three people and extensive damage to homes, farmland, forest, and infrastructure. YouTube video It spread north into León and is now considered the largest single wildfire in Spain since records began in 1968. The fire advanced rapidly across pine stands, shrubland, pasture, and agricultural fields under dry, windy conditions before lighter winds on August 14 slowed its spread. Authorities ordered evacuations for more than 30 villages, displacing about 7 800 people. Three people have died as a result of the wildfire. Two volunteer firefighters were fatally injured during suppression operations in the province of León. A third person died from severe burns in Tres Cantos, near Madrid, while attempting to rescue animals during another fire linked to the broader wildfire crisis. At least six individuals sustained serious injuries, including burns and smoke inhalation, and were treated in hospital facilities across Castilla y León. Emergency services also reported several minor injuries among evacuees and personnel.

Preemptive disaster declaration issued for Juneau region as Suicide Basin overtops near Mendenhall Glacier, Alaska - Suicide Basin above Mendenhall Glacier in Juneau, Alaska, began overtopping its ice dam at about 19:00 LT on August 10, 2025, triggering a unified emergency response and a state disaster declaration the same day ahead of an expected glacial lake outburst flood (GLOF). suicide basin at 0601 lt on august 12 2025 Suicide Basin, Alaska at 06:01 local time on August 12, 2025. Credit: USGS Suicide Basin, a glacier-dammed lake adjacent to Mendenhall Glacier in Juneau, reached capacity and began spilling over its ice dam on Sunday, August 10, according to the City and Borough of Juneau (CBJ) and the National Weather Service (NWS). The National Weather Service (NWS) said in a 07:00 LT update on Tuesday, August 12 that the Mendenhall River was elevated and in Minor Flood Stage due to moderate to heavy rainfall over the previous three days. The river was expected to crest through Tuesday morning, then fall below flood stage by Tuesday afternoon and into Wednesday as drier conditions return. At the time of the update, the basin’s water surface was at 411 m (1 348 feet). “At this time, there is no indication of a basin release from Suicide Basin. The basin is overtopping and slowly eroding the overflow channel, which is lowering water levels slowly. Please check back for more updates,” the NWS said.

Natural disasters cause USD 135 billion in economic losses globally in H1 2025, led by Los Angeles wildfires - 4 YouTube videos - Global natural disasters caused an estimated USD 135 billion in economic losses in the first half of 2025, with insured losses reaching USD 80 billion. This was driven largely by January wildfires in the Los Angeles area that generated about USD 40 billion in insurance claims, according to Swiss Re Institute. The Swiss Re Institute’s preliminary estimates show total global economic losses from natural catastrophes reached USD 135 billion from January to June 2025, with insured losses at USD 80 billion. This insured total is almost double the 10-year first-half average of USD 41 billion and more than half of the USD 150 billion (in 2025 prices) projected for the full year, continuing the long-term annual growth trend of 5–7%. The January wildfires in Los Angeles County constituted the largest-ever insured wildfire loss event, producing an estimated USD 40 billion in claims. The fires destroyed more than 16 000 structures, fueled by a prolonged Santa Ana winds season and a lack of rainfall. The affected area contained one of the highest concentrations of high-value single-family residential properties in the United States. YouTube video Wildfire-related insured losses have risen sharply in the past decade. Before 2015, they made up about 1% of all natural catastrophe claims; in the past ten years, that share has increased to 7%, with eight of the ten costliest wildfire events on record occurring in that period. Swiss Re attributes the growth primarily to increased exposure in hazard-prone regions, particularly California’s wildland-urban interface (WUI) zones, where exposure has grown nearly twice as fast as in non-WUI areas since 1990. YouTube video Severe convective storms (SCS) were the second-largest driver of insured losses in H1 2025, with a total of USD 31 billion. These events, which included damaging hailstorms and tornado outbreaks, fell below the record levels of 2023 and 2024 but remained a persistent hazard to property and infrastructure. Swiss Re notes that urbanization in hazard-prone areas, rising asset values and inflation are amplifying the financial impact of SCS events over time. Other significant events included the M7.7 earthquake in Myanmar in March, which resulted in a high number of fatalities and an estimated USD 1.5 billion in insured losses in Thailand alone. Additional losses came from flooding and wildfire outbreaks in various regions, including Europe and the United States, as well as heatwave conditions in late June across western and central Europe. A rapidly moving EF-3 tornado swept through Greater St. Louis on May 16, causing approximately USD 1.6 billion in damage. It stands as one of the most costly tornado events in recent history, devastating residential and commercial areas with winds reaching up to 245 km/h (152 mph).

Weak La Niña and disrupted vortex forecast to bring colder 2025/26 winter to northern U.S., southern Canada, and parts of Europe -A weak La Niña and signs of a disrupted polar vortex are forecast to shape colder-than-average winter conditions across the northern United States, southern Canada, and parts of Europe during the 2025/26 season. Early seasonal outlooks suggest a higher likelihood of Arctic air intrusions and persistent cold anomalies from December 2025 through February 2026. The latest long-range forecasts from ECMWF, CanSIPS, and the U.S. Climate Prediction Center indicate a developing weak La Niña in the tropical Pacific during December–February 2025/26. Sea surface temperature anomalies in the Niño 3.4 region are projected to remain below average, favoring the typical La Niña circulation pattern: a high-pressure anomaly over the North Pacific and a low-pressure region over Alaska and eastern Canada. Ad ends in 6 This pressure configuration tends to shift the polar jet stream southward into the northern United States, drawing cold Arctic air into the central and eastern regions. Sea surface temperature anomalies in the equatorial Pacific Ocean on August 10, 2025, based on NOAA Coral Reef Watch data. Sea surface temperature anomalies in the equatorial Pacific Ocean on August 10, 2025, based on NOAA Coral Reef Watch data. Credit: NOAA Coral Reef Watch, Alex Boreham It also enhances storm activity over the Pacific Northwest, Great Lakes, and parts of the Northeast, while maintaining warmer and drier conditions across much of the southern tier. Seasonal model guidance suggests the stratospheric polar vortex will be weaker than normal in early to mid-winter. A negative Quasi-Biennial Oscillation phase, reduced Arctic sea ice, and the historical La Niña association with Sudden Stratospheric Warming events support the forecast of increased high-latitude blocking. Such conditions can disrupt the polar circulation, allowing cold Arctic air to penetrate into mid-latitudes. ECMWF ensemble forecasts show high-pressure anomalies over polar regions in December and January, with a low-pressure anomaly over eastern Canada. This setup is favorable for repeated northerly flow into the north-central and eastern United States.

Asteroid 2025 PU1 flew past Earth at 0.08 LD on August 13 - A newly discovered asteroid designated 2025 PU1 flew past Earth at a minimum distance of 0.08 LD (0.00218 AU / 29 300 km / 18 200 miles) from the center of our planet at 19:44 UTC on August 13, 2025. This is the 10th closest asteroid flyby in the past 12 months, the 85th known to fly past Earth within 1 lunar distance since the start of the year and the third so far this month. Asteroid 2025 PU1 was first observed at GINOP‑KHK, Piszkesteto in Hungary at 23:55 UTC on August 13 — about 4 hours after it made the closest approach. The asteroid belongs to the Apollo class of asteroids and has an estimated diameter between 2 and 3 m (6.6–9.8 feet). This size places it among the smaller asteroids recorded passing within 1 LD of Earth this year. Its next approach to Earth is expected on April 3, 2036, at a distance of 0.080 AU.


Trump eases environmental reviews for the space industry -
The commercial space industry exemplified by Elon Musk’s SpaceX could be exempted from certain environmental reviews and freed from some other regulatory restraints under an ambitious-sounding executive order signed by President Trump on Wednesday. Citing a need to “streamline” U.S.-based space operations that he termed “critical to economic growth [and] national security,” Trump’s executive order directs federal agencies to assess for possible revision a variety of requirements currently imposed on rocket-launching companies. Notably, the executive order directs the Transportation Department to “eliminate or expedite the [department’s] environmental reviews for, and other obstacles” to the granting of launch and reentry licenses and permits. “By slashing red tape tying up spaceport construction, streamlining launch licenses so they can occur at scale, and creating high-level space positions in government, we can unleash the next wave of innovation, Transportation Secretary and acting NASA Administrator Sean Duffy declared in a statement. The order specifies that the Transportation Department will evaluate which space operations might be deemed not subject to the National Environmental Policy Act. The order calls, as well, for a variety of other measures that taken together alarm conservation advocates who have been monitoring the environmental consequences of rocket launches. “This reckless order puts people and wildlife at risk from private companies launching giant rockets that often explode and wreak devastation on surrounding areas,” said Jared Margolis, a senior attorney at the Center for Biological Diversity. Margolis added that “bending the knee to powerful corporations by allowing federal agencies to ignore bedrock environmental laws is incredibly dangerous and puts all of us in harm’s way.” The environmental organization is suing the Federal Aviation Administration over its green light to SpaceX launches in Boca Chica, Texas. The FAA approved SpaceX’s plan to test and launch 10 rockets per year over a five-year period, along with related construction activities, without requiring a thorough environmental impact statement. The environmental group also opposed Air Force plans to conduct SpaceX cargo rocket-landing tests in the ecologically unique Johnston Atoll National Wildlife Refuge, which is located in the Pacific Ocean. The Air Force was in the midst of a routine environmental assessment when it abruptly canceled plans and announced it would consider other test sites. The new executive order does not specifically name Musk’s SpaceX, billionaire Jeff Bezos’ Blue Origin or any other company in the rocket-launching business. Spokespersons for SpaceX and Blue Origin could not be immediately reached Thursday.

Sean Duffy: NASA's climate science programs to be eliminated - Acting NASA Administrator Sean Duffy said Thursday that climate and earth science at the agency will “move aside” as it refocuses solely on space exploration.“All the climate science and all of the other priorities that the last administration had at NASA we’re going to move aside, and all of the science that we do is going to be directed towards exploration, which is the mission of NASA,” Duffy, who also leads the Transportation Department, told Fox Business.“That’s why we have NASA — is to explore, not to do all of these earth sciences,” he added. NASA, which stands for the National Aeronautics and Space Agency, explores both air and space. It has historically conducted science related to both Earth and space, including climate science.A pivot away from climate science is not necessarily a surprise — the Trump administration has sought to deny and downplay climate change’s impacts and has moved to dismantle scientific research, including by dismissing scientists working on the National Climate Assessment. But moving to get rid of all climate science at the agency may still be an escalation.Duffy’s comments come as the administration also seeks to curtail environmental reviews for the space industry.

In sudden shift, American emissions rise as China’s falls - The U.S. and China have switched places when it comes to lowering climate pollution. China’s carbon dioxide emissions fell 2.7 percent in the first half of 2025 while U.S. emissions increased 4.2 percent, according to Carbon Monitor, reversing a long-standing pattern in global climate pollution. Emissions analysts said it is too soon to declare it a persistent trend, noting that this year’s numbers have been influenced by short-term factors like weather and trade disputes. The figures nevertheless underscore the trajectories of the world’s two largest sources of planet-warming pollution. Efforts to green the economy are accelerating in China, where solar panel installations are soaring and electric vehicle sales are rising. Analysts increasingly debate whether the country has reached peak CO2 emissions. By contrast, a surge in electricity demand and high natural gas prices have helped revive America’s ailing coal sector, just as President Donald Trump takes an ax to climate regulations and clean energy subsidies. “It’s fair to say that China and the U.S. are on different trajectories now,” said Rob Jackson, an earth system scientist at Stanford University who tracks global emissions. He predicted China’s emissions would begin falling sometime in the next few years, while the rate of emission reductions in the U.S. would slow. Global emissions have inched higher over the last decade, as declining CO2 output in the U.S. and Europe has been negated by rising emissions in China and India. Total global emissions were up 0.7 percent through the first half of the year. Europe and India also flipped roles during the first six months of 2025. India saw emissions decline 2.2 percent since January, according to Carbon Monitor. That reversed a steady increase in CO2 output from the world’s third-largest emitter. Part of the drop is owed to rising renewable energy generation in India. Wind and solar accounted for 14 percent of the country’s power in the first half of 2025, up from 11 percent during the same time in 2024, according to the International Energy Agency. Weather was an even bigger factor in India’s emissions drop than China’s. The early arrival of monsoon season in May and June meant temperatures were cooler than normal, leading to less coal use. IEA predicts India’s coal generation will rise in the second half of the year. Europe’s emissions climbed 4.6 percent during the first half of the year. In some ways, the continent is a victim of its own success. It has made significant strides in cutting climate pollution from power plants, said Lauri Myllyvirta, an emissions analyst at the Centre for Research on Energy and Clean Air. “Emissions from power generation are now too small to keep driving overall emissions down. Progress has been much slower in other sectors — transportation, buildings and industry,” he said in an email. “The key step now is to start electrifying these sectors rapidly.”

This state insurance plan has only 55 customers. Is that a problem? - A new Colorado program to extend property insurance to residents with no other choices has sold only a few dozen policies in its first months, a stark contrast to similar programs in other states that are swelling to precarious levels. The state-created Colorado FAIR Plan began selling insurance in April to people unable to buy coverage from a private insurer and was projected to have 20,000 within three years. As of last week the plan had sold 55 policies, plan Executive Director Kelly Campbell said. “Right now, we’d not be on track” for 20,000 policies, Campbell said. The minimal interest in the Colorado FAIR Plan is raising questions about whether state lawmakers needed to create a property insurer of last resort — or whether they designed a successful program that would avoid the explosive growth of programs in other states. “If there isn’t any need or demand for the FAIR plan [now], that’s fantastic for consumers,” Kelly said, noting that property owners are still able to buy coverage from private insurers. Mark Friedlander, a spokesperson for the industry-funded Insurance Information Institute, said the minimal interest indicates that Colorado’s FAIR plan wasn’t needed. “There’s plenty of options in the private market. Where’s the crisis?” Friedlander said. “Why did Colorado lawmakers need to push this through when there’s no crisis?” Colorado’s FAIR plan has been closely watched, in part, because similar programs in other large states are taking on larger-than-expected roles as natural disasters, inflation and other factors weaken insurance markets. +

Solar imports caught in Trump crackdown on Chinese forced labor - Solar energy is facing fresh headwinds as the Trump administration ramps up enforcement of a trade law intended to keep goods made with Chinese forced labor out of the United States.A review of U.S. Customs and Border Protection data showed a sharp uptick since June of detentions of electronics, which includes solar cells and modules, from abroad under the Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act. The enforcement effort is already slowing the U.S. entry of polysilicon cells used by domestic solar panel manufacturers and comes as the Trump administration has sought to tighten policies against China and stunt U.S. wind and solar production. The enforcement has expanded beyond impounding solar modules from countries like Malaysia — a known route for circumventing U.S. laws rooting out imports made with forced labor by China’s Uyghur minority group. CBP for the first time in June held up polysilicon from South Korea destined for manufacturing facilities owned by Qcells, a subsidiary of Korean firm Hanwha. From January through May, CBP took action against $5.73 million worth of electronics imports. But in June alone, that total soared to $15.67 million, according to CBP data.

Looming Treasury rule casts pall over future of renewables - An upcoming decision from the Treasury Department has clean energy boosters and industry allies preparing for a potential disruption in the nation’s electricity supply. Just days after signing the One Big Beautiful Bill Act on July 4, President Donald Trump announced an executive order to end “market distorting subsidies for unreliable, foreign controlled energy sources.” The order says wind and solar energy crowds out “affordable, reliable, dispatchable domestic energy sources, compromises our electric grid, and denigrates the beauty of our Nation’s natural landscape.” It calls on Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent to issue new guidance to restrict the “use of broad safe harbors unless a substantial portion of a subject facility has been built.” The guidance, which is expected as soon as Monday, is sparking a lobbying rush from a range of concerned stakeholders, including Republicans on Capitol Hill, utilities, data center developers and major Wall Street firms that want to underwrite big, new infrastructure investments. Those groups are worried that the new Treasury guidance will make it more challenging to qualify for tax credits based on a “beginning of construction” metric that has been practiced for years. Under current rules, projects qualify for credits if developers start on-site physical work or purchase equipment that is at least 5 percent of the total price tag of the project. Joey Paolino, a senior policy principal with Advanced Energy United, said the clean energy group is working to spread the message that if stringent new rules are put in place, power is going to get more expensive and states could lose economic investment. “When you cut off supply, and it seems like the guidance is moving in that direction for wind and solar, the effect is that prices will go up,” Paolino said. A separate clean energy executive, who was granted anonymity to speak freely about the lobbying push, said there could be an “economy-wide impact.” “I think that’s something that banks are keen to avoid,” the executive said. “Private financial firms are standing up. The utilities are flagging concerns with the administration, saying that there are problems with projects that they have [power purchase agreements] for.” Power purchase agreements, or PPAs, are long contracts for electricity supply. Current rules on qualification were spelled out by the Internal Revenue Service in 2013. The coming revisions do not have a public comment period. That means industry groups are working directly with the administration and with allies in Congress to relay their message.

Trump admin tightens rules for renewable energy tax credits - The Treasury Department tightened the rules Friday for renewable projects that can qualify for federal tax credits. Renewable projects have historically been able to qualify for federal clean energy tax credits once a developer spent 5 percent of a project’s cost. But that threshold would be scrapped under new Treasury guidance. The order comes after President Donald Trump ordered Treasury in July to tighten the definition for the start of construction, in an attempt to limit “market distorting subsidies for unreliable, foreign controlled energy sources.” Under the new rules, developers would need to prove they had embarked on significant construction activities to qualify for the credits. For a wind project, that could mean pouring a concrete pad for a foundation, according to the guidance. For solar, that could mean installation of racks that hold panels. Manufacturing of major project components would also qualify. Bloomberg News was first to report the guidance. Treasury did not immediately respond to requests for comment. The guidance comes after Congress overhauled the tax credits available to renewable projects in the One Big Beautiful Bill Act. Under the law, companies that start construction before July 4, 2026, are able to qualify for tax credits through the end of the decade. The Treasury rules have been at the center of tug-of-war between Republican moderates and hardliners in recent months. Moderates like Sens. Lisa Murkowski of Alaska and John Curtis of Utah have argued that Treasury should continue to employ the traditional definition for the start of construction, while conservatives like Rep. Chip Roy of Texas have argued for a more stringent definition. Renewable interests and environmentalists quickly lambasted the rule. The Solar Energy Industries Association called the rule a “blatant rejection of what Congress passed.” “This is yet another act of energy subtraction from the Trump administration that will further delay the buildout of affordable, reliable power,” SEIA President and CEO Abigail Ross Hopper said in a statement. Kit Kennedy, managing director for power at the Natural Resource Defense Council, said Congress had provided “a narrow but clear path” for clean energy projects to receive tax credits under Trump’s budget law. “Ending these tax credits for wind and solar is going to drive up customers’ bills and hurt investment,” she said.

Boiling Britain: How AC could become a UK political priority - — The spate of heat waves that left Europe sweaty and irate has by now largely passed. But a debate in Britain that could become a political wedge issue over air conditioning is only just getting started.Advocates for wider AC installation argue that increasing its adoption could raise living standards and productivity for a Labour government keen to make gains with frustrated voters and, perhaps counterintuitively, even advance the transition to net zero — while a failure to do so may mean it becomes politically damaging in the future.Parties taking up the cause may too find their own dividends, as polling indicates growing public support for AC, which may increase as Britain gets hotter. Support for the wider implementation of the cooling units has already reached 43 percent, according to polling by More in Common. But politicians and policy wonks getting hot and bothered about beating the heat face reams of red tape to make AC go mainstream.

The United States exported 30% of the energy it produced in 2024 - U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA) - - In 2024, the United States exported about 30% of its domestic primary energy production. This percentage has grown considerably in recent decades, according to data in our Monthly Energy Review. Nearly all of the exports were fossil fuels destined for other countries in North America, Europe, or Asia. The United States set multiple records for energy production and exports in 2024. Of the record 103 quadrillion British thermal units (quads) of total primary energy production in the United States, a record 31 quads went to other countries.. The energy production that is not exported is not necessarily equivalent to domestic consumption because domestic consumption also includes energy imports and withdrawals from storage.In our Monthly Energy Review, we convert different measurements for different sources of energy to one common unit of heat, called a British thermal unit. We use British thermal units to compare different types of energy that are not usually directly comparable, such as barrels of crude oil and cubic feet of natural gas. Appendix A of our Monthly Energy Review shows the conversion factors that we use for each energy source.In 2024, the United States exported 55% of its domestic crude oil and natural gas plant liquids (NGPL) production either directly as crude oil or as processed petroleum products such as propane, distillate fuel oil, and motor gasoline. During the past decade, U.S. crude oil and NGPL production as well as crude oil and petroleum products exports grew rapidly, outpacing modest domestic petroleum demand growth and declining U.S. imports.Most of the petroleum exports growth went to countries in Europe and Asia, which was facilitated by several factors:

  • The United States removed restrictions on crude oil exports in 2016.
  • Domestic exporting infrastructure expanded as global demand increased.
  • Europe banned seaborne crude oil imports from Russia in 2022.

In 2024, the United States exported about 20% of its dry natural gas production. During the past decade, U.S. natural gas production and exports grew faster than domestic demand and imports. Most of the exports growth during the past decade went to countries in Europe and Asia, in part because of expanded domestic liquified natural gas (LNG) export capacity and increased European demand following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in 2022, which reduced natural gas shipped to Europe from Russia.U.S. coal exports account for a larger share of a shrinking market, and in 2024, the United States exported about 25% of its coal production. During the past decade, U.S. coal production, consumption, and imports declined as operators retired many domestic coal electric power plants. U.S. coal exports to countries in Asia and Africa increased, and exports to Europe declined. In 2024, Mexico was the top destination for U.S. exports of both crude oil and petroleum products as well as natural gas. India was the top destination for U.S. coal exports. With its large storage and regional trading hub located in Rotterdam, the Netherlands was a top five destination for U.S. petroleum, natural gas, and coal in 2024, but those exports may later be sent to other countries in and around Europe.

Sierra Club board fires leader Ben Jealous - The Sierra Club’s board of directors Monday voted to oust the group’s executive director, Ben Jealous. The group’s board “has unanimously voted to terminate Mr. Jealous’ employment with the Sierra Club for cause following extensive evaluation of his conduct,” Sierra Club spokesperson Jonathon Berman said Monday in an email. “The Sierra Club values all of its employees, members, and volunteers, not just those holding influence and power. The Sierra Club will continue to look into concerns raised regarding misconduct irrespective of who they are raised against in furtherance of our policies, the law, and our mission,” Berman added. The board’s vote follows the group’s cryptic announcement in July that Jealous was on leave following his two tumultuous years leading the environmental nonprofit.

One dead, one trapped, others injured in Pa. steel plant explosion - One person is dead, another is unaccounted for, and at least 10 are injured following an explosion at a U.S. Steel plant near Pittsburgh. An explosion rocked the Clairton Coke Works on Monday morning in the Monongahela valley, a steelmaking hub. Photos on local news outlets showed smoke emanating from the blackened facility, where emergency workers sprayed water on the smoldering site and worked to rescue victims. The Trump administration plans to roll back safeguards against industrial accidents while also seeking to ease air pollution regulations on the industry. The facility has a history of air pollution violations.The coking factory, the largest in the country, operates under U.S. Steel about 10 miles south of Pittsburgh. Almost 1,300 people work at the plant. Coke is used as blast furnace fuel by the dwindling number of steel plants that turn iron ore into finished steel.

U.S. Chemical Safety Board: Company in Wisconsin hasn’t implemented 9 safety suggestions 8 years after fatal explosion(WFRV) – The United States Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (CSB) said on Monday that a company in Wisconsin has so far failed to implement nine safety recommendations that were made from an investigation into a fatal 2017 explosion. In May 2017, explosions rocked Didion Milling, Inc.’s facility in Cambria, killing five employees and seriously injuring 14 additional people. The recommendations stemmed from the CSB’s investigation, which was finalized in December 2023 as part of their final report.According to a CSB release, none of those recommendations have been implemented as of August 11, 2025, over eight years after the fatal explosions. The CSB also added that it has not received an ‘adequate response’ about the status, even with several efforts to reach out. “The CSB formally transmitted the safety recommendations to Didion in a letter dated December 11, 2023, from the CSB’s Director of Recommendations, Charles Barbee, to Riley Didion, the company’s president. Didion itself has never responded to the CSB’s letter. Instead, after nearly seven months, on July 9, 2024, the CSB received a letter from Didion’s attorneys that did not substantively address the CSB’s safety recommendations.”On August 5, 2025, CSB Executive Director of Investigations and Recommendations Stephen Klejst sent another letter to Riley Didion requesting a response and offering a final opportunity to implement safety recommendations. If Didion officials fail to respond and make no attempt to implement the recommendations, the CSB Board could close the suggestions with a formal ‘Closed – Unacceptable Response/No Response Received’ designation.CSB Chairperson Steve Owens released the following statement: “Most companies willingly implement the safety recommendations that they receive as a result of the CSB’s investigations. Because the CSB is a nonregulatory agency that does not issue fines or citations, safety recommendations are the primary tool that the agency has to help prevent future horrific incidents that kill and seriously injure people like the massive explosions that occurred at Didion’s facility. We urge Didion to respond constructively and take action toward implementing these recommendations.” Multiple managers were indicted in 2022 by a federal grand jury, as they were accused of attempting to obstruct and mislead an investigation into the fatal incident led by the Occupational Safety and Health Act.Two former Didion Milling officials were sentenced to prison in 2024 for falsifying records and obstructing the investigation. The owners of the corn mill pleaded guilty to federal charges in 2023, as they were ordered to pay over $10 million to the estates of those who were killed in the explosions. The release did not provide a final deadline for a response. The full report can be viewed below.

New settlement reduces proposed AES Ohio rate increase to 9% - WHIO-TVAES Ohio aims to increase rates for its customers, but a new settlement has changed the potential cost.As reported on News Center 7 at 11:00, the power company has agreed to request a 9% rate increase from the Public Utilities Commission of Ohio (PUCO), rather than the initial 14%.“The settlement is the result of a collaborative process among stakeholders, including residential, commercial, industrial, and governmental customers, as well as Public Utilities Commission of Ohio (PUCO) Staff,” an AES Ohio spokesperson said. “I know what it is to not have lights in the house because other things were a priority,” Dequana Dunnigan said. “For me, it’s not the end of the world. I can take care of my bill, but I know that there are people that can’t, and that’s my main concern.”The power company said it needs to increase rates to cover improvements and replacements to its system from 2020 to 2024.“AES had requested a $235 million increase. OCC’s advocacy helped reduce the increase by about $70 million, added $1 million a year in shareholder-funded bill payment assistance, and restructured the rate change so consumers can better control their bills,” a spokesperson with the Ohio Consumers’ Counsel said.If the Public Utilities Commission of Ohio approves this increase, AES will be able to “move forward in recovering investments and managing costs essential to sustaining high-quality service and preparing for future demand,” the spokesperson said.As part of the settlement, AES Ohio has committed an extra $1 million in funding for the Gift of Power.This funding will provide financial assistance to residential customers who are unable to pay their electric bills and face disconnection, the spokesperson added.

Washington And Silicon Valley Push For Nuclear Revival --The emergence of cloud computing in the early 2000s and generative artificial technology in the 2020s has exponentially increased the U.S. technology industry’s demand for electricity.In the coming decades, the massive data centers that power new technology will need far more energy than they currently consume.Data centers in the United States are poised to consume more than 30 times more power in 2035 than they do currently, and government officials and tech giants are betting big on a once-vilified power source: nuclear energy.New federal directives and billions of dollars in corporate investment are aimed at rapidly bringing next-generation nuclear reactors online while reshaping the U.S. energy mix and rewriting its regulations. Since the launch of Amazon Web Services in 2006, cloud computing and storage solutions have revolutionized the way the world works, learns, and plays. But the rapid growth of the data centers that run the services is creating an incredible demand for electricity. In an April report, a team of authors at Deloitte, led by Executive Director Kate Hardin, said U.S. data centers currently use about 33 gigawatts (GW) of power annually (enough to power about 27.5 million U.S. homes). That demand is projected to grow to 176 GW by 2035, according to the report. “Nuclear energy presents a potential solution for meeting some of the growing electricity demands of data centers, with its reliable and clean energy profile,” Hardin and her co-authors wrote.Currently, the Deloitte report states, nuclear is already punching above its weight in terms of electricity generation. Nuclear sites in the United States provided more than 19 percent of U.S. electricity in 2024 while representing less than 8 percent of overall generating capacity. In 2023, fossil fuels generated 60 percent of the nation’s electricity, nuclear generated about 19 percent, and sources such as wind and hydropower produced about 21 percent, according to the Energy Information Administration. In July, Amazon Web Services CEO Matt Garman joined President Donald Trump at an event in Pittsburgh to speak about the company’s $20 billion investment in the Keystone State. One plank of that plan is locating a new data center campus in Salem Township, near Talen Energy’s Susquehanna nuclear power plant in Luzerne County, Pennsylvania. Amazon is investing heavily in nuclear energy. In a statement published in May, it called nuclear “a safe, carbon-free energy source that can be brought online at scale.” The company stated that it has spent more than $1 billion on nuclear energy projects and technologies.Representatives of the leading cloud service providers Amazon, Microsoft, and Google either declined or did not respond to a request for comment from The Epoch Times. However, in a September 2024 announcement, Microsoft Vice President of Energy Bobby Hollis said the company signed a power purchase agreement with the energy company Constellation that will enable the restart of Three Mile Island Unit 1, an 835-megawatt nuclear facility in Londonderry, Pennsylvania, that was fully retired in 2019.

US Selects 11 Firms for Program to Fast-Track Small Nuclear Test Reactors --The U.S. Department of Energy said on Aug. 12 it has made an initial selection of 11 companies for a pilot program seeking to develop high-tech test nuclear reactors and get at least three of them to begin operating in less than a year.As artificial intelligence and data centers boost power demand, the U.S. is aiming to develop small nuclear reactors which developers say will be cheaper to build per megawatt of output than today's large reactors because the parts could be replicated in factories.The department's move comes after President Donald Trump issued executive orders in May seeking to speed permitting of nuclear reactors and reform the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, an independent agency. The orders allow the Energy Department to authorize the test reactors, without the NRC.The department selected the following companies: Aalo Atomics, Antares Nuclear, Atomic Alchemy, Deep Fission Inc., Last Energy., Oklo, Natura Resources LLC, Radiant Energy, Terrestrial Energy and Valar Atomics.The department said each company will be responsible for all costs associated with designing, manufacturing, constructing and decommissioning their test reactors.Small modular and so-called "advanced" nuclear reactors have been talked about in the U.S. for years, but the only ones operating are in China and Russia. Hurdles include getting permits for plants that generate electricity for the grid, developing commercial levels of a new fuel some of the reactors plan to use called high-assay low-enriched uranium, and developing factories for the reactors when none of the plants are yet operating.

New Democratic bill would ban drilling under Ohio state parks and Lake Erie --Ohio Democratic lawmakers want to prevent oil and natural gas drilling under Lake Erie and state parks. State Reps. Tristan Rader, D-Lakewood, and Christine Cockley, D-Columbus, recently introduced Ohio House Bill 399. The bill would prohibit the director of the Ohio Department of Natural Resources from issuing a permit that would remove oil or natural gas from under a state park or Lake Erie. “Protecting our environment is just a critically important thing,” Rader said. “I think protecting our public lands, conserving the space we’ve already decided should be conserved, is actually a pretty salient idea.”Ohio Gov. Mike DeWine signed a bill into law in 2023 that allowed fracking for natural gas in Ohio’s public lands and state parks. Since then, fracking has begun in Salt Fork State Park, the state’s largest state park. “I think the natural progression of where we’re headed next is drilling in state parks,” Rader said. “So my goal is to try to stop that at all costs. Let’s actually do what we set out to do, and preserve these lands, instead of extracting from them, farming them, destroying these habitats.”There have been approximately 2,000 incidents associated with oil and gas wells in Ohio over the past eight years, according to FracTracker Alliance — a nonprofit that collects data on fracking pipelines. Ohio has 76 state parks that are managed by ODNR. “Our state park network is just so phenomenal,” Rader said. “We own a lot of lands as a state that’s conserved for various reasons.”Federal law prohibits drilling in the Great Lakes and Rader said he thinks it’s important to “have some state protections to layer on top of some of these federal protections.” “I think redundancy, right now, when it comes to federal law is incredibly important, especially when you see an administration that is absolutely gung ho and drilling in all places, and doesn’t seem to really respect federal law very directly, and is willing to either go to court or ignore courts,” Rader said. Ohio Oil and Gas Association President Rob Brundrett said he is unaware of interest in drilling under Lake Erie. “We have not seen much interest from our members over the years to explore Lake Erie,” he said. “However, we do believe there could be a potential benefit in the exploration and production from the Great Lakes.”Drilling in Lake Erie could pose risks to the drinking water and wildlife, including millions of walleye, Rader said. “Oil wells, oil drilling, (and) oil pipelines have a high risk of adding all kinds of toxins, whether it’s from the brines they use or spills that happen all too often,” he said. “I want to try my best as a human being to leave this planet better than where I found it, and part of that is keeping our lakes and streams and green spaces free of pollution.”This is not the first time a bill like this has been introduced. Former Democratic state Rep. Mike Skindell introduced a similar bill in 2023 during the last General Assembly that would have prevented fracking under Lake Erie, but the bill only received sponsor testimony. Rader is hopeful his bill will get a couple of hearings and maybe a vote, but as a Democratic bill in a Republican-controlled Statehouse, the cards are stacked against H.B. 399.

Hope Utilities to Build Ohio Gas Pipeline for Data Center Project (P&GJ) — Hope Utilities will construct a natural gas pipeline in central Ohio to supply a fuel cell project being developed by American Electric Power for a new data center, the company said on Aug. 14. The work will be handled by its local subsidiary, Northeast Ohio Natural Gas Corporation (NEO), which will build, operate, and maintain the pipeline and related facilities. “Hope Utilities is proud to be a natural gas partner on this project with AEP, one of the nation’s largest electric providers,” said Morgan O’Brien, Hope Utilities CEO. “Energy and power are key components for economic development and growth opportunities. Data center developers will build these facilities in locations that have the reliable and affordable energy resources they need. Hope Utilities and NEO are ready to deliver the natural gas expertise, infrastructure and resources necessary to move these important projects forward.” The pipeline, which will connect with interstate pipelines, is scheduled to be in service by October 2026. Once completed, it will have the capacity to exceed the project’s fuel requirements. “Ohio is poised to benefit from investments to support data centers,” O’Brien said. “Data center investments will significantly enhance the economic trajectory of Ohio and the region. Hope is committed to adding to those investments through infrastructure upgrades and other community investments. This pipeline investment is just the start of Hope Utilities and NEO’s support of these projects to provide meaningful economic development opportunities throughout Ohio.”

Ohio Justices Bless $2 Billion Increase of <b>Pipeline's Tax Value - Bloomberg Law News -A natural gas pipeline partially owned by Energy Transfer Partners LP and the Blackstone Group has a much higher tax value than Ohio originally assigned it, the state high court affirmed Wednesday. The Ohio Board of Tax Appeals was right to adopt the $5.67 billion valuation of Rover Pipeline LLC's 713-mile conduit put forth at trial by the ...

Rover Pipeline, L.L.C. v. Harris - Supreme Court of Ohio -- Under Ohio law, the taxable property of a public utility shall be assessed at its true value in money. See R.C. 5727.10. At issue in this appeal is the true value for tax year 2019 of an interstate natural-gas pipeline owned and operated by appellant, Rover Pipeline, L.L.C. The Board of Tax Appeals (“board” or “BTA”) rejected the report proposed by Rover’s appraiser, finding that the value proposed by appellee Tax Commissioner Patricia Harris’s appraiser reflected the best evidence of the pipeline’s value. Rover appealed the board’s decision to this court. Rover’s challenge is multifaceted, but the crux of its argument is that the board vastly overvalued the pipeline. Because Rover has not shown that the board committed reversible error, we affirm.

Rover Pipeline Loses Ohio Supreme Court Decision to Lower Tax Bill -Marcellus Drilling News -- Rover Pipeline, a 713-mile natural gas pipeline, was designed to carry up to 3.25 billion cubic feet per day (Bcf/d) of Marcellus and Utica gas from Pennsylvania, West Virginia, and Ohio to destinations in Ohio, Michigan, West Virginia, and Canada. The project was completed and came online in late 2018 (see FERC OKs Final 2 Rover Pipeline Laterals – Now 100% Online). Rover’s original estimated cost to build the project was $4.08 billion. It ultimately cost $6.3 billion, as historically high rainfall led to additional unforeseen expenses, delays, and inspections. Most of the pipeline runs through Ohio, which assesses a property tax on such projects. Rover and Ohio disagree over the value to be assigned to the pipeline for annual taxation purposes. After several appeals, the case headed to the Ohio Supreme Court in May (see Rover Pipeline Heads to Ohio Supreme Court to Lower Tax Assessment). The Supremes issued their ruling yesterday, and it didn’t go Rover’s way.

Ohio Property Tax Valuation of Interstate Natural Gas Pipeline Set at Nearly $3.67 Billion - The Supreme Court of Ohio today affirmed a Board of Tax Appeals (BTA) decision determining the taxable value of the portion of the natural gas Rover Pipeline that passes through Ohio to be $3.669 billion for the 2019 tax year. The pipeline cost $6.3 billion to construct and is over 700 miles long, running through portions of eastern Ohio to a location in Defiance County in northwest Ohio before going on to markets across the United States and Canada. The BTA rejected the pipeline company’s claim that the taxable value of the pipeline is only about half as much as the tax commissioner's valuation of $3.669 billion. The Supreme Court unanimously upheld the BTA’s decision. Writing for the Court, Justice Patrick F. Fischer characterized the dispute as a “battle of appraisals,” a type of case in which the BTA must review competing appraisal evidence. He explained that when assessing competing appraisals to determine tax values, the “BTA is vested with wide discretion in determining the weight to be given to the evidence and the credibility of the witnesses that come before it.” The BTA ruled that Ohio Tax Commissioner Patricia Harris submitted the best evidence of the pipeline’s taxable value as presented by appraiser Brent Eyre. The opinion stated that unless the record indicates the board’s decision was unreasonable or unlawful, the Court will not disturb it. Justice Fischer wrote that Rover had not shown the board had committed an error that justified overturning the BTA’s decision. Click to Expand Delays Increased Construction Cost Rover sought Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) approval to construct a pipeline. The company estimated it would cost $4.2 billion to build. FERC approved the application in February 2017. Rover completed the pipeline in November 2018, but the actual cost of construction was $6.3 billion. Abnormally high rainfall caused construction delays and increased costs. While the project area historically received about 37 inches of rain annually, during construction, the area received more than 61 inches of rain, annualized. The company also encountered an environmental problem that delayed construction and added costs. A Rover contractor released two million gallons of drilling fluid while drilling underneath the Tuscarawas River. The fluid surfaced in wetlands near the river. FERC halted some drilling activities. Regulatory actions by FERC and the Ohio Environmental Protection Agency stalled construction for four to five months. State Assessed Newly Operating Pipeline With the pipeline starting operation in late 2018, the Ohio tax commissioner began assessing taxes for the Rover property for the 2019 tax year. Under R.C. 5727.111(D), the taxable property of a pipeline is assessed at 88% of its true value. The tax commissioner’s review culminated in valuing the Ohio portion of the pipeline at $3.983 billion. Rover proposed that the commissioner use an alternative method to value the property and sought to lower the value based on the delays caused by weather and regulatory actions. The commissioner rejected the proposal, and Rover appealed to the BTA. At the BTA, Rover presented an appraisal by Robert Reilly. He concluded the taxable value of the Ohio portion of the pipeline is $1.792 billion. The tax commissioner declined to present evidence using the appraisal method that resulted in her original valuation of $3.983 billion. Instead, she submitted Eyre’s report. Eyre used an appraisal method similar to Reilly’s but came to a different conclusion. He determined the taxable value to be $3.669 billion. Reilly’s value of the entire 700-mile pipeline was about $3.3 billion, while Eyre concluded the value of the whole pipeline was $5.67 billion. Pipeline Investment Factored Into BTA Decision The tax commissioner also presented a report by Bradford Cornell, who addressed the effects of the investment firm Blackstone's acquisition of an ownership interest in the pipeline. In 2017, Blackstone acquired a stake in ET Rover Pipeline, L.L.C., owner of about two-thirds of Rover. Blackstone paid $1.51 billion for a 32.435% indirect ownership interest in Rover. Cornell estimated the overall pipeline’s value to be $4.66 billion. He described it as the “floor value.” He further concluded the pipeline’s value was probably no more than “around $5 billion.” The board issued a lengthy decision, finding that Eyre’s appraisal was the best evidence of the value. It remanded the matter to the tax commissioner to assess the pipeline based on Eyre’s appraisal. The board noted the Blackstone transaction and the actual construction costs, clarifying that while the information was not “conclusive,” it established “guideposts” for a decision. The board was highly critical of Reilly’s appraisal. It reasoned that if Reilly’s $3.3 billion valuation was correct, then Blackstone substantially overpaid for its interest, which the board found implausible because of Blackstone’s dealmaking sophistication. Justice Fischer wrote the Court must affirm a BTA decision that is reasonable and lawful. He noted that Rover took issue with several aspects of the BTA’s ruling, including the board’s acceptance of Eyre’s appraisal. The BTA faulted Eyre for some of his analysis. Rover argued this was grounds for remanding the case to the BTA to independently determine the tax value. “By Rover’s logic, Eyre apparently had to render a perfect appraisal to justify the board’s adoption of his appraised value. But this court has not held the board to so high a standard,” the opinion stated. The Court noted that given the complexities of the case, “it is hardly surprising that the board was able to identify blemishes on Eyre’s appraisal.” But finding some issues is not evidence that the board was mistaken in adopting Eyre’s valuation, because “analytical perfection” is not required, the opinion stated. The Court rejected Rover’s request to remand the case.

Utica Oil: Ascent Resources Sticking to D&C Pace at Sub-$70 WTI -- Utica Shale oil and gas operator Ascent Resources isn’t backing off its oil-directed drilling and completions (D&C) program despite sub-$70 oil prices.“It would have to be oil prices perhaps with a $50 handle that would make us make a meaningful shift,” Jeff Fisher, chairman and CEO, told investors and public debt-holders in an earnings call.While privately held, Ascent Resources hosts public earnings calls.It reported in May that it is considering an IPO, but an update wasn’t provided in the latest call.Ascent, Ohio’s No. 2 oil producer, holds 378,500 net acres in Ohio, including 81,000 mineral acres, across all four of the Utica’s phases: black oil, volatile oil, wet gas and dry gas. The leasehold is 88% HBP or by minerals.Its three rigs are generally targeting the volatile oil, wet gas and dry gas windows. It has one frac spread at work full-time and another spread on standby as needed. New-well spuds this year are expected to total between 50 and 55.“The ups and downs of the market just kind of reinforce our general strategy that we want diversity, but we're not going to chase price,” Fisher said.One rig was moved earlier this year from the wet-gas window to the dry-gas phase, “but we're not making big adjustments.”Second-quarter production averaged 2 Bcfe/d, 85% gas; the balance, oil and NGL, consisted of some 50,000 bbl/d.The commodity mix means that asset-wide returns, while oil is in the mid-$60s, are generally unchanged.“That takes some volatility out of our business and we've just got great returns across the play,” Fisher said.Brooks Shughart, CFO, noted that Ascent has 75% of its oil hedged at more than $70.Also, NGL prices are more than $6.50 per MMBtu, according to the Energy Information Administration.“NGLs have remained relatively strong compared to oil,” Fisher said. “So that's a window that we've been hitting pretty hard and just making some fantastic wells.”Ascent produced 29,000 bbl/d of Utica oil in the first-quarter. The state is expected to publish second-quarter production later this month. EOG Resources, which was Ohio’s No. 3 oil producer, bought the No. 1 producer, Encino Energy, for $5.6 billion in cash Aug. 1. Their combined first-quarter production was 73,500 bbl/d.

Ascent 2Q Drilled 18 Wells, Produced 2 Bcfe/d, Made $467M Profit Marcellus Drilling News - Ascent Resources, founded as American Energy Partners by gas legend Aubrey McClendon, is a privately held company focusing 100% on the Ohio Utica Shale. Ascent, headquartered in Oklahoma City, OK, is Ohio’s largest natural gas producer and one of the largest natural gas producers in the U.S. The company issued its first quarter 2025 update yesterday. Net production for the quarter averaged 2,034 MMcfe/d (2.0 Bcfe/d), consisting of 1,738 MMcf/d of natural gas, 13,033 bbls/d of oil, and 36,385 bbls/d of natural gas liquids (NGLs), putting liquids at 15% of the overall production mix for the quarter.

EOG Closes on $5.6B Purchase of Encino Assets in Ohio Utica - Marcellus Drilling News --EOG Resources, one of the largest oil and gas drillers in the U.S. (with international operations in several other countries) announced at the end of May it had made a deal to buy Encino Energy and Encino's massive Ohio Utica Shale assets for $5.6 billion (see HUGE Utica News: EOG Resources Buys Encino Energy for $5.6 Billion). Last Friday, EOG issued its second quarter update. As part of the update, the company announced it had closed on the Encino acquisition on August 1st and is now working to integrate the two companies. The newly combined EOG/Encino plans to run five rigs and three completion crews in the company's Utica operation through the remainder of this year.

EOG Resources raises 2025 guidance following strategic acquisition | Oil & Gas Journal -- EOG Resources Inc. reported stronger-than-expected second-quarter 2025 earnings of $1.3 billion, driven by robust production and continued cost discipline. Total revenue came in at $5.5 billion, slightly below the year-ago period but solidly supported by higher-than-expected production. The company also raised its full-year outlook following the strategic acquisition of Encino Acquisition Partners.The Houston-based independent oil and gas producer generated $973 million of free cash flow during the quarter and returned more than $1.1 billion to shareholders through regular dividends and share repurchases.Total company production averaged 1.1 MMboe/d, a 4% sequential increase. Crude oil and condensate volumes reached 504,200 b/d, while NGL production rose 7% to 258,400 b/d, and natural gas output climbed 7% to 2.23 bcfd. Production volumes for crude oil, NGLs, and natural gas all surpassed the midpoints of the company’s guidance.The quarter marked a turning point for EOG’s strategic footprint, with the closing of its acquisition of Encino Acquisition Partners bringing a significant position in the Utica shale. The transaction effectively establishes the Utica as a “foundational asset” in EOG’s portfolio, according to Ezra Yacob, chairman and chief executive officer.To reflect this addition, EOG updated its 2025 capital expenditure guidance to $6.2–$6.4 billion, up from $5.8–$6.2 billion. The company also raised its full-year total production forecast to 1.22 MMboe/d, including 521,000 b/d of crude oil, representing a material increase from its previous outlook.

Gulfport Primed to Capture Appalachia’s Natural Gas Opportunities for Data Centers and LNG -- Gulfport Energy Corp.’s top executives said the Northeast is in the sweet spot for natural gas demand increasing from LNG expansions on the Gulf Coast and data center infrastructure opportunities in Appalachia. Gulfport Energy 2025 production forecast bar chart showing quarterly output in MMcfe/day, with natural gas as the dominant share, smaller contributions from NGL and oil, and actual production marked for Q1 and Q2. During the recent second quarter conference call, CEO John Reinhart shared a microphone with CFO Michael Hodges to discuss performance and delve into the macro outlook. The Oklahoma City exploration and production company, 90% weighted to natural gas, primarily develops the Utica Shale, with increasing activity in the Marcellus Shale. It also holds a position in the liquids-heavy SCOOP, aka, the South Central Oklahoma Oil Province.

Infinity Natural Resources Announces Second Quarter 2025 Results and Maintains 2025 Guidance --Infinity Natural Resources, Inc. today reported its second quarter 2025 financial and operating results.

  • Constructed an additional natural gas-weighted pad in Pennsylvania and commenced drilling activities in July
  • Drilled seven wells totaling approximately 118,000 lateral feet and completed eight wells and 777 stages
  • Placed one oil-weighted well into sales in the Ohio Utica Shale
  • Placed six additional wells into sales in July totaling approximately 86,000 lateral feet comprised of (a) two oil-weighted wells in the Ohio Utica Shale and (b) four natural gas-weighted wells in the Marcellus Shale in Pennsylvania
  • Delivered total net daily production of 33.1 MBoe/d, approximately 19% oil and 37% liquids
  • Reported net income of $72.0 million
  • Delivered Adjusted EBITDAX(1) of $49.6 million, representing an Adjusted EBITDAX Margin(1) of $16.48 / Boe
  • Generated $144.6 million of net cash provided by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2025
  • Drilling and completion ("D&C") capital expenditures incurred of $70.4 million
  • Midstream capital expenditures incurred of $2.7 million
  • Total net debt was approximately $28.1 million as of June 30, 2025
  • Total liquidity was $321.9 million as of June 30, 2025

"Our second quarter results yet again demonstrated strong operational performance while highlighting the strategic advantages of our diversified Appalachian platform. Our net production for the quarter averaged 33.1 Mboe/d, representing a 25% increase from the first quarter of this year," said Zack Arnold, President & CEO of Infinity. "Our production growth was primarily driven by our Marcellus natural gas development in Pennsylvania. We brought five natural gas wells online at the end of March ahead of schedule and on budget. In addition, we brought online one oil-weighted well from our Rubel Dodd pad in Guernsey County, Ohio in May. Our team continues to execute our 2025 plan. Our disciplined approach to capital allocation and operational excellence has positioned us well for continued growth in 2025 and beyond."

Ohio’s Largest Regional Railroad Moving Frac Sand & NGLs Gets Sold -- Marcellus Drilling News -- Yes, we’re suckers for a good railroad story. Always have been, always will be. And here’s one! FTAL Infrastructure owns short line and terminal switching operator Transtar and is an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group. It’s kind of a Matryoshka doll (a Russian “nesting” doll of one thing inside another). Transtar, owned by FTAL, which is owned by Fortress, is buying the Wheeling & Lake Erie (W&LE) regional railroad for $1.05 billion. W&LE, headquartered in Brewster (Stark County), Ohio, owns 840 miles of track in Ohio, Pennsylvania, and West Virginia.

Iron Oak Energy Solutions Announces Strategic Acquisition of Northern White Assets from HC Minerals, Inc. to Meet Growing Appalachia Demand --Iron Oak Energy Solutions LLC (Iron Oak Energy or the Company), a leading multi-basin proppant supplier for North American oil and gas companies, today announced the acquisition of the Northern White assets of HC Minerals, Inc. The enhanced production capabilities and distribution network significantly expands Iron Oak Energy's ability to serve customers in the largest U.S. natural gas shale play.Building on the successful integration of Black Mountain Sand, Covia Energy, and High Roller Sand, Iron Oak Energy continues to execute on its growth strategy with the acquisition of HC Minerals' Northern White Sand assets. The acquisition includes HC Minerals' production facility in Wyeville, Wisconsin, and increases Iron Oak Energy's total Northern White Sand production capacity to over twelve million tons per year. Utilizing cost-effective dredge mining techniques with direct access to the Union Pacific Railroad, theWyeville plant enhances Iron Oak Energy's production scale, optionality, and ability to serve growing client needs. The acquisition also extends the Company's market reach with the addition of four highly complementary terminals strategically located in the Marcellus and Utica basins.. "We anticipate strong demand growth in natural gas basins, particularly the Marcellus and Utica regions, driven by rising power generation needs, expanding data center infrastructure, and growing LNG exports. The HC Minerals team brings deep expertise in proppant production, rail logistics, and supply chain operations; capabilities that are well aligned with our business. By expanding both our geographic footprint and production scale, we are even better positioned to meet customer demand with speed and efficiency."HC Minerals CEO Dirk Hallen remarked, "This is an exciting day for HC Minerals as it represents the culmination of the journey we set out on nearly five years ago. I am so proud of what the entire team has achieved together over that time thanks to the relentless efforts of our employees, the continued support of our clients, and the unwavering commitment of our partners at Clearlake Capital and Whitebox Advisors. Getting to know Michael and his leadership team at Iron Oak makes me confident that our employees will be in great hands moving forward, and we wish them all the best as they embark on this new chapter."Concurrent with the closing of the HC Minerals acquisition, Iron Oak Energy entered into a new term loan facility with Chambers Energy Capital and GoldenTree Asset Management. The term loan includes a committed delayed draw feature which allows for incremental capital to support Iron Oak Energy's future growth.

Ohio Utica Sales Grow Rapidly for PA-Based Frac Sand Company - Marcellus Drilling News --We first told you about a frac sand company called Smart Sand some 13 years ago (see Smart Sand Lands Big Name for Board of Directors). Smart Sand, headquartered in Yardley, PA, is a supplier of industrial sand, primarily serving customers in the oil and gas industry, including drillers in the Marcellus and Utica Shale region. Sand—the right kind of sand, which is crystalline—is a critical part of the hydraulic fracturing process. The company issued its second quarter update yesterday with interesting details about the rapidly growing Ohio Utica market for the company’s sand.

Smart Sand's Strategic Moves Drive Higher Sales And Profits - Smart Sand just reported a 16% surge in second-quarterrevenue, hitting $85.8 million as new investments and robust demand for its frac sand paid off.Smart Sand’s impressive quarter came from a mix of technical improvements and a favorable market backdrop. Upgrades at its Blair and Ottawa sites, plus added capacity in the Utica Shale region, lifted sales volumes by 33%, especially in the Northeast US and Canada. The company pulled in $21.4 million in net income, partly thanks to a notable tax benefit, and adjusted EBITDA reached $7.8 million alongside a flurry of new projects. Its Industrial Production Solutions arm also saw volumes climb 28% from last quarter, now accounting for 6% of total sales. With gross profit at $9 million and earnings per share of $0.55, Smart Sand expects steady sales to continue through 2025, betting on ongoing demand for Northern White sand.Smart Sand’s planned $13 to $17 million in capital spending this year is bolstering its market position without putting pressure on its finances. Management expects positive free cash flow in 2025—a rare feat in this industry—while resilient demand for frac sand and strong sales trends could help support investor confidence and steady valuations. Persistent demand for Northern White sand points to the ongoing significance of oil and gas activity in North America, even as the industry evolves. Smart Sand’s gains in key shale regions mirror a larger trend: infrastructure investments and technical upgrades are helping suppliers stay relevant and profitable, underscoring how vital these supply chains are to the region’s energy economy.

LNG, Data Center Booms to Ignite Rebound in Henry Hub Natural Gas Prices, EIA Says --Despite a summer lull in which natural gas prices struggled to hold the $3.00/MMBtu handle in both the futures and cash markets, government forecasters continue to herald coming waves of LNG and data center demand that they expect will drive prices substantially higher this coming winter and in the year ahead. Line chart titled "US Natural Gas Prices" showing Henry Hub bidweek prices, residential prices, and forward-looking forecasts from 2020 through 2026. The graphic highlights seasonal volatility in residential prices and projected increases in Henry Hub forward prices through mid-2025, based on data from NGI and the U.S. Energy Information Administration's June 2025 Short-Term Energy Outlook.In its August Short-Term Energy Outlook (STEO), released Tuesday, the U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA) projected that Henry Hub spot prices would average $3.90 in the fourth quarter of this year and $4.30 in 2026. The estimates compare with an actual average of $2.20 in 2024 and summer 2025 prices close to $3.00. NGI’s Weekly Spot Gas National Avg. for the Aug. 4-8 period clocked in at $2.665, up 14.5 cents from the prior week. Benchmark Henry Hub cash prices averaged $2.990, ahead 2.0 cents.

AI’s endless thirst for power is driving a natural gas boom in Appalachia—and industry stocks are booming along with it - Natural gas has always been the overlooked little brother to crude oil that drives the fossil fuel industry dating back to the famed Drake Well in 1859 in Pennsylvania, which launched the U.S. oil and gas industry.The dynamics have changed now—especially in the heart of the gassy Marcellus Shale in Pennsylvania. Gas demand is beginning to boom thanks to the electricity feeding frenzy from data centers, skyrocketing liquefied natural gas (LNG) exports, and the ongoing retirements of aging coal plants being replaced by relatively cleaner-burning gas.Many of the nation’s top gas producers, including Expand Energy, EQT, Range Resources, andAntero Resources, all have major Appalachian footprints and market cap values that have spiked by 25% to 75% the past 12 months.Meanwhile, crude oil-weighted stocks are almost all down, mired in a prolonged slump of middling pricing, weaker demand growth, and surging OPEC production hikes. “With the resource-rich potential in this [Marcellus] basin and the growing demand component for AI and data centers and power, it really is setting us up well to help shape this AI revolution that’s going to take place here in the United States,” Range Resources CEO and President Dennis Degner told Fortune.A decade ago, the gas industry’s fortunes focused on seasonality and how cold each winter would prove, Degner said. “Now we’re talking about power and data centers and LNG essentially doubling over the next few years. Those are all big, diverse demand components that really get us excited about the durability of our business model.”The Appalachian region—primarily the Marcellus and Utica shale plays in Pennsylvania, West Virginia, and Ohio—produces just over one-third of the nation’s gas—and very little oil—with proximity to Virginia’s growing Data Center Alley and, now, more AI infrastructure expected within Appalachia.After a couple of decades during which U.S. power demand remained relatively stagnant,domestic electricity consumption is expected to surge by 25% from 2023 to 2035 and roughly 60% from 2023 to 2050, driven largely by AI and data centers, according to the International Energy Agency. Likewise, record-high LNG exports will roughly double by 2030. Based on new construction underway or greenlit along the U.S. Gulf Coast, LNG exports are expected to rise from 15 billion cubic feet per day in 2024 to at least 30 billion daily by the end of 2030.“It’s really night and day when you look at the gas names versus the oil names,”. “The fundamentals for gas are very strong. You’re going to have massive tailwinds.”

SRBC Sounds the Alarm on Enormous Water Use for AI Data Centers - Marcellus Drilling News -- -This post is not directly about the Marcellus/Utica, but the issue we discuss is important andsignificantly affects the M-U. Andrew Dehoff, the Executive Director of the Susquehanna River Basin Commission (SRBC), is sounding the alarm about potential water usage for hyperscale data centers that will be located in the SRBC’s jurisdiction. Dehoff spoke at a Pennsylvania State Senate hearing on Monday. These giant data centers are BIG users of energy and, potentially, big users of water. The water is used not only to cool gas-fired power plants that generate energy for the data centers, but the data centers themselves use water to help cool the thousands upon thousands of computers located in them

FERC Issued EA for Pipe Expansion to Flow More M-U Gas to D.C. -- Marcellus Drilling News --Eastern Gas Transmission and Storage (EGTS), a subsidiary of billionaire Warren Buffett’s Berkshire Hathaway Energy (BHE), filed a new project with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) last December to beef up three existing compressor stations in Centre, Clinton, and Franklin counties in Pennsylvania, and one compressor station in Loudoun County, Virginia, to flow more Marcellus molecules to the Washington, D.C. area (see BHE’s Eastern Gas Pipe Proposes Expansion to Flow M-U Gas to D.C.). The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) prepared and recently issued an environmental assessment (EA) for the project. A 30-day public comment period is now ticking.

DT Midstream Advances $600M in Natural Gas Pipeline Projects --DT Midstream Inc. (DTM) is moving forward with a 15% capacity expansion of its Guardian Pipeline LLC and a broader interstate pipeline modernization program, both anchored by utility power demand linked to data centers. Map and chart showing DT Midstream’s LEAP Phase 4 expansion, adding 200 MMcf/d to reach 2.1 Bcf/d capacity by Q1 2026. The LEAP pipeline runs from northeast Texas through Louisiana to LNG facilities along the Gulf Coast, including Sabine Pass, Cameron LNG, and Plaquemines LNG. Expansion phases and capacities are detailed, with total potential reaching around 4 Bcf/d. The 1.3 Bcf/d interstate Guardian pipeline, acquired from Oneok Inc. in 2024, serves northern Illinois and Wisconsin markets. DTM can supply its gas via the Joliet hub from the Vector Pipeline LP and Nexus Gas Transmission pipelines or its Midwestern Gas Transmission Co. The roughly 210 MMcf/d expansion would cost $345-375 million for compression and looping and could be in service in late 2028, management said. Wisconsin Electric Co. utilities represent around 95% of the pipeline’s capacity.

Big Green Shows Up at NC DEQ Final Hearing on MVP Southgate -- Marcellus Drilling News -- In 2018, Equitrans Midstream, the builder of the 303-mile Mountain Valley Pipeline (MVP), proposed to extend MVP by an extra 75 miles from the current terminus in Pittsylvania County, VA, to Alamance County, NC, to provide natural gas for heating and electric generation. The 75-mile extension is called MVP Southgate. In December 2023, MVP changed the Southgate plan by cutting the distance by more than half and bumping up the size (diameter) of the pipeline (see Equitrans Slices MVP Southgate Pipe Project From 75 to 31 Miles). The North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ) held a public hearing Tuesday evening to receive public feedback on whether the DEQ should issue a Clean Water Act 401 certification for the project. Anti-fossil fuel groups (paid to be there) were on hand to object.

Venture Global Hones in on Natural Gas Supply, Brownfield Expansions to Fuel LNG Growth -With its third export terminal reaching the construction phase and at least another 42 million tons/year (Mt/y) in projects on the horizon, Venture Global Inc. is looking to tap more supply basins and grow its position as a Gulf Coast natural gas player. Map of the proposed CP Express Pipeline route from Texas to Louisiana, showing the pipeline’s red path through Beaumont, Calcasieu Parish, and Cameron Parish, with key points including the Moss Lake Compressor Station and CP2 LNG terminal facilities near the Gulf of Mexico. As part of its recently sanctioned CP2 LNG project, Venture also secured financing for its 85.4 CP Express pipeline project designed to send up to 4.4 Bcf/d from the Katy, TX area near Houston to its export facilities in southwestern Louisiana.

Top Destinations for U.S. LNG Exports in 2025; Key Trends to Track -- Marcellus Drilling News -- Earlier today, Reuters published a great article titled “Key US natural gas trends to track as LNG exports hit new highs.” The article is full of terrific charts (and narrative) showing where our LNG is currently going (by country), along with where it has gone historically (by country). The article reveals that over the first 8 months of 2025, total U.S. LNG exports climbed by 22% or by 12.4 million tons from the same months in 2024 to a record 69 million tons. Europe accounted for over two-thirds of U.S. export volumes, followed by Asia. The top three markets were the Netherlands, France, and Spain, which together accounted for 28% of total U.S. LNG shipments so far this year.

Commonwealth LNG Requests September Site Prep, Adding to Feed Gas Demand Outlook — The Offtake -- A look at the global natural gas and LNG markets by the numbers

  • 1.2 Bcf/d: Commonwealth LNG LLC is looking to start pre-construction and environmental work at the proposed 9.5 million tons/year (Mt/y) capacity Louisiana terminal by Sept. 19 after its FERC authorization was finalized. The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission reaffirmed its final order for the project in June, followed by a period for appeal. That period expired in July, clearing the way for Commonwealth’s final investment decision targeted for this fall. At peak operation, the facility could add roughly 1.2 Bcf/d in feed gas demand to the Gulf Coast market by early 2029.
  • 3.3 Bcf/d: FERC has granted permission to Venture Global Inc. to introduce feed gas to liquefaction Block 16 at Plaquemines LNG. Once operational, 15 blocks with 30 trains will be producing LNG at the Louisiana facility, bringing its possible export capacity to 22.5 Mt/y. Thirty operating trains also increases the possible feed gas demand at Plaquemines by up to 3.3 Bcf/d.
  • 1.4 Mt/y: New Fortress Energy Inc. has delayed its quarterly earnings report for the second period in a row citing ongoing transactions with its creditors. The firm disclosed that revenues “significantly decreased” compared with the same period last year, in part because of reduced terminal activities and fewer LNG cargoes sold. LNG exports from NFE’s Fast LNG 1 facility offshore Altamira, Mexico, reached a high point in the second quarter at 0.37 Mt, according to Kpler data. However, output has continued to trend below the unit’s 1.4 Mt/y nameplate capacity and the company’s target to produce between 1.47 Mt/y and 1.67 Mt/y.
  • 0.3 Mt: LNG Canada is planning a restart of Train 1 this week amid reported troubleshooting and maintenance at the British Columbia export facility. The company has published three advisories since the beginning of the month notifying locals of flaring due to maintenance and inspections. LNG Canada exported 0.3 Mt during July, about half the design capacity of Train 1, according to Kpler.

Shell Loses Case Against Venture Global for Delayed LNG Cargoes -Venture Global has won an arbitration case brought against it by Shell. The case accused Venture Global of not delivering contracted LNG shipments *for years* while Venture Global sold those shipments on the open/spot market for more money than they would have made from honoring their contracts with Shell (and with other big LNG buyers, Shell wasn’t the only one to sue). Shell claimed to have spent some $1.7 billion more buying LNG than it would have if Venture Global had honored its contract. Yet in arbitration, the tribunal found that Venture Global did honor the letter of the contracts signed. Venture Global may have won based on the letter of the contract, but they certainly lost based on the spirit of the contract, by exploiting loopholes. They lost the trust of their customers.

Natural Gas 'Sold Off Sharply' on Tuesday -The September natural gas contract “sold off sharply yesterday as Monday’s initial show of support collapsed”, Eli Rubin, an energy analyst at EBW Analytics Group, said in a report sent to Rigzone by the EBW team on Wednesday. That report highlighted that the September natural gas contract closed at $2.808 per million British thermal units (MMBtu) on Tuesday. It outlined that this was a 14.6 cent, or 4.9 percent, drop from Monday’s close. “Cooling demand will make a step-change lower into the last third of August to bring forward the end of summer - and push back any meaningful declines in the storage surplus,” Rubin said in the report, noting that “it could remain difficult for any rally in the face of a 175+ billion cubic foot surplus to normal”. “Supply remains stout and LNG demand, while finally rising, will only exert a slow, supportive impact over time,” Rubin added. “Tropical risks should rise in coming weeks and overhanging demand destruction threat may bias risk perception in a bearish direction,” Rubin warned in the report. The EBW Analytics Group analyst went on to state in the report that technicals point to a deeper test of support at $2.65 per MMBtu within the next 7-10 days. “Although a still-further price drop may not be immediate - and the seasonal outlook may be modestly oversold - there are few identifiable bullish fundamental catalysts that will impede the further erosion of the September contract into the end of the month,” Rubin warned in the report. In an EBW Analytics Group report sent to Rigzone by the EBW team on Tuesday, Rubin highlighted that the September natural gas contract dropped to $2.881 per MMBtu on Monday “before recovering to touch $3.000 [per MMBtu] by late morning”. “However, the near-term fundamental outlook is devoid of upside catalysts as weather-driven demand continues to erode,” Rubin said in that report, which highlighted that the September natural gas contract closed at $2.954 per MMBtu on Monday. That figure represented a drop of 3.6 cents, or 1.2 percent, compared to Friday’s close, the EBW report outlined. “August 2025 is increasingly on track for the coolest August since 2017,” Rubin stated in that report.

US natural gas prices edge up on higher demand, Freeport LNG's return -US natural gas futures edged up about one per cent on Wednesday on forecasts for higher demand during the next two weeks than previously expected and the return to near full service of Freeport LNG's export plant in Texas following a brief decrease. That small price increase occurred despite a big weekly storage build and near-record output. Front-month gas futures for September delivery on the New York Mercantile Exchange rose 1.3 cents, or 0.5 per cent, to settle at $2.841 per million British thermal units. In intraday trade on Thursday, the contract fell to just one cent above the eight-month intraday low of $2.764 per mmBtu hit on Wednesday. The US Energy Information Administration said energy firms added 56 billion cubic feet (bcf) of gas into storage during the week ended August 8. That figure was close to the 54-bcf build analysts forecast in a Reuters poll and compares with a decrease of two bcf during the same week last year and an average increase of 33 bcf over the 2020-2024 period. Analysts noted the big storage build, which left stockpiles about seven per cent above the five-year normal for this time of year, was due in part to cooler-than-usual weather last week. The US National Hurricane Center projected Tropical Storm Erin will strengthen into a major hurricane as it moves west across the Atlantic Ocean toward the Bahamas over the next week. Meteorologists at AccuWeather have said Erin would likely blast Bermuda with wind and rain and produce dangerous beach conditions across the US East Coast next week. Analysts noted the storm would also cool the weather along the US East Coast. In addition to Erin, the NHC said a disturbance in the western Gulf of Mexico had a 40 per cent chance of strengthening into a tropical cyclone over the next seven days. Even though storms can boost prices by knocking Gulf of Mexico gas production out of service, analysts have said they are more likely to cut demand and prices by shutting LNG export plants and knocking power out to millions of homes and businesses, which reduces the amount of gas that electric generators need to burn. Only about two per cent of all US gas comes from the federal offshore Gulf of Mexico, while gas-fired power plants supply more than 40 per cent of the nation's electricity. Financial group LSEG said average gas output in the Lower 48 states has risen to 108.1 billion cubic feet per day so far in August, up from a record monthly high of 107.9 bcfd in July. On a daily basis, however, output has dropped about 3.3 bcfd to a one-month low of 106.4 bcfd on Wednesday since hitting a daily record high of 109.7 bcfd on July 28. Meteorologists forecast the weather will remain mostly hotter than normal through at least August 29. LSEG projected average gas demand in the Lower 48 states, including exports, would ease from 111.9 bcfd this week to 111.5 bcfd next week. Those forecasts were higher than LSEG's outlook on Wednesday. The average amount of gas flowing to the eight big US LNG export plants has risen to 16.2 bcfd so far in August, up from 15.5 bcfd in July. That compares with a record monthly high of 16 bcfd in April. In Texas, Freeport LNG's export plant was on track to take in more gas on Thursday, in a sign that one of its liquefaction trains likely exited Wednesday's short-term outage, according to a company filing with state regulators and gas flow data from LSEG.

Not Done Yet? Permian Pricing, Asian Demand Still Buoying Mexico LNG Prospects --Amigo LNG SA de CV, a joint venture formed by Texas-based Epcilon LNG LLC and Singapore-based LNG Alliance Pte. Ltd., has signed an engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) contract for the marine facilities at its planned LNG project slated for Mexico’s Sonora state. Table of Mexico LNG proposed and under construction projects showing facility names, locations, types, train numbers, capacities in million tonnes per annum (MTPA), and billion cubic feet per day (Bcf/d), including projects in Sonora, Veracruz, Baja California, Tamaulipas, Oaxaca, and Sinaloa, with a total capacity of 48.2 MTPA and 6.4 Bcf/d. The contract with Constructora Manzanillo SA de CV would include the LNG jetty at the Pacific Port of Guaymas, as well as berthing and mooring facilities, and associated works to support LNG loading operations. LNG Alliance CEO Muthu Chezhian told NGI that an EPC contract for the liquefaction facility was imminent and that a final investment decision on the project was slated for later this year, based on an “already sold out” first train.

Phillips 66 Cuts Gasoline Output at Bayway Refinery After Fire (Reuters) — Phillips 66 has reduced gasoline output at its 258,000 barrel-per-day Bayway refinery in Linden, New Jersey after a fire near the plant's gasoline producing unit, two people familiar with the matter said on Aug. 14. An ancillary piece of equipment of the refinery's Fluid Catalytic Cracking unit caught fire and led to the production outage, the sources said. The cause of the fire was not immediately clear. The refinery is expected to resolve the issue over the coming days and return to full production, one of the sources said. Phillips 66 did not immediately respond to a request for comment. Bayway produces around 155,000 barrels per day of gasoline and is one of the largest suppliers of fuel on the U.S. East Coast. The refinery was partially shut last month after rainstorms caused a power outage at the plant, resulting in a brief spike in prices for refined products at the New York Harbor as Phillips 66 made up for the outages by buying fuel on the open market.

Second fuel spill fouls Padden Creek during work to enhance fish passage --A contractor hired to help migrating salmon and other fish in Padden Creek spilled diesel fuel into the water for a second time last week, killing fish forcing most work to stop as cleanup efforts continued, Bellingham officials said last week.An estimated 332 gallons of diesel leaked from a faulty pump Thursday near the Interurban Trail crossing at 12th Street, the city said in a statement late Friday afternoon. A leak from the same pump on Sunday spilled an estimated 344 gallons, for a total of nearly 700 gallons. The city, its contractor Faber Construction, and the state Department of Ecology are working on a cleanup, the city said online. A trail closure already in effect for construction work was extended to the section between 10th Street/Donovan Avenue and Sixth Street."To prevent any further incidents, the contractor is enhancing secondary safety measures at all pump locations and replacing the generator. The spill was contained before it could reach Bellingham Bay. A section of the Interurban Trail/Lower Padden Creek Trail is temporarily closed to ensure public safety and allow cleanup crews access to the site," the city said.Photos provided by the city showed absorbent pads near a culvert in the creek and a containment boom across the creek mouth where it empties into Bellingham Bay in Fairhaven.Faber Construction started July 1 on a project to widen a culvert and remove a fish ladder, replacing it with a natural-looking boulder field to make it easier for salmon to travel the steep hillside. Neighbor Jennifer Irwin told The Herald that there were dead fish and contaminated plants along the creek. Photos showed a petroleum sheer on the water. City officials said at least two cutthroat trout had been killed. "Focus Wildlife has been hired as a wildlife responder to monitor for injured wildlife and deter wildlife from entering the affected area. No additional wildlife impacts have been reported since the second leak," the city said.

Shipping company fined for Puget Sound oil spill -- A commercial shipping company is paying the price for an oil spill in Puget Sound. The Washington Department of Ecology fined Liberty Marine Corporation $32,000 for a 2023 spill near Manchester State Park that dumped 199 gallons of waste oil into the Puget Sound, according to a news release. A crewmember overfilled the ship’s incinerator waste oil service tank while transferring oil from a holding tank. The extra oil leaked through a clogged vent system and discharged overboard via the ship’s rainwater drainage system. `

Pembina Prepping for 5 Bcf/d Natural Gas Production Surge in Western Canada -Pembina Pipeline Corp., which transports natural gas and other hydrocarbons in Western Canada, is preparing for major growth in the region as new LNG export terminals and other demand sources are slowly coming online. Map of Pembina Pipeline Corp.’s infrastructure across Western Canada and parts of the United States, showing conventional pipelines, oil sands and heavy oil pipelines, transmission pipelines, fractionators, gas processing plants, and Pembina gas infrastructure, with key resource regions including Montney, Deep Basin, Duvernay, Cardium, Clearwater, Oil Sands, and Bakken. “Canadian producers are proving resilient despite volatility in commodity prices and the broader economy, and Pembina has observed that its customers’ development plans remain on track,” the company said in its second quarter earnings release. Pembina is advancing more than $1 billion of proposed conventional pipeline expansions to meet rising transportation demand from growing production in the Western Canadian Sedimentary Basin.

Natural gas price drops below $375 in Europe -At the close of auctions yesterday, the price of 1,000 cubic meters of gas in Europe fell below $375, APA-Economics reports.On August 15, the price of September futures on the TTF (Title Transfer Facility of the Netherlands, the most liquid virtual sales center in Europe) index was $374.3, which is 3.5% less than the previous calculation price ($388).It should be noted that the transportation of Azerbaijani gas to Europe through the Trans-Adriatic Pipeline (TAP) began on December 31, 2020.

Centrica Snaps Up Europe’s Largest Natural Gas Import Terminal as U.S. LNG Supply Expands -Centrica plc has reached an agreement with National Grid plc to buy the Grain LNG terminal in the UK, Europe’s largest import facility, for about $2 billion as the British energy company continues to expand its global LNG portfolio. In related news, Centrica on Friday said it has agreed to purchase natural gas from multi-basin independent Devon Energy Corp. The 10-year deal would provide Centrica 50,000 MMBtu/d starting in 2028. The amount is equivalent to five LNG cargoes a year, the trading giant noted. Volumes will be indexed to Europe’s Title Transfer Facility (TTF). NGI data showed TTF futures for 2028 settled at $9.529/MMBtu on Thursday (Aug. 14).

Petronas to Expand LNG Exports to New Asian Markets — Petroliam Nasional Bhd. is seeking to expand its liquefied natural gas exports to growing Asian markets while also supporting Malaysia’s rising energy needs that are being partly driven by a data-center boom. The state-owned company’s diversified portfolio — which includes a newly operational export plant in Canada — will enable it to meet overseas demand for gas, said Adif Zulkifli, chief executive officer of Petronas’ gas and maritime business. The firm plans to expand beyond its traditional markets — Japan, China and South Korea — to countries in Southeast Asia, including Vietnam and the Philippines, he said in an interview. But the gas-producing country is also eyeing more imports because its reserves are dwindling at a time when its energy requirements are growing thanks to a proliferation in power-hungry data centers serving the artificial intelligence industry. Malaysia imported about 3.3 million metric tons of LNG in 2024, up from 2.1 million tons in 2021, according to Bloomberg’s vessel-tracking data. Petronas will continue exploration for more resources to sustain its domestic production, which has already peaked, Adif said. It operates one of the world’s largest LNG terminals in Bintulu on the Sarawak coast, and has enough gas to fill up its plant there “for as long as we need,” he added. “We have brought in a number of upstream projects to make sure that we are able to deliver gas and sustain that for the next 20 to 30 years,” Adif said at the company’s headquarters on the 42nd floor of the Petronas Twin Towers in Kuala Lumpur on Tuesday. “We are also gearing up to bring in more imports into Peninsular Malaysia.” Traditional gas suppliers in Asia are being forced to rethink their export strategies as they try to reconcile rapid economic growth with falling domestic reserves. Malaysia, which was the world’s fifth-largest shipper of the super-chilled fuel last year, usually meets domestic demand by topping up with cargoes from Australia. Petronas currently provides about 2.3 billion standard cubic feet of natural gas to Peninsular Malaysia and “will try to sustain it as much as we can,” Adif said.

In Sanctions’ Shadow, Russian Arctic LNG 2 Pushes More Cargoes into Global Markets -PAO Novatek’s Arctic LNG 2 facility appears to be exporting more LNG cargoes despite a dearth of buyers for sanctioned Russian volumes, according to ship-tracking data. Bar chart showing Russian Federation annual LNG exports by destination region from 2022 to 2025, with volumes in million tons. Data indicates exports to Europe, Asia, the Americas, and unknown destinations, based on NGI analysis of Kpler data. Europe and Asia remain the largest destinations, with a sharp overall decline projected for 2025. A Russian-flagged LNG carrier, dubbed Christophe De Margerie, is indicating a destination somewhere in western Europe after appearing to have loaded at the Arctic LNG 2 facility in the Arctic Circle. The ship is reportedly chartered by the Yamal LNG joint venture (JV) partners, which includes Novatek and TotalEnergies SE, and has been previously used to ship Yamal cargoes to Asia and European gas storage hubs, according to Kpler data. However, that was before European Union (EU) sanctions levied last year prevented the use of infrastructure in the bloc for reshipping Russian LNG.

Petrobras, IBAMA move forward on oil spill drill at Amazon River mouth -A meeting on Tuesday (12) between Petrobras and Brazil’s environmental regulator IBAMA set the stage for announcing the date of the Pre-Operational Assessment (APO), the final step in the environmental licensing process for a potential offshore drilling project at the mouth of the Amazon River, off the coast of Amapá in the Equatorial Margin. The date will be disclosed by IBAMA in the coming days, said Sylvia Anjos, the chief upstream officer at Petrobras. “We’re much closer than before. I’m optimistic,” she noted. In a statement, IBAMA said: “The preparatory meeting for the Pre-Operational Assessment (APO) related to the environmental licensing process for offshore drilling at block FZA-M-59 took place this afternoon [12], involving technical teams from IBAMA and Petrobras. Decisions regarding the APO will be recorded in the licensing process through the SEI [Electronic Information System] in due course.” According to Ms. Anjos, the drilling rig to be used in the APO and the actual drilling is currently in Belém and could reach the site within two days once cleared. The assessment is expected to last three to four days. If IBAMA deems the APO satisfactory and issues the permit, Petrobras would be ready to begin drilling at block FZA-M-59 “immediately,” she said. The APO is a simulated oil spill exercise in which Petrobras must prove its ability to respond to an emergency and demonstrate in practice all the procedures outlined in its contingency plans submitted during the licensing process. Both the company’s wildlife response plan and emergency plan have been approved in principle by IBAMA. Last Friday (8), Petrobras CEO Magda Chambriard also expressed optimism. “I think things are moving in the right direction. I spoke personally with IBAMA President Rodrigo Agostinho, and he is aware of everything we are presenting. Licensing Director Cláudia Barros is also aware of all the proposals and conditions we’ve offered.” In preparation for the drill, Petrobras has conducted internal training and simulation exercises with the teams involved, and mobilized vessels, vehicles, wildlife rescue centers, and aircraft to the vicinity of block FZA-M-59. Both the designated drilling rig and support vessels have been inspected and authorized by IBAMA—inspections that are mandatory for the APO, which will involve the full set of resources deployed by the company in the region.

Caucasian Knot | Owner of second tanker fined 35 billion for fuel oil spill -The Arbitration Court of Krasnodar Krai has satisfied the claim of Rosprirodnadzor and fined the owner of the tanker Volgotransneft-239 35 billion rubles for damage to the Black Sea. As "Kavkazsky Uzel" wrote, the court satisfied the claim of Rosprirodnadzor against the owner and charterer of one of the tankers that sank in the Black Sea, Volgoneft-212, and fined it almost 50 billion rubles. At a hearing on August 13, the Arbitration Court of Krasnodar Krai fully satisfied the claim of the Black Sea-Azov Marine Administration of the Federal Service for Nature Management (Rosprirodnadzor) to recover from ZAO "Volgatransneft" (owner of the tanker "Volgoneft-239", which sank in the Kerch Strait in December last year) caused damage to the Black Sea in the amount of 35.48 billion rubles, Interfax reported. "To collect from ZAO "Volgatransneft" to the budget of the Russian Federation the amount of damage in the amount of 35 billion 483 million 862 thousand rubles," the judge said. The decision can be appealed within one month, he added. On December 15, 2024, two tankers carrying fuel oil sank in the Kerch Strait. As a result, a crew member of one of the tankers died. In addition, there was a spill of oil products, which led to catastrophic environmental consequences, according to the "Caucasian Knot" report "Fuel oil spill in the Kerch Strait". As a result of the environmental disaster, Rospotrebnadzor recognized 141 beaches in Anapa and nine beaches in the Temryuk district as unsuitable for recreation. Fuel oil was found on all beaches in Anapa, on the coast in the Temryuk district and on the coast of the Sea of Azov in the Slavyansk district of Kuban, according to the Caucasian Knot report "The extent of fuel oil pollution in southern Russia".

Chevron boosts oil production at Tengiz field — - 15.08.2025 - Kursiv Media Kazakhstan -- Tengizchevroil (TCO), 50% of which is owned by U.S.-based company Chevron, produced 19.46 million tons of oil from the Tengiz field in the first six months of 2025. In the same period in 2024, the company reported production of 14.4 million tons, or 114.6 million barrels, marking a 35.1% year-on-year (YoY) increase. «Once all Tengiz facilities are operating at full capacity, TCO’s total annual crude oil production is expected to reach approximately 40 million tons per annum,» the company said in a statement. In the first half of 2025, TCO sold more than 623,000 tons of liquefied petroleum gas (669,000 tons in the same period of 2024), about 1.2 million tons of sulfur (over 1.4 million tons in 2024), and more than 2.9 billion cubic meters of sales gas, almost all of which is delivered to the domestic market. Direct payments to Kazakhstan over the two quarters of 2025 totaled around $5 billion ($6.2 billion in 2024). In May, KazMunayGas revised its 2025 oil production forecast for the Tengiz field upward to 35.7 million tons, from 34.8 million tons. The recoverable oil reserves in the Tengiz and Korolev fields are assessed at 1.4 billion tons (11.5 billion barrels), with estimated oil in place of 3.1 billion tons (25 billion barrels) for Tengiz and 200 million tons (1.6 billion barrels) for Korolev. Chevron holds a 50% stake in TCO, with ExxonMobil controlling 25%, KazMunayGas 20% and Russia’s Lukoil 5%.

Indonesia holds back gas exports to prioritize domestic needs --Indonesia has yet to import gas this year, with the government focusing domestic production on meeting local demand while holding back exports, Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources (ESDM) Bahlil Lahadalia has announced. “We are still able to balance export commitments with foreign countries and domestic consumption needs,” Bahlil told a press conference on the ministry’s first-half 2025 performance on Monday, August 11, 2025. According to ESDM data, gas production in the first half of 2025 reached 1,146.4 thousand barrels of oil equivalent per day (MBOEPD), or 114 percent of the target. Average production stood at 1,199.7 MBOEPD, equivalent to 119 percent of the target. During the same period, a total of 5,598 billion British thermal units per day (BBTUD) of gas was utilized in Indonesia, with 31 percent (1,721 BBTUD) exported and 69 percent (3,877 BBTUD) used domestically. Bahlil acknowledged that Indonesia is deliberately holding back part of its gas exports. “The President’s instruction is to maximize the use of all domestic products for domestic needs,” he said. He added that any surplus after domestic demand is met could be exported. The government also remains committed to honoring existing contracts with oil and gas contractors (KKKS), noting that breaking them could harm Indonesia’s global reputation. In the domestic sector, gas utilization is divided into two categories: downstream industrial and fertilizer sectors (2,110 BBTUD), and other domestic uses (1,767 BBTUD), which include compressed natural gas (BBG), enhanced oil and gas recovery, electricity generation, LNG, LPG, and household pipeline gas networks. Bahlil stressed that channeling gas into downstream industries brings added value to the economy, saves foreign exchange, generates tax revenues, and supports economic growth in regions where factories are built.

India’s Second-Largest Refinery Sees Imports Plunge as EU Sanctions Bite Nayara Energy, the Indian refiner in which Russia’s oil giant Rosneft holds 49%, is set to import in August the lowest volume of crude ever as the EU sanctions cripple procurement plans and sales of refined petroleum products.Nayara Energy is expected to import just 94,000 barrels per day (bpd) of crude this month, Bloomberg reports, citing ship-tracking data and trade sources.The August import volumes are set to be the lowest in the history of the refinery, India’s second-largest, with a capacity to process 400,000 bpd, and would compare to average import levels of about 366,000 bpd for the period July to September 2024.Nayara Energy has so far imported almost 2.9 million barrels of Russia’s flagship Urals crude grade in August, but currently no shipments are planned for the rest of the month, per vessel-tracking data and a shipbroker cited by Bloomberg.The Indian refinery’s troubles began last month when the EU adopted the 18th sanctions package against Russia, targeting a hundred more ‘shadow fleet’ tankers, energy trade, and traders and banks enabling it. In a first move against customers of Russian oil, the EU expanded sanctions on entities doing business with Russian oil, including via asset freezes, travel bans, and bans on providing resources. The bloc sanctioned Russian and international companies managing shadow fleet vessels, traders of Russian crude oil, and a major customer of the shadow fleet – the Nayara Energy refinery in India with Rosneft as its main shareholder. Although analysts had questioned the effectiveness of the EU sanctions without U.S. support, it appears that traders aren’t risking breaching the EU sanctions, and they steer clear of Nayara’s product sales. Several cargoes from Nayara’s fuel export terminal have been canceled in recent weeks due to the sanctions. The refiner is forced to use dark fleet vessels to move the fuel it has produced from refining Russian crude to customers in jurisdictions such as China and other Asian countries.

Gulf Keystone resumes oil production in Iraqi Kurdistan after drone attacks - Iraqi News – Gulf Keystone Petroleum announced on Wednesday that it restarted oil production at the Shaikan oilfield in the Kurdistan region of Iraq, which was shut down in July following drone strikes. Officials in the oil sector told Reuters in July that several drone assaults on oilfields in Iraqi Kurdistan reduced oil output, including that of other businesses, by 140,000 to 150,000 barrels per day. Gulf Keystone has a production-sharing deal with Iraq’s Kurdistan Regional Government (KRG), with an 80 percent operating interest in the Shaikan license, which is located approximately 60 kilometers (37 miles) northwest of the city of Erbil, according to Reuters. Following a security review and discussions with the KRG, the firm announced that production activities at the Shaikan oilfield had resumed. The firm said that it will offer an additional update on production and sales when it announces its first-half results later this month. A string of drone attacks during July targeted oil facilities and other important sites in the Kurdistan region of Iraq. US Secretary of State Marco Rubio emphasized the necessity of holding responsible those involved in the recent attacks on Iraq’s energy infrastructure. Rubio also emphasized the need to take measures to prevent future attacks, according to a statement released by the US Department of State. Spokesperson of the US State Department Tammy Bruce said in a press briefing that the US firmly opposes the drone assaults, which have been targeting oil sites in the Kurdistan region of Iraq since July 14. These attacks threaten Iraq’s stability and economic future, according to Bruce. Multiple incidents of mysterious drone attacks on energy infrastructure in recent weeks have sparked domestic and international alarm about the emergence of security tensions, which might harm the Iraqi economy and reconstruction efforts.

The Looming Oil Glut and Market Imbalances in 2025-2026: Strategic Positioning for Oversupply -The global oil market is hurtling toward a critical inflection point. By 2026, the International Energy Agency (IEA) projects a 3 million barrels per day (bpd) surplus, driven by relentless supply growth outpacing demand. This imbalance, fueled by OPEC+ production ramp-ups and non-OPEC expansion, threatens to collapse prices to levels not seen in a decade. For investors, the challenge lies in navigating this oversupply while identifying strategic opportunities to short vulnerable energy producers and hedge against price volatility. The IEA's latest analysis reveals a stark disconnect between supply and demand. Global oil production is set to surge by 4.4 million bpd by 2026, with OPEC+ accounting for 60% of the increase. Saudi Arabia, the U.S., and Canada are leading the charge, while Brazil and Guyana add incremental volumes. Meanwhile, demand growth is projected to stagnate at just 700,000 bpd in 2026, a 20,000 bpd revision downward from earlier forecasts. This disparity is already manifesting in inventory builds of 2.3 million bpd in Q1 2026, with floating storage and strategic reserves absorbing the overflow. The EIA forecasts Brent crude averaging $51/bbl in 2026, a 20% drop from 2025 levels. This trajectory is exacerbated by the U.S. administration's explicit goal to reduce prices to $50/bbl, a policy aligned with its broader energy strategy. The oversupply crisis creates fertile ground for shorting energy producers, particularly in subsectors with structural vulnerabilities.

  1. U.S. Shale Producers: Companies like Pioneer Natural Resources (PXD) and Occidental Petroleum (OXY) face margin compression as prices fall below their $65/bbl breakeven threshold. With 80% of their 2026 production unhedged, these firms are exposed to a 30% earnings decline if prices hit $50/bbl. Short-sellers have already accumulated $700 billion in oil equity short positions, betting on a wave of debt defaults and production cuts.
  2. Oilfield Services (OFS): Firms like Schlumberger (SLB) and Halliburton (HAL) are at risk as drilling activity wanes. With global rig counts projected to drop 15% in 2026, OFS revenue is expected to contract by 25–30%. Shorting these cyclical plays offers a leveraged bet on the sector's decline.
  3. OPEC+ Marginal Producers: Venezuela and Nigeria, with high production costs and infrastructure bottlenecks, are prime candidates for default. Shorting their sovereign debt or national oil companies could capitalize on liquidity strains.

While shorting strategies capitalize on the bearish outlook, hedging remains critical for managing downside risk. U.S. producers have adopted costless collars and three-way collars to lock in prices while retaining upside potential. For example, EQT and Diamondback Energy have hedged 60% of their 2026 production using these instruments, securing prices above $65/bbl. However, these hedges are short-term, with most expiring by mid-2026, leaving producers exposed to the long-term price collapse. Geopolitical risks, such as potential disruptions in the Strait of Hormuz or renewed Russia-Ukraine tensions, could temporarily spike prices. However, these events are unlikely to reverse the long-term oversupply trend. OPEC+'s accelerated unwinding of production cuts—fully lifting 2.2 million bpd of cuts by September 2025—will further exacerbate the surplus. Investors should monitor OPEC+ policy shifts and U.S. shale output, as these will dictate the pace of the price decline.

OPEC Raises Oil Demand Growth Estimates for Next Year --Global oil demand is set to grow by 1.38 million barrels per day (bpd) in 2026, OPEC said on Tuesday as it raised its forecast for next year by 100,000 bpd on the back of expected stronger economies in key oil-consuming regions. In its closely-watched monthly report out of Tuesday, OPEC said that the upward revision for 2026 was “on the back of expected better economic performance in OECD America, OECD Europe, as well as the Middle East and Africa.” The cartel left its demand growth estimate for this year unchanged at 1.29 million bpd, expecting global consumption to hit 106.36 million bpd in the fourth quarter. For 2026, the estimate is that the world will consume an average of 106.52 million bpd of oil, up by 100,000 bpd compared to last month’s assessment. While OPEC lifted the demand growth estimate for next year, it revised down the forecast of supply from producers outside the OPEC+ pact, by 100,000 bpd. This year’s non-OPEC+ liquids production is set to grow by 800,000 bpd to average 54.0 million bpd, unchanged from last month’s assessment. The U.S., Brazil, Canada, and Argentina will lead output growth of OPEC’s rival supply this year. U.S. growth will be 310,000 bpd this year—the biggest driver of non-OPEC+ oil production increases. But next year, in a major shift in the past years, it will be Brazil that will lead annual production growth among non-OPEC+ producers, not the United States. Brazil’s annual production growth is estimated at 160,000 bpd in 2026, while the U.S. increase is seen at 130,000 bpd, according to OPEC’s estimates. Overall, non-OPEC+ production is expected to grow by 600,000 bpd to average 54.7 million bpd in 2026—revised down by about 100,000 bpd from last month’s assessment. The main liquids production growth drivers are set to be Brazil, the U.S., Canada, and Argentina.

Oil Prices Slide to 2-Month Lows Ahead of Trump–Putin Meeting -Oil prices retreated in early Monday trading as traders await a closely watched meeting between U.S. President Donald Trump and Russian President Vladimir Putin in Alaska later this week. Brent crude slipped 0.7% to $66.13 a barrel, while WTI fell 0.8% to $63.36. The drop extends a recent downtrend, with Brent now at its lowest level since early June. Trump’s self-imposed deadline for Moscow to strike a peace deal with Ukraine passed without the imposition of new U.S. sanctions, a move that ING analysts say has temporarily calmed fears of immediate supply disruptions from Russia—one of the world’s largest crude exporters. While that eased supply-side tension, it also removed a key bullish driver for oil prices in the near term. CFTC data shows hedge funds and other speculators have cut their net long positions in Brent, signaling a shift in sentiment. ING notes that despite ongoing geopolitical flashpoints, traders are increasingly unwilling to bet on sustained price gains without stronger demand fundamentals. The bigger story for oil markets is on the demand side. Trump’s sweeping tariffs on dozens of U.S. trade partners are expected to dampen global trade flows and economic activity, weighing on fuel consumption. The IMF has already warned that escalating trade tensions could shave up to 0.5% from global GDP growth, which would translate into lower oil demand growth in 2024–2025. Recent manufacturing data from Europe and Asia has also shown a slowdown, adding to concerns that the global economy is losing momentum. “The market’s focus has clearly shifted from supply risks to demand risks,” ING said in a note. This week’s Trump–Putin meeting will be closely scrutinized for any signs of sanctions policy changes, which could either tighten supply or further depress prices if no action is taken. Traders will also watch for fresh Chinese economic data and U.S. inventory reports, which could either confirm or challenge the bearish demand narrative.

Traders Looked Ahead to Talks Between the U.S. and Russia - The crude oil market posted an inside trading day and settled higher as traders looked ahead to talks this week between the U.S. and Russia over the war in Ukraine. U.S. President Donald Trump is scheduled to meet Russia’s President Vladimir Putin on Friday in Alaska to negotiate an end to the war in Ukraine. President Trump set a deadline of last Friday to agree to peace or have its oil buyers face secondary sanctions. The market’s gains have been limited as the U.S. has only imposed an extra tariff on India alone rather than all buyers of Russian oil. The market posted a low of $63.02 in overnight trading before it retraced its previous losses and rallied to a high of $64.44 by mid-morning. The oil market later settled in a sideways trading range during the remainder of the session. The September WTI contract settled up 8 cents at $63.96 and the October Brent contract settled up 4 cents at $66.63. The product markets ended the session in mixed territory, with the heating oil market settling up 1.17 cents at $2.2910 and the RB market settled down 95 points at $2.0766. A White House official said U.S. President Donald Trump has signed an executive order extending a pause in sharply higher U.S. tariffs on Chinese imports for another 90 days. A tariff truce between Beijing and Washington had been set to expire on August 12th. U.S. President Donald Trump said that his meeting with Russian President Vladimir Putin this Friday in Alaska will be a “feel-out meeting” aimed at urging Russia to end the war in Ukraine. He said both Ukraine and Russia would have to cede land to each other to end the war. He also said a future meeting could include Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskiy. Meanwhile, Ukraine’s President Volodymyr Zelinskiy said that there were no signs that Russia was preparing to put an end to its hostilities in Ukraine. He said Russia was instead moving troops and forces in such a way as to launch new offensive operations. European leaders and Ukraine’s Volodymyr Zelenskiy will speak to U.S. President Donald Trump this week ahead of his summit with Russian leader Vladimir Putin, amid fears Washington may dictate unfavorable peace terms to Ukraine. UBS expects Brent crude to trade unchanged at $68/barrel at the end of September. It sees a decline to $62/barrel by the end of 2025 and March 2026 for Brent crude. It then sees a recovery in prices to $65/barrel by mid-2026, where it will likely remain around the second half of the year. It narrowed the WTI discount to Brent to $3/barrel from a previous forecast of $4/barrel. UBS expects OPEC+ to pause its production adjustments, unless larger lasting unexpected supply disruptions emerge. It expects global oil demand to set a peak for 2025 this month and modestly decline over the coming months. Several trade sources said Saudi Arabia’s crude oil exports to China are set to fall in September, falling from a more than two-year high in August after the world’s largest exporter increased its prices. Saudi Aramco will ship about 43 million barrels or 1.43 million bpd to China in September. That is down from 1.65 million bpd allocated in August. IIR Energy reported that U.S. oil refiners are expected to shut in about 221,000 bpd of capacity in the week ending August 15th, unchanged from the previous week.

Oil settles flat ahead of US-Russia talks (Reuters) - Oil settled flat on Monday after falling more than 4% last week, as investors looked towards talks this week between the U.S. and Russia over the war in Ukraine. Brent crude futures settled up 4 cents, or 0.06%, at $66.63 a barrel. U.S. West Texas Intermediate crude futures settled up 8 cents, or 0.13%, at $63.96. U.S. President Donald Trump said on Friday he would meet Russian President Vladimir Putin on August 15 in Alaska to negotiate an end to the war in Ukraine. The talks follow increased U.S. pressure on Russia, raising the prospect of tighter penalties on Moscow if a peace deal is not reached. Trump said on Monday both Ukraine and Russia would have to cede land to each other to end the war and that his talks with Putin would be aimed at taking the temperature on a possible deal. Trump set a deadline of last Friday for Russia, which invaded Ukraine in February 2022, to agree to peace or have its oil buyers face secondary sanctions. At the same time, Washington is pressing India to reduce purchases of Russian oil. Oil prices have fallen in recent days as market participants lowered supply disruption estimates, probably because the U.S. imposed an extra tariff only on India rather than all buyers of Russian oil, said UBS analyst Giovanni Staunovo. UBS has lowered its year-end Brent crude forecast to $62 a barrel from $68, citing higher supply from South America and resilient output from sanctioned countries. Indian demand had fallen short of expectations of late, the bank said, adding it expected OPEC+ to pause its production increases unless larger unexpected supply disruptions emerge. OPEC's oil output rose further in July after an OPEC+ agreement to raise production, a Reuters survey found on Friday, although the hike was limited by Iraq making additional cuts and by drone attacks on Kurdish oilfields. "The balance right now is between OPEC not raising production as much as anticipated versus the possibility that there will be a Ukraine ceasefire deal, and Russian oil might start to flow freely. That balance has oil bouncing around like a yo-yo right now," Elsewhere, an Exxon Mobil-led consortium began crude production four months earlier than expected at a fourth floating production, storage and offloading vessel in Guyana, Exxon said on Friday. Separately, data from the National Bureau of Statistics on Saturday showed China’s producer prices fell more than expected in July.

Oil edges up amid tariff delay, uncertainty over Russia-US talks - Oil prices rose slightly on Tuesday after US President Donald Trump signed an executive order delaying increased tariffs on Chinese goods for 90 days, while uncertainty over Washington-Moscow talks and concerns about persistent US inflation capped further gains. International benchmark Brent crude rose 0.2% to $66.53 per barrel at 10.30 a.m. local time (0730 GMT), up from $66.38 at Monday’s close. US benchmark West Texas Intermediate (WTI) increased 0.1% to $63.38 per barrel, compared to $63.28 in the previous session. On Monday, Trump announced he had signed an order extending the suspension of higher tariffs on Chinese imports until Nov. 10. "All other elements of the Agreement will remain the same. Thank you for your attention to this matter!" Trump said on Truth Social. The order maintains a 10% reciprocal tariff during the suspension period. Analysts say the move could bolster energy demand by supporting economic activity, lending upward momentum to oil prices. Meanwhile, uncertainty surrounding an upcoming meeting between Trump and Russian President Vladimir Putin continued to weigh on sentiment. Trump said he plans to review Putin's proposal to end Kremlin's war in Ukraine during a summit in Alaska and hopes to secure a sit-down between the two leaders. "I like to see a ceasefire very, very quickly, very quick. I'd like to see it immediately, but I'd like to see it very quickly," Trump said. Analysts say that progress toward a ceasefire could ease supply concerns and lower prices, but the risk of no agreement keeps prices supported. In a related development, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy urged Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi to further restrict Russian oil exports, adding additional upward pressure on prices. The two leaders also discussed sanctions against Russia and agreed to meet at the UN General Assembly in September, according to Zelenskyy. His comments came as India faces 50% US tariffs, partly over its purchases of Russian crude. India, alongside China, remains one of Russia's largest crude customers. On the other hand, data showing US inflation is still above the Federal Reserve's 2% target strengthened expectations that the central bank will delay interest rate cuts, which limited price gains. Rate reductions aimed at stimulating economic growth typically increase demand in oil-reliant sectors such as manufacturing and transportation. Analysts caution that a delay could weigh on prices by curbing demand.

News of the U.S. and China Extending a Pause on Higher Tariffs - The oil market on Tuesday posted yet another inside trading day as the market weighed the news of the U.S. and China extending a pause on higher tariffs and the meeting between U.S. President Donald Trump and Russia’s President Vladimir Putin on Friday. The market remained cautious ahead of the meeting as any progress in a ceasefire or even a peace deal would likely mean that Russian barrels will continue flowing. The market posted a high of $64.34 early in the morning before it erased its gains and sold off to a low of $63.06 in afternoon trading. The market later settled in a sideways trading range ahead of the close as it positioned itself ahead of the weekly petroleum stocks reports later in the evening and Wednesday morning. The September WTI contract settled down 79 cents at $63.17 and the October Brent contract settled down 51 cents at $66.12. The product markets ended the session in negative territory, with the heating oil market settling down 4.69 cents at $2.2441 and the RB market settling down 22 points at $2.0744. OPEC raised its forecast for global oil demand next year and cut its forecast for growth in supply from the United States and other producers outside the wider OPEC+ group, pointing to a tighter market outlook. OPEC said world oil demand will increase by 1.38 million bpd in 2026, up 100,000 bpd from the previous forecast. This year’s expectation was left unchanged at 1.29 million bpd. Oil supply from countries outside OPEC+ will increase by about 810,000 bpd this year and 630,000 bpd in 2026, down from last month’s forecast of 730,000 bpd. The outlook for higher demand and a drop in supply growth from outside OPEC+ would make it easier for OPEC+ to proceed with its plan to produce more barrels to regain market share after years of cuts aimed at supporting the market. The report also showed that in July, OPEC+ raised its crude output by 335,000 bpd, a further increase reflecting its decisions this year to increase output quotas. OPEC+ crude output averaged 41.94 million bpd in July. OPEC crude oil production increased by 263,000 bpd to 27.54 million bpd. The EIA released their latest Short Term Energy Report on Tuesday and it has revised downward its projection for U.S. crude oil output in 2026 by 90,000 b/d to 13.28 million b/d. This would mark the first annual drop in U.S. domestic crude production since 2021. But the EIA sees U.S. crude oil production hitting a new all-time high this coming December of 13.6 million b/d before beginning its contraction. The EIA also increased its forecasts for a global supply surplus in 2025 to about 1.7 million b/d, up from a previously estimated 1.1 million b/d.BloombergNEF is estimating global passenger jet fuel demand for the period of August 12-18 will drop by 0.6% to some 7.46 million b/d. The demand for the week though is still some 4.2% higher than the same week a year ago. The Farmers’ Almanac this week has released its winter forecast for 2025-2026. It warns of cold for a massive portion of the United States, with the season’s coldest temperatures will be found from the Northern Plains to New England”. The Farmer’s Almanac in particular is calling for “a significant cold snap in mid-January” followed by another in mid-February.

Oil prices dip as market awaits EIA report (Reuters) - Oil prices dipped on Tuesday as traders awaited an inventory report from the U.S. Energy Information Administration and began looking toward declining demand at the end of the summer driving season in early September. Brent crude futures settled at $66.12 a barrel, down 51 cents, or 0.77%. U.S. West Texas Intermediate crude futures finished at $63.17, down 79 cents, or 1.24%. "We're not getting any lift from the stock market and the inflation report was positive and points to a rate cut." U.S. consumer prices increased in July as tariff-induced rising costs for imported goods helped to drive the strongest gain in six months for one measure of underlying inflation. Kilduff said demand for diesel, which has driven oil demand, appeared to be flagging. Inventory reports from the American Petroleum Institute and EIA on Tuesday and Wednesday, respectively, may show signs of falling demand. Outlooks issued by OPEC and the EIA pointed to increased production this year, but both expect U.S. output to decline in 2026 while other regions of the globe will increase oil and natural gas production. OPEC's monthly report on Tuesday said global oil demand will rise by 1.38 million barrels per day in 2026, up 100,000 bpd from the previous forecast. Its 2025 projection was left unchanged. U.S. crude production will hit a record 13.41 million bpd in 2025 due to increases in well productivity, though lower oil prices will prompt a fall in output in 2026, the EIA forecast on Tuesday in a monthly report. The decline in 2026 production to 13.28 million bpd would be the first drop in output since 2021 for the world's largest producer. Prices for the international benchmark Brent will average $51 per barrel next year, down from the EIA's previous forecast of $58 per barrel, after OPEC and its members decided to accelerate the pace of production increases. This week, U.S. President Donald Trump extended a tariff truce with China to November 10, staving off triple-digit duties on Chinese goods as U.S. retailers prepared for the critical end-of-year holiday season. Also potentially weighing on the oil market, Trump and Russian President Vladimir Putin are due to meet in Alaska on Friday to discuss ending Russia's war in Ukraine. "If Friday's meeting brings a ceasefire or even a peace deal in Ukraine closer, Trump could suspend the secondary tariffs imposed on India last week before they come into force in two weeks," Commerzbank said in a note. "If not, we could see tougher sanctions against other buyers of Russian oil, like China."

Oil Demand Steadies As Supply Rises, Market Eyes Price Stability -Oil prices dipped midweek as market sentiment shifted in response to the International Energy Agency's latest forecast, which indicated that global oil supply is set to outpace demand this year. Brent crude futures slipped 41 cents, or 0.6 per cent, to $65.71 a barrel by mid-morning London time, while US West Texas Intermediate fell 50 cents, or 0.8 per cent to $62.67.Analysts pointed to the combination of the American Petroleum Institute's latest inventory data and the IEA's softer demand outlook as key drivers of the downward move, even as the market awaits Friday's meeting between US President Donald Trump and Russian President Vladimir Putin.The IEA has raised its projections for oil supply growth in 2025 while trimming demand forecasts, citing weaker fuel consumption in major economies such as China, India and Brazil. However, the agency still expects global oil demand to grow by 680,000 barrels per day (bpd) in 2025 and 700,000 bpd in 2026, bringing total demand to around 104.4 million bpd. Growth in the second quarter came entirely from non-OECD countries, while consumption in the OECD was flat. Aviation has been a notable bright spot, with global jet fuel demand hitting record summer highs in the US and Europe.Konstantinos Chrysikos of Kudotrade stated in a note to Khaleej Times that crude oil remained under pressure on Wednesday as the market awaited more US inventory data and the upcoming meeting between Trump and Putin.“The market was also reacting to the US crude stockpiles API data, which rose by 1.5 million barrels.” The unexpected rise in inventories could weigh on demand expectations in the US and leave market participants more cautious.Daniela Sabin Hathorn, senior market analyst at Capital, stated that oil markets have entered a cautious“wait-and-see” mode ahead of the scheduled meeting between President Trump and President Putin in Alaska. Prices have stabilised after heavy losses since the start of August, with Brent crude holding firm around the $66 mark, while WTI hovers just above key support at $652 per barrel. This relative calm reflects investor hesitation to make big moves until the diplomatic outcome becomes clearer.On the supply side, global output remained steady in July at 105.6 million bpd, with a drop in Opec+ production offset by an equivalent increase from non-Opec+ sources. Higher Opec+ targets from September will push global supply growth to 2.5 million bpd this year and 1.9 million bpd in 2026, with non-Opec+ producers contributing the largest share. Recent commitments by eight Opec+ members to unwind the 2.2 million bpd of voluntary cuts by September will add 547,000 bpd in the coming month. Non-Opec+ supply will be bolstered by US natural gas liquids, Canadian crude, and offshore production in the US, Brazil and Guyana.Opec's own monthly oil report this week made no changes to its 2025 demand and supply outlook, but raised its 2026 demand growth forecast by 100,000 bpd to 1.38 million bpd, while lowering non-Opec+ supply growth for that year. This points to a tighter market over the medium term. The US Energy Information Administration, meanwhile, slightly increased its crude oil production estimate for 2025 to 13.41 million bpd, though it expects output to decline by 130,000 bpd in 2026 amid reduced drilling activity.While the near-term supply outlook is comfortably balanced, geopolitical factors continue to cloud the longer-term picture. The US has introduced its most significant Iran-related sanctions since 2018, aiming to restrict Tehran's ability to sell oil, while pressing major buyers of Russian crude, notably India, to scale back imports. The European Union is preparing a ban on oil products refined from Russian crude starting in January 2026, along with a lower price cap on Russian oil from September this year. At the same time, Washington has eased restrictions on Venezuela, with Chevron granted a new licence to operate and export oil.Oil prices have remained relatively stable in recent months, with Brent crude hovering near $70 a barrel in July, reflecting low market volatility. However, early August saw prices fall to around $67 following Opec+'s announcement to fully unwind production cuts. Market watchers say the interplay between rising supply, uneven demand growth, and the impact of sanctions will be pivotal in determining price trends for the rest of 2025 and into 2026.

WTI Hovers Near 11-Week Lows After Surprise Crude Build, Production Pop - Oil prices fell to a ten-week low early on Wednesday as another major forecasting agency warned global inventories are on the rise amid higher supply while a report showed an unexpected hike in U.S. inventories.In its monthly Oil Market Report, the International Energy Agency again trimmed its 2025 demand-growth forecast to 0.7-million barrels per day (bpd), down by 20,000 bpd from July and by 350,000 bpd since the start of the year, on weaker than expected demand from developing economies."While oil market balances look ever more bloated as forecast supply far eclipses demand towards year-end and in 2026, additional sanctions on Russia and Iran may curb supplies from the world's third and fifth largest producers ... While it is still too early to determine the outcome of these latest policy changes moving in different directions, it is clear that something will have to give for the market to balance," the report noted.The report follows on Tuesday's Short-Term Energy Outlook from the Energy Information Administration (EIA) that slashed its Brent crude price forecast to US$58.00 per barrel in the fourth quarter, down from its July forecast of US$71.00, as it sees supply up 2.0-million bpd in the second half of 2025 from the year's first six months, while demand is up by only 1.6-million b/d, pushing inventories higher and lowering prices. Overnight saw prices drift lower after API reported a surprise crude build, adding to concerns that demand may not be there. API:

  • Crude +1.52mm (-1.0mm exp)
  • Cushing
  • Gasoline -1.78mm
  • Distillates +295k

DOE

  • Crude +3.036mm (-1.0mm exp)
  • Cushing +45k
  • Gasoline -792k
  • Distillates +714k

The official data confirmed API's surprise build for crude stocks as the Cushing hub saw stocks rise fo rthe 6th straight week (though only modestly last week)... Graphics Source: Bloomberg. Another weekly addition to the SPR helped drive total US commercial crude stocks higher... US Crude production inched higher last week (amid ongoing trend lower in rig counts)... Crude prices hovered near the lows of the day...

The Market Weighed an Unexpected Build in Crude Oil Inventories - The crude oil market traded lower as the market weighed an unexpected build in crude oil inventories against comments made by U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent over leveraging sanctions against Russia. The crude market continued to trade lower in overnight trading after the IEA raised its forecast for oil supply growth this year and lowered its demand forecast. However, the market traded higher and posted a high of $63.38 in light of the news of Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent stating that sanctions or secondary tariffs could be increased if the meeting between U.S. President Donald Trump and Russia’s President Vladimir Putin on Friday does not go well and called on European leaders to also leverage sanctions. However, the market traded lower in light of the EIA reporting an unexpected build in crude stocks of 3 million barrels in the week ending August 8th. The oil market sold off to a low of $61.94 by mid-day and settled in a sideways trading range during the remainder of the session. The September WTI contract settled down 52 cents at $62.65 and the October Brent contract settled down 49 cents at $65.63. Meanwhile, the product markets ended the session lower, with the heating oil market settling down 13 points at $2.2428 and the RB market settling down 40 points at $2.0704. The International Energy Agency raised its forecast for oil supply growth this year following a decision by the OPEC+ producer group to increase its production and lowered its demand forecast due to lower demand across the major economies. The IEA expects world oil supply to increase by 2.5 million bpd in 2025, up from 2.1 million bpd previously forecast. World oil demand will increase by 680,000 bpd this year, down from 700,000 bpd previously forecast. It also lowered its 2026 oil demand growth forecast to 700,000 bpd for 2026, down from a previous forecast of 720,000 bpd. It said the market is on track for a record surplus next year as output increases and demand growth slows. Oil inventories will accumulate at a rate of 2.96 million bpd. According to the IEA, despite higher OPEC+ production, non-OPEC producers will continue to lead world supply growth this year and next. It increased its forecast for non-OPEC+ supply growth in 2026 by 100,000 bpd to 1 million bpd, led by the U.S., Guyana, Canada and Brazil. Despite lowering its demand forecast, the IEA expects global oil refining runs to approach an all-time high of 85.6 million bpd in August.U.S. President Donald Trump said that if his meeting with Russian President Vladimir Putin goes well, he would like to have a quick second meeting with Russia’s President, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskiy, and himself. He did not provide a timeframe for a second meeting. He also said Russia would face consequences if Russia’s President does not agree to stop the war.Crude oil flows on the 950,000 bpd Seaway crude oil pipeline fell due to flooding.IIR Energy reported that U.S. oil refiners are expected to shut in about 221,000 bpd of capacity in the week ending August 15th, unchanged from the previous week.

Oil Prices Rise As Fed Rate Cut, Trump-Putin Talks Loom - Oil prices rose about 1% on Thursday after U.S. President Donald Trump warned of "severe consequences" if his talks with Russian President Vladimir Putin on Ukraine fail and on expectations that a U.S. interest rate cut next month could spur oil demand. Central banks, like the U.S. Federal Reserve, use interest rates to control inflation. Lower interest rates reduce consumer borrowing costs and can boost economic growth and demand for oil. Brent crude futures were up 87 cents, or 1.3%, to $66.50 a barrel at 10:53 a.m. EDT (1453 GMT), while U.S. West Texas Intermediate (WTI) crude rose 88 cents, or 1.4%, to $63.53. Those price gains pushed both crude benchmarks out of technically oversold territory for the first time in three days. Brent closed on Tuesday at its lowest price since June 5 and WTI closed at its lowest price since June 2 due in part to bearish inventory and supply data from the U.S. Energy Information Administration and the International Energy Agency. Putin on Thursday praised "sincere efforts" by the U.S. to end the war in Ukraine and floated the prospect of a nuclear arms deal ahead of a summit on Friday in Alaska with Trump. U.S. allies in Europe have urged Trump to stand firm. Russia was the second-biggest producer of crude in 2024 behind the U.S., so any agreement that may ease sanctions on Moscow would likely boost the amount of Russian oil available for export to global markets. Trump on Wednesday threatened "severe consequences" if Putin does not agree to peace in Ukraine. The U.S. president did not specify what the consequences could be, but he has warned of economic sanctions if the meeting on Friday proves fruitless. Trump has threatened to enact secondary tariffs on buyers of Russian crude, primarily China and India, if Russia continues its war in Ukraine. "The uncertainty of U.S.-Russia peace talks continues to add a bullish risk premium given Russian oil buyers could face more economic pressure," Rystad Energy said in a client note. Some analysts, however, remained sceptical that Trump would take action that could significantly disrupt oil supplies. Expectations that the Fed will cut interest rates in September also propped up oil prices. Traders overwhelmingly believe a cut will happen next month after U.S. consumer prices increased at a moderate pace in July. U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent said he thought an aggressive half-percentage-point cut was possible given recent weak employment numbers. But a jump in U.S. wholesale prices last month looks to have all but erased the possibility that the Fed will deliver a jumbo-sized half-percentage-point interest rate cut in September, though expectations for a quarter-percentage-point move next month, followed by another in October, remain intact. San Francisco Fed President Mary Daly has pushed back against the need for a 50-basis-point rate cut at the U.S. central bank's September 16-17 meeting, the Wall Street Journal reported on Thursday. In Europe, meanwhile, Norwegian oil and gas investments are expected to peak this year, and start declining next year as major projects are completed, a statistics office survey of industry players showed on Thursday. Norway produces about 2% of global oil. It became Europe's largest supplier of pipeline gas after Russia's invasion of Ukraine in February 2022.

Upcoming U.S.-Russia Talks on Russian Crude Flows - The oil market on Thursday retraced its previous losses as traders weighed the potential impact of the upcoming U.S.-Russia talks on Russian crude flows, after U.S. President Donald Trump warned of “severe consequences” for Russia if it does not agree to peace. The oil market traded sideways and posted a low of $62.58 in overnight trading. However, the market bounced off that level and extended its gains throughout the session, posting a high of $64.04 ahead of the close. The uncertainty over the talks contributed to the bullish sentiment amid the possibility that Russian oil buyers could face more economic pressure. The market was also supported by the expectations that the Fed will cut interest rates in September in light of the increase in U.S. consumer prices. The September WTI contract settled up $1.31 at $63.96 and continued to trade higher, posting a new high of $64.09 in the post settlement period. The October Brent contract settled up $1.21 at $66.84. The product markets ended the session in mixed territory, with the heating oil market settling down 83 points at $2.2345 and the RB market settling up 3.88 cents at $2.1092. U.S. President Donald Trump said he believed Russia’s President Vladimir Putin was ready to make a deal on ending the war with Ukraine but added that peace would likely require at least a second meeting involving Ukraine’s President Volodymyr Zelenskiy. Earlier, U.S. Secretary of State, Marco Rubio, said President Donald Trump will go into talks with Russian President Vladimir Putin on Friday hoping to achieve a halt to the fighting in the war in Ukraine, but added that a comprehensive solution to the conflict will take longer. Russian President Vladimir Putin said that the United States was making “sincere efforts” to halt the war in Ukraine and suggested Russia and the U.S. could agree a nuclear arms deal as part of a wider effort to strengthen peace. Bank of America projects an average surplus of 890,000 bpd of crude oil from July 2025 through June 2026, resulting in a global oil inventory build up of 100 million barrels. it reiterated its bearish outlook for prices in the second half of this year, with Brent averaging $63.50/barrel, temporarily breaking below $60/barrel. It said monetary/fiscal policy, a weaker U.S. dollar, OPEC+ discipline and lower U.S. volumes my trigger a rebound over $70/barrel by the middle of 2026. Bank of America continues to see long-dated Brent crude prices holding up in a $60-$80/barrel range and project a price recovery into the second half of 2026. Phillips 66 has reduced gasoline output at its 258,000 bpd Bayway refinery in Linden, New Jersey, after a fire near the plant’s gasoline producing unit. An ancillary piece of equipment of the refinery’s fluid catalytic cracking unit caught fire and led to the production outage. The cause of the fire was not immediately clear. The refinery is expected to resolve the issue over the coming days and return to full production. Production on a 75,000 bpd fluidic catalytic cracking unit was shut by a malfunction at Valero Energy’s 380,000 bpd Port Arthur, Texas refinery.

Oil prices climb 2% to 1-week high as Fed rate cut, Trump-Putin talks loom (Reuters) - Oil prices climbed about 2% to a one-week high on Thursday after U.S. President Donald Trump warned of "severe consequences" if his talks with Russian President Vladimir Putinon Ukraine fail, and on optimism that a likely U.S. interest rate cut next month could spur oil demand. Central banks, like the U.S. Federal Reserve, use interest rates to control inflation. Lower rates reduce consumer borrowing costs and can boost economic growth and demand for oil. Brent crude futures rose $1.21, or 1.8%, to settle at $66.84 a barrel, while U.S. West Texas Intermediate (WTI) crude rose $1.31, or 2.1%, to settle at $63.96. Those price gains pushed both crude benchmarks out of technically oversold territory for the first time in three days, and led Brent to its highest close since August 6. On Tuesday, Brent closed at its lowest price since June 5 and WTI closed at its lowest price since June 2 due in part to bearish inventory and supply data from the U.S. Energy Information Administration and the International Energy Agency. said on Thursday he thought Putin was ready to make a deal on ending his war in Ukraine after the Russian president floated the prospect of a on the eve of their summit in Alaska. But on Wednesday, Trump threatened "severe consequences" if Putin does not agree to peace in Ukraine, without elaborating. Trump has warned of economic sanctions if the meeting on Friday proves fruitless. Russia was the second-biggest producer of crude in 2024 behind the U.S., so any agreement that could ease sanctions on Moscow would likely boost the amount of Russian oil available for export to global markets. Trump has threatened to enact secondary tariffs on buyers of Russian crude, primarily China and India, if Russia continues its war in Ukraine. "The uncertainty of U.S.-Russia peace talks continues to add a bullish risk premium given Russian oil buyers could face more economic pressure," Rystad Energy said in a client note. Some analysts, however, remained skeptical that Trump would take action that could significantly disrupt oil supplies. Expectations that the Fed will cut rates in September also propped up oil prices. Traders mostly believe a cut will happen next month after U.S. consumer prices increased at a moderate pace in July. U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent said he thought an aggressive half-percentage-point cut was possible given recent weak employment numbers. But a jump in is likely to bolster concerns among Fed policymakers that rising inflation remains a risk, intensifying debate over the rationale for an rate cut next month and leaving the tension between the U.S. central bank and the White House unresolved. In Europe, Norwegian oil and gas investments are expected to peak this year and start declining in 2026 as major projects are completed, a statistics office survey of industry players showed on Thursday. Norway produces about 2% of global oil. It became Europe's largest supplier of pipeline gas after Russia's invasion of Ukraine in February 2022.

Oil prices edge lower ahead of Trump-Putin summit in Alaska - Oil prices slipped on Friday as markets focused on today's meeting in Alaska between US President Donald Trump and Russian President Vladimir Putin. International benchmark Brent crude fell 0.57% to $66.08 a barrel at 10:43 a.m. local time (0743 GMT), down from $66.46 at Thursday’s close. US benchmark West Texas Intermediate (WTI) decreased 0.61% to $62.72 per barrel, compared to $63.11 in the previous session. Markets were grappling with uncertainty ahead of the summit, scheduled for Aug. 15 at Joint Base Elmendorf‑Richardson in Anchorage. The US President said on Thursday that European leaders may be invited to a potential follow-on multilateral meeting after he sits down with Russian President Putin later this week. Trump said he thinks the sit-down will be a "good meeting," but emphasized that the "more important meeting will be the second meeting that we're having." "We're going to have a meeting with President Putin, President Zelenskyy, myself, and maybe we'll bring some of the European leaders along. Maybe not," Trump told reporters in the Oval Office. "We're going to see what happens. And I think President Putin will make peace. I think President Zelenskyy will make peace. We'll see if they can get along. And if they can, it will be great," he added. It remains unclear if the second meeting will materialize after Trump and Putin hold their sit-down. Experts say progress toward a ceasefire could ease supply concerns and put downward pressure on oil prices, but prices could remain supported if the talks end without agreement. Meanwhile, a higher-than-expected rise in the US Producer Price Index (PPI) fueled concerns about the inflationary impact of tariffs, adding downward pressure on oil prices. The PPI rose 0.9% in July from the prior month and 3.3% from a year earlier, surpassing expectations. It marked the largest monthly increase since June 2022 and the biggest annual gain since February. Expectations for interest rate cuts by the US Federal Reserve (Fed) strengthened after Tuesday's Consumer Price Index data showed moderate results, but eased following Wednesday's higher PPI reading. Money market pricing shows a 94% chance the Fed will cut interest rates at its September meeting, with a quarter-point move still widely expected and the odds of a half-point cut remaining low. Lower policy rates are expected to boost US economic activity, supporting higher oil demand.

Oil Prices Drop as Traders Await Trump-Putin Summit -- Oil prices fell by more than 1% early on Friday as the market awaits the outcome of the summit between U.S. President Donald Trump and his Russian counterpart Vladimir Putin, who will discuss a potential ceasefire in Ukraine. As of 9:37 a.m. EST on Friday, the U.S. benchmark oil price, WTI Crude, was down by 1.38% at $63.10, as President Trump departed for Anchorage, Alaska, to meet with Putin. The international benchmark, Brent Crude, traded 1.18% lower at $66.07 per barrel. The face-to-face meeting between President Trump and Putin is expected to begin around 3 p.m. EST and it’s unclear how long it would take. President Trump on Thursday threatened “very severe consequences” for Russia if Putin does not agree to a ceasefire agreement. The market struggles to anticipate what the outcome of the Trump-Putin meeting will be. Some analysts are concerned that President Trump could agree to Russian terms that could include territorial concession by Ukraine. Ukraine’s President Volodymyr Zelenskyy has said that decisions about Ukraine taken in his absence would be meaningless.Trump has signaled he would at a later stage work for a meeting that would include Zelenskyy. According to A/S Global Risk Management’s chief analyst Arne Lohmann Rasmussen, the Friday meeting “is unlikely to deliver significant results.” “If a follow-up meeting is agreed, Trump may seek to place responsibility on Putin and Zelenskiy,” Rasmussen told Bloomberg. “In the near term, new US sanctions are unlikely; a relaxation cannot be ruled out unless the meeting collapses,” the analyst added. A relaxation of the U.S. sanctions against Russia could increase concerns about oversupply on the market later this year and early 2026. “The geopolitical risk premium tied to the Trump–Putin meeting in Alaska is now a secondary driver, and unless talks break down sharply, the macro drag from the demand outlook may keep a lid on rallies, with Brent potentially struggling above USD 70 per barrel,” Ole Hansen, Head of Commodity Strategy at Saxo Bank, saidin a Friday note.

Oil hits two-month low as US, IEA supply guidance weighs (Reuters) - Oil prices closed down nearly $1 on Friday as traders awaited talks between U.S. President Donald Trump and Russian leader Vladimir Putin, which could lead to an easing of the sanctions imposed on Moscow over the war in Ukraine. Brent crude futures settled 99 cents, or 1.5%, lower at $65.85 a barrel, while U.S. West Texas Intermediate crude futures eased $1.16, or 1.8%, lower at $62.80. Trump arrived in Alaska on Friday for his summit with Putin after saying he wants to see a ceasefire in the war in Ukraine "today." Trump has said he believes Russia is prepared to end the war, but he has also threatened to impose secondary sanctions on countries that buy Russian oil if there is no progress with peace talks. Putin also arrived in Anchorage. Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov said Russia expects the talks to bring results, Russia's Interfax news agency reported. "President Trump will likely threaten further tariff pressure on India and possibly China as far as oil imports from Russia if the meeting stalemates, which is keeping a nervous trade to crude," said Dennis Kissler, senior vice president of trading at BOK Financial. "If a ceasefire announcement is made, it will be taken as a negative to crude near-term," Kissler added. For the week, WTI dropped 1.7%, while Brent eased 1.1%. Weaker economic data from China, meanwhile, raised concerns over fuel demand. Chinese government data showed factory output growth slumped to an eight-month low and retail sales growth expanded at its slowest pace since December, weighing on sentiment despite stronger oil throughput in the world's second-largest crude user. Throughput at Chinese refineries rose 8.9% year-on-year in July, but that was down from June levels, which were the highest since September 2023. Despite the increase, China's oil product exports last month were also up from a year ago, suggesting lower domestic fuel demand. Forecasts of a growing oil market surplus also weighed on sentiment, as did the prospect of higher-for-longer U.S. interest rates. Oil rig count, an indicator of future supply, rose by one to 412 this week, Baker Hughes data showed. Bank of America analysts said on Thursday that they were widening their forecast for the oil market surplus, citing growing supplies from the OPEC+ producer group comprising the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries, Russia and other allies. The analysts now project an average surplus of 890,000 barrels per day from July 2025 through June 2026. That forecast follows this week's International Energy Agency predictions saying the oil market looks "bloated" after the latest increases to OPEC+ output.

US EIA forecasts crude oil to average below $60 by 2026 -The US Energy Information Administration (EIA) has projected a notable decrease in crude oil prices, anticipating that global oil supply will significantly outpace the demand for petroleum products.The EIA forecasts in its August Short-Term Energy Outlook (STEO) that the Brent crude oil spot price will average less than $60 per barrel (bbl) in the fourth quarter of 2025 (Q4 2025).This marks the first instance of such low average prices since 2020.Furthermore, OPEC+ recently declared that it would end its oil production cuts by September 2025, a year earlier than initially planned.This adjustment is expected to contribute to most of global oil production growth coming from OPEC+ countries for the first time since the EIA began its OPEC+ production forecast in 2023.The anticipated supply growth is projected to exceed demand, leading to a rapid increase in inventories.EIA acting administrator Steve Nalley said: “There is a lot of uncertainty in the petroleum market. In the past, we have seen significant drops in oil price when inventories grow as quickly as we are expecting in the coming months.”The EIA also predicts that the lower oil prices will result in reduced US retail prices for gasoline and diesel and will cause domestic oil production to fall from the record highs seen in 2025.Global oil prices are expected to drop from over $70/bbl in July to an average of around $58/bbl in Q4 2025, with a further decline to just above $50/bbl in 2026.US crude oil production is set to reach an all-time high of nearly 13.6 million barrels per day (mbbl/d) in December 2025, but declining prices in 2026 are likely to reduce drilling and well completion activities.The EIA estimates that US crude oil production will average 13.3mbbl/d in 2026.However, the EIA’s petroleum forecasts face uncertainties, particularly around supply-related risks.Factors such as a break in the Israel-Iran ceasefire, heightened tensions or additional sanctions related to the Russia-Ukraine conflict, or changes in trade policy could impact supply and demand dynamics, potentially affecting oil prices.Regarding natural gas, the EIA expects US prices to rise, with the Henry Hub natural gas spot price increasing from an average of $3.20 per million British thermal units (MBtu) in July to almost $3.60/MBtu in the second half of 2025.This is expected to further rise to $4.30/MBtu in 2026 due to steady production and growing exports of liquefied natural gas. The macroeconomic outlook used by the EIA in the STEO is based on S&P Global’s model, which includes tariff adjustments announced in April and the 90-day temporary suspension of tariffs granted to most countries.

Financial WMD: How Iran Could Trigger A Global Economic Collapse - Warren Buffett once referred to derivatives as “financial weapons of mass destruction.” He wasn’t being dramatic—he was warning that if things went wrong, these complex financial instruments could cause massive, far-reaching damage to the global economy. What Buffett feared most was how a sudden, unexpected market shock could set off a dangerous chain reaction through the financial system, fueled by the hidden risks and tangled interconnections that derivatives create.These instruments link major banks, hedge funds, and corporations in an intricate web of bets on the future prices of oil, interest rates, currencies, and more.The fear spreads quickly, because many of these derivative contracts are opaque—no one really knows who is exposed or by how much. That uncertainty can lead to panic in the markets, as everyone starts pulling back at once. Losses like these rarely stay contained. A default in one part of the system spreads risk outward. If a major player can’t cover its exposure, it endangers its counterparties. If one of those is a major bank, the problem quickly becomes systemic. This is precisely the kind of domino effect Buffett was describing—a market shock lighting fuses in unexpected places, turning financial interconnectivity into financial fragility. Because derivatives are so interconnected and can involve huge sums of money, the damage can grow quickly and unpredictably, much like a series of explosions. That’s why Buffett saw them not just as risky tools, but as potential threats to the entire financial system. In other words, financial WMD. So why bring this up now? Because the recent war between Israel, the US, and Iran is far from over. At some point, a far more serious confrontation between the US and Iran appears inevitable—and when it comes, it will almost certainly disrupt the flow of oil and gas from the Persian Gulf. To call that a severe supply disruption would be an understatement. Consider this. The Strait of Hormuz is a narrow strip of water that links the Persian Gulf to the rest of the world. It’s the world’s single-most important energy corridor, and there’s no alternative route. Five of the world’s top 10 oil-producing countries—Saudi Arabia, Iran, Iraq, United Arab Emirates, and Kuwait—border the Persian Gulf, as does Qatar, the world’s largest exporter of liquefied natural gas (LNG). The Strait of Hormuz is their only sea route to the open ocean… and world markets. At its narrowest point, the space available for shipping lanes in the Strait of Hormuz is just 3.2 kilometers wide. According to the US Energy Information Administration, around 20 million barrels of oil transit the Strait daily, accounting for roughly 20% of global oil production—worth about $1.4 billion per day at current prices. Another 20% of global LNG exports also move through the Strait. It’s hard to overstate the importance of the Strait of Hormuz to the global economy. If someone were to disrupt the Strait, it would ignite a full-blown energy crisis, sending prices soaring and financial markets into chaos. Thanks to its commanding geography and expertise in unconventional and asymmetric warfare, Iran can shut down the Strait, and there’s not much anyone can do about it. It’s Iran’s geopolitical trump card.

Russia's Fuel Exports Plummeted in July -- Shipments of refined petroleum products out of Russia declined by 6.6% in July from the previous month,Reuters estimates showed on Wednesday, as domestic demand rose and capacity under planned maintenance increased. Russian seaborne fuel exports fell to 8.67 million metric tons last month, with shipments from the Baltic ports, the Black Sea and Sea of Azov ports, and the Arctic Murmansk and Arkhangelsk ports all down in July compared to June. Only the fuel shipments from the Far Eastern ports rose in July from a month earlier as most maintenance works at refineries in the area were completed, according to the data provided by industry sources and calculated by Reuters. Going forward, Russia’s refined product shipments could fall further in August, while crude oil exports could rise, as several refineries sustained damages during Ukrainian drone strikes earlier this month. A Sunday drone attack on the Saratov refinery, owned by Russia’s oil giant Rosneft, prompted the facility to halt the intake of crude oil, a source with knowledge of the matter told Bloomberg on Monday. The Saratov Refinery in the Volga region has the capacity to process 140,000 barrels per day (bpd) of crude, but it has now been forced offline due to Ukrainian drone strikes. The refinery has become the third Russian crude processing facility to have been damaged by Ukrainian drone strikes so far in August. The halt to three major refineries would mean that Russia will see lower domestic gasoline and diesel supply while it will have more crude available for export as it doesn’t have too much storage for the unprocessed crude.

Ukraine Strikes Russia's Largest Crude Export Pumping Station Near Border - Ukraine's Main Directorate of Intelligence in coordination with the military have claimed a direct major hit on yet another site within Russia's oil infrastructure: a key oil-pumping station on the Druzhba pipeline located in Unecha, Bryansk Oblast.The overnight strike reportedly caused a fire in the facility’s line production and dispatch control center, resulting in Russian emergency servies rushing to the scene, in a southern border area.This hub of Russia's crude exporting pipelines was scene of a series of explosions and large fire. In all during the attack there was a broader, and what's become typical, assault which saw Russia down 46 Ukrainian unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) overnight. Russia's ministry of defense tallied "15 over the territory of the Bryansk region, 11 over the territory of the Volgograd region, 7 over the territory of the Rostov region, 5 over the territory of the Krasnodar region, 2 over the territory of the Belgorod region, 2 over the territory of the Voronezh region, 2 over the territory of the Republic of Crimea, 2 over the waters of the Sea of Azov."Unecha is the main hub in the Druzhba pipeline network and is operated by the Transnefteprodukt holding, with the site facilitating oil transportation across a pipeline system spanning over 5,500 miles. Kiev sees it as playing a critical role in fueling Russia’s military-industrial sector, hence it being targeted.This isn't the first attack on this facility, as regional reports say that on August 6 a similar drone strike caused a smaller fire.Just days ago, a Russian oil refinery in Saratov which is owned Rosneft halted all crude oil intake after suffering a significant drone strike. The war on each other's energy infrastructure has grown hotter than ever, after President Trump early in his administration got the sides to agree to a short-lived 'energy truce'. That's clearly no more.Meanwhile Russia's Foreign Minister has lambasted Zelensky for the attacks, accusing him of keeping the war going, but which is really him against the Ukrainian people, according to spokeswoman Maria Zakharova.

Air Defenses Drastically Expand Around Putin Residence Where Rumored Girlfriend, Sons Live -- Various media reports in Europe as well as US state-funded publications have observed and reported on an unusually high number of air defense systems around President Vladimir Putin’s secluded Valdai residence.RFE/RL affiliate Radio Svoboda has claimed that's were Putin's girlfriend and their children live, according to a new investigation. "Satellite images and photos from the Yandex.Zerkala mapping service show at least 12 Pantsir-S1 surface-to-air missile systems, many mounted on elevated towers, encircling the compound known as Uzhin," the Amsterdam-based Moscow Times writes of the report.Only two such units had been publicly and visually identified in the area before the new satellite imaging and mapping analysis. "By comparison, in the Moscow metropolitan region, home to more than 20 million people, authorities have positioned around 60 such systems since the start of the war in Ukraine — just five times more than the number protecting the Valdai site," Moscow Times continues. So if it is accurate that at least a dozen Pantsirs are now protecting Putin's residence alone, this is indeed a signifcant build-up and density of anti-air units protecting a single high value location.

IDF Chief Says He's Approved Plans for the 'Conquest of Gaza' – -- IDF Chief of Staff Lt. Gen. Eyal Zamir said on Wednesday that the Israeli military has approved plans for the “conquest” of Gaza as Israel is planning a significant escalation of its genocidal war. “This morning, we approved plans for the conquest of Gaza, and now we are in Lebanon. At the same time, we are operating in Syria, Yemen, Judea and Samaria (West Bank), and monitoring events in Iran. We are in a multifront war,” Zamir said during a visit to an Israeli occupation outpost in southern Lebanon, according to The Times of Israel.Zamir has been at odds with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu over his plans to escalate in Gaza, as the IDF has been warning that it will take heavy casualties and that the remaining Israeli captives in Gaza could be killed in the offensive.According to Israeli media, the message Netanyahu and his allies have sent to Zamir is that he had better approve the plans to take over Gaza or resign, and Netanyahu favors the total takeover of Gaza even if it means the Israeli captives could be harmed or killed.Last week, the Israeli cabinet approved plans for the Israeli takeover of Gaza City. It’s unclear from Zamir’s comments if he meant the IDF has finalized plans for the full conquest of the Gaza Strip or if it remains limited to Gaza City.President Trump has made clear that he will back Israel no matter what it plans to do in Gaza, despite the fact that Palestinian civilians are now starving to death every day due to the Israeli siege, and the humanitarian situation will only get worse as Israel escalates.When asked last week if he supports the idea of the full Israeli occupation of Israel, Trump said it was “pretty much up to Israel.” Israel relies on US military aid to sustain its genocidal war in Gaza, meaning it needs US backing to escalate.

Germany Halts Weapons Exports to Israel That Could Be Used in Gaza Over Netanyahu's Plans To Escalate - German Chancellor Friedrich Merz said on Friday that Berlin was halting the export of military equipment that Israel could use in Gaza “until further notice,” a step that came in response to the Israeli cabinet approving plans to significantly escalate Israel’s genocidal war with the goal of taking over Gaza City.“The even harsher military action by the Israeli army in the Gaza Strip, approved by the Israeli Cabinet last night, makes it increasingly difficult for the German government to see how these goals will be achieved,” the German leader said. “Under these circumstances, the German government will not authorize any exports of military equipment that could be used in the Gaza Strip until further notice.”While Merz’s comments leave open the possibility of providing weapons to Israel that could be considered “defensive,” his announcement is significant since Germany is one of Israel’s strongest supporters and top arms suppliers, second only to the US.According to data from the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI), from 2019 to 2023, the US and Germany accounted for 99% of Israel’s arms imports, with the US providing 69% and Germany providing 30%.Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu took a shot at Merz on Sunday, saying the German leader “buckled” due to pressure. “I think [Merz has] been a good friend of Israel, but I think he’s buckled under the pressure of false TV reports, the internal pressure from various groups,” Netanyahu said. Defending his decision on Sunday, Merz said he would still help Israel “defend itself” but that the German government couldn’t supply weapons that could be used in an offensive where hundreds of thousands of civilians could be killed.

Netanyahu Says He's 'Very Much' Attached to the Vision of 'Greater Israel' - Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said on Tuesday that he considers himself to be on a “historic and spiritual mission” and that he is “very” connected to the idea of “Greater Israel,” a vision for significant Israeli territorial expansion in the region. In the modern political context, Greater Israel could refer to Israel taking complete control of Gaza, the West Bank, and the Golan Heights. But for more ideological Zionists, including members of Netanyahu’s government, Greater Israel means Israeli expansion into Jordan, Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, and Saudi Arabia, based on a biblical interpretation.Netanyahu made the comments to Israel’s i24 when the interviewer gifted him an amulet showing “Greater Israel.” According to The Times of Israel, the amulet was not shown on camera, so it’s unclear how far it depicts Israel’s territory extending. But the Israeli leader was asked if he felt a connection to the expansionist vision and answered, “very much.” Netanyahu has previously displayed maps that show the West Bank and Gaza as part of Israel, including when addressing the UN just weeks before October 7. Israeli Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich caused controversy in 2023 when he spoke at an event that displayed a map of Greater Israel that included Jordan.

Smotrich Announces Major West Bank Settlement Expansion To 'Bury the Idea of a Palestinian State' - The Israeli government is moving forward with a plan for the massive expansion of illegal Jewish settlements in the Israeli-occupied West Bank that would cut off the northern part of the Palestinian territory from its southern regions, a plan Israeli Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich said will “bury the idea of a Palestinian state.”Smotrich, who also holds a position in the Defense Ministry that allows him to expand settlements, announced that he plans to approve the construction of 3,401 housing units for the controversial E1 settlement project, which has been frozen for decades due to international opposition.“They will talk about a Palestinian dream, and we will continue to build a Jewish reality,” Smotrich said at a press conference at the site of the planned construction. “This reality is what will permanently bury the idea of a Palestinian state, because there is nothing to recognize and no one to recognize.”

Report: Israel in Talks About the Possibility of Moving Palestinians in Gaza to South Sudan - Israel is in talks with South Sudan about the possibility of moving Palestinians in Gaza into the East African country, The Associated Press reported on Tuesday.Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and other Israeli officials have been open about theirdesire for the ethnic cleansing of the Palestinian population of Gaza, but so far, they haven’t found any countries willing to accept a large number of refugees.Netanyahu has framed the idea as “voluntary migration,” but the destruction of Gaza and the threat of being killed by the Israeli military or by starvation due to the Israeli blockade make it a forced displacement. In an interview on Tuesday, the Israeli leader said he would “allow” Palestinians in Gaza to leave. “Give them the opportunity to leave, first of all, combat zones, and generally to leave the territory, if they want,” Netanyahu said. The AP report cited several sources, including Joe Szlavik, the founder of a US lobbying group working with South Sudan. He said South Sudanese officials have briefed him on the talks and that Israeli officials planned to visit South Sudan to look into the possibility of setting up camps for Palestinians there, but no date has been set. Szlavik said South Sudan is looking for the US to lift a travel ban on the country and to lift sanctions on senior US officials, meaning the US could have ways to provide incentives to the country to help facilitate the ethnic cleansing of Gaza. Relocating Palestinians to South Sudan would mean sending them to another region that’s alsograppling with a severe hunger crisis. The threat of the country plunging into another civil war also looms, and South Sudan is already taking in an influx of refugees due to the conflict with neighboring Sudan. The AP previously reported that there were similar talks on moving Palestinians to Sudan despite the raging civil war there and Somalia, another war-torn nation. Axios reported last month that the head of the Israeli Mossad, David Barnea, visited Washington looking for help convincing other countries to take in Palestinians. That report said Israel has been speaking with Ethiopia, Indonesia, and Libya about the possibility.

South Sudan Rejects Report That It's in Talks With Israel About Taking in Palestinians from Gaza - On Wednesday, South Sudan rejected a report from The Associated Press that said it was in talks with Israel about the possibility of taking in Palestinian refugees from the Gaza Strip, calling the claim “baseless.” Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and other Israeli officials have been clear that theirultimate goal for Gaza is the ethnic cleansing of the Palestinian population. But so far, no country has publicly expressed interest in helping facilitate that goal by taking in a large number of Palestinians.South Sudan’s Foreign Ministry said that the country “firmly refutes recent media reports claiming that the Government of the Republic of South Sudan is engaged in discussion with the State of Israel regarding the resettlement of Palestinian Nationals from Gaza in South Sudan.” The Foreign Ministry said that the “claims are baseless and do not reflect the official position or policy of the Government of the Republic of South Sudan.” The AP report cited multiple sources, including Joe Szlavik, the head of a US lobbying group, who said he’s been hired to improve South Sudan’s relations with the US. Szlavik claimed that Israeli officials were planning to visit South Sudan to discuss the possibility of building camps for Palestinians in the country, but he said no date was set. Several other countries have been reported to be in talks about the possibility of taking in Palestinians from Gaza, including Somalia, Sudan, Libya, Indonesia, and Ethiopia, but none have confirmed their interest in the idea. Any plan to forcibly relocate Palestinians would likely include incentives from the US.Netanyahu has framed his vision for ethnic cleansing as “voluntary migration,” but the destruction of Gaza and the threat of being killed by the Israeli military or by starvation due to the Israeli blockade make it a forced displacement. In an interview on Tuesday, the Israeli leader said he would “allow” Palestinians in Gaza to leave.

Israeli Strike on Tent in Gaza Kills Five Al Jazeera Journalists - An Israeli airstrike on Sunday night targeted a tent outside the gates of the al-Shifa Hospital in Gaza City and killed five Al Jazeera journalists, including 28-year-old Anas al-Sharif, a well-known reporter who had a large following on X.Al Jazeera said that the other four journalists killed in the bombing were correspondent Mohammed Qreiqeh and three cameramen: Ibrahim Zaher, Mohammed Noufal, and Moamen Aliwa. Two other people were also killed in the bombing.Just minutes before he was killed, al-Sharif said in a post on X that Israel was escalating its bombing of Gaza City. “Relentless bombardment,” he wrote. “For two hours, the Israeli aggression has intensified on Gaza City.”The Israeli military acknowledged that it deliberately targeted al-Sharif, claiming without evidence that he was a “Hamas terrorist” who “posed as an Al Jazeera journalist.” Last month, the Committee to Protect Journalists issued a warning about the Israeli military’s smears against Sharif, saying it was likely a precursor to his assassination.“We are deeply alarmed by the repeated threats made by Israeli army spokesperson Avichay Adraee against Al Jazeera’s Gaza correspondent Anas al-Sharif and call on the international community to protect him,” said CPJ Regional Director Sara Qudah.“This is not the first time Al-Sharif has been targeted by the Israeli military, but the danger to his life is now acute. Israel has killed at least six Al Jazeera journalists in Gaza during this war. These latest unfounded accusations represent an effort to manufacture consent to kill al-Sharif,” Qudah added.In a post on X at the time, al-Sharif responded to the Israeli smears against him. “I reaffirm: I, Anas al-Sharif, am a journalist with no political affiliations. My only mission is to report the truth from the ground — as it is, without bias,” he said. “At a time when a deadly famine is ravaging Gaza, speaking the truth has become, in the eyes of the occupation, a threat.”Al-Sharif left behind a wife and two young children. “Do not forget Gaza,” al-Sharif said in a statement he asked to have released if he were killed. “And do not forget me in your sincere prayers for forgiveness and acceptance.”

Israel murders 6 journalists, as Netanyahu says annexation of Gaza will proceed “swiftly”- On Sunday, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu declared that Israel would move to “evacuate” and seize Gaza City “fairly quickly” and “complete the job.” These statements coincided with an Israeli airstrike that deliberately killed six journalists in Gaza City aimed at silencing coverage of war crimes being carried out against the Palestinian population. Speaking after a meeting of Israel’s security cabinet, Netanyahu defended the approved plan that envisions the forced removal of all Palestinians from Gaza City and surrounding refugee camps in the central part of the Strip. According to reports in the Washington Post, the prime minister presented the scheme as a matter of national security, insisting that Israel will ultimately “assume paramount security responsibility for Gaza” while transferring day-to-day governance to what he described as “an unspecified third party that will neither be Hamas nor the Palestinian Authority.” He framed the operation as an urgent military necessity, declaring that “Israel will act swiftly” to carry it out. In characteristic Orwellian language, Netanyahu said the plan was not a permanent annexation and claimed, “We don’t want to govern it … we want a security administration. The goal is not to occupy Gaza.” These formulations are belied by the measures being discussed. As Reuters reported, military officials have already outlined a campaign for complete military dominance over the remaining 25 percent of Gaza not yet under direct Israeli control. The Washington Post quoted Israeli sources acknowledging that, in practice, the plan means the mass removal of hundreds of thousands of Palestinians—driven into what are effectively concentration camps near the Egyptian border—coupled with a long-term Israeli security presence. The New York Times, citing members of Netanyahu’s cabinet, said the objective is to displace some 800,000 civilians within the next two months, stripping Gaza City and central refugee camps of their remaining population. The security cabinet’s schedule says full-scale operations begin imminently and conclude with the evacuation by early October, with military policing of the emptied areas to follow. As the details of this deportation plan were being finalized, Israeli warplanes unleashed an intentional strike on a tent camp used by Al Jazeera journalists in Gaza City. Al Jazeera’s newsroom confirmed the killing of five of its employees: senior correspondent Anas al-Sharif, 32; correspondent Mohammed Qreiqeh, 28; camera operator Ibrahim Zaher, 27; camera operator Mohammed Noufal, 29; and technician and fixer Youssef Abu Odeh, 22. Two other individuals were also killed in the Israeli air strike, at least one of whom was also a journalist, but their identities have not been published. According to eyewitnesses and colleagues, they had been working and sleeping in a clearly marked tent near an area with no ongoing firefights at the time of the attack. Multiple journalists on the ground stated that there was no doubt the strike was deliberate, as the tent was isolated and had been in the same spot for weeks. The government media office in Gaza condemned the attack as “a massacre of the press corps,” noting that the bombing brought the total number of journalists killed by Israel in Gaza since October 2023 to 237. Al Jazeera’s statement accused Israel of targeting its reporters because they were documenting the reality of the war, including the mass displacement and starvation of civilians.

Targeted killing of journalists in Gaza sends chilling message | PBS News --Israel’s targeted killing of an Al Jazeera correspondent in Gaza over the weekend was noteworthy even for a conflict remarkably blood-soaked for journalists, leaving some experts to marvel that any news at all emerges from the territory. An Al Jazeera executive said Monday that it won’t back down from covering what is going on there and called for news organizations to step up and recruit more journalists. A total of 184 Palestinian journalists and media workers have been killed by Israel in the Gaza war since its start in October 2023, according to the Committee to Protect Journalists. That compares to the 18 journalists and media workers killed so far in the Russia-Ukraine war, CPJ said. Aside from rare guided tours, Israel has barred international media from covering the 22-month war in Gaza. News organizations instead rely largely on Palestinian Gaza residents and ingenuity to show the world what is happening there. Israel often questions the affiliations and biases of Palestinian journalists but doesn’t permit others in. Correspondent Anas al-Sharif knew he was a target, and left behind a message to be delivered upon his death. He and seven other people — six of them journalists — were killed in an air strike outside of Gaza City’s largest hospital complex on Sunday. Israel swiftly claimed responsibility, saying without producing evidence that al-Sharif had led a Hamas cell. It was a claim the news organization and al-Sharif had denied. Agence France-Presse, The Associated Press, BBC News and Reuters are among the organizations regularly reporting from Gaza. An Aug. 7 AP dispatch vividly described the hunger faced by many in Gaza: Other recent AP reports carried images and text reporting from the aftermath of an Israeli strike on Gaza’s only Catholic church, and a profile of an 18-year-old aspiring doctor now trying to survive sheltered in a tent.Journalists from The Washington Post and the Guardian recently accompanied a Jordanian relief mission and took images of Gaza from the air, despite some restrictions from Israel. The Guardian’s Lorenzo Tondo wrote: “Seen from the air, Gaza looks like the ruins of an ancient civilization, brought to light after centuries of darkness.”None of the organizations match the power and immediacy of Al Jazeera, however, in part because their correspondents have been in front of cameras. They’ve also paid the heaviest price: CPJ estimates that 11 journalists and media workers affiliated with AJ have been killed in the Gaza conflict, more than any other single organization.In a social media post written in June to be sent if he was killed, al-Sharif wrote that “I have lived through pain in all its details, tasted suffering and loss many times, yet I never once hesitated to convey the truth as it is, without distortion or falsification — so that Allah may bear witness against those who stayed silent.”In another posting on X on Aug. 10, the day that he was killed, al-Sharif wrote of the challenges covering the aftermath of one attack. He said he lost his strength and ability to express himself when he arrived at the scene. “Body parts and blood were all around us, and corpses were scattered on top of each other,” he wrote. “Tell me what words and phrases could help any journalist describe this horrific image. When I told you on air that it was an ‘indescribable scene,’ I was truly helpless in the face of this horrific sight.”

Italian Defense Minister Says Israeli Government Has Lost Its 'Reason and Humanity' Over Gaza - Italian Defense Minister Guido Crosetto said in an interview published on Monday that the Israeli government has lost its “reason and humanity” as European countries continue to step up criticism of Israel in response to its genocidal war in the Gaza Strip and its plans to escalate.“What is happening is unacceptable. We are not facing a military operation with collateral damage, but the pure denial of the law and the founding values of our civilization,” Crosetto told La Stampa. “We are committed to humanitarian aid, but we must now find a way to force Netanyahu to think clearly, beyond condemnation.”When asked about the potential for international sanctions against Israel, Crosetto said that “the occupation of Gaza and some serious acts in the West Bank mark a qualitative leap, in the face of which decisions must be made that force Netanyahu to think.”The Italian minister said that any action taken against Israel would target its government and not its people. “And it wouldn’t be a move against Israel, but a way to save that people from a government which has lost reason and humanity,” he said.“We must always distinguish governments from states and peoples, as well as from the religions they profess. This applies for Netanyahu, and it applies to [Russian President Vladimir] Putin, whose methods, by now, have become dangerously similar,” Crosetto added. Italy was one of the first European countries to restrict arms exports to Israel in response to military operations in Gaza, though Italian officials have said they were still fulfilling pre-October 7 weapons deals. “After the start of [Israeli military] operations in Gaza, the government immediately suspended all new export licenses, and all agreements signed after October 7 were not implemented,” Italian Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni said in October 2024.Germany recently announced that it would stop exporting weapons to Israel that could be used in Gaza, which is significant since Berlin is one of Israel’s biggest arms suppliers, second only to the US. So far, the only European country that has announced it was halting all weapons trade with Israel is Slovenia.

Stopping The Gaza Holocaust Is The First Step Toward A Healthy World - Caitlin Johnstone --Nicole on Facebook writes, “I would love to hear you explain how Palestine is the moral question of our time. Why it’s so important. How it’s related to every movement and should be a concern to everyone.” Palestine is the moral question of our time because the abuse of the Palestinians is the most glaring, in-your-face symptom of the imperial disease. You can see the effects of so many of the empire’s abusive dynamics in how this thing is playing out, from racism to colonialism to militarism to war profiteering to mass media propaganda to empire-building to government corruption to suppression of free speech to ecocide to the heartless, mindless, soul-eating nature of the capitalist system under which we all live. But there’s more to it than that. The primary reason to place Palestine front and center as the moral issue of our time is because if we can’t sort out the morality of an active genocide backed by our own western governments, we’re not going to be able to sort out anything else. Stopping the Gaza holocaust and bringing justice to the Palestinians is the very first step toward a healthy civilization. Palestine is the moral issue of our time for the same reason if you saw someone in your family torturing another member of your family to death, it would be the most urgent matter happening in your life at that moment. You’d have other problems in your life, but that would come first. If we’re the sort of society that would allow a live-streamed genocide to take place with the support of our own government and its allies, then we’re not the sort of society that can steer away from its trajectory toward dystopia and armageddon. If you’re the sort of individual who would allow a live-streamed genocide to take place with the support of your own government and its allies, then you’re not the sort of individual who can help steer our species away from disaster. Gaza is not the only thing that matters in the world. But if you’re not forcefully opposing the Gaza holocaust, you definitely don’t have a healthy enough conscience to address any of the world’s other problems. I sometimes see Israel supporters refer to pro-Palestine sentiment as “virtue signaling”, which is funny because it means they view themselves as holding the unpopular, unvirtuous position. But really there’s nothing particularly virtuous about supporting Gaza, and it’s not some cool, special thing you’d want to signal about yourself. It’s just what you do when you’re not an extremely shitty person. It’s the basic, bare-minimum expectation of normal human morality. I don’t want to be friends with anyone who doesn’t oppose the Gaza holocaust. I don’t want to follow any commentators or analysts who don’t speak out against the Gaza holocaust. At this point I don’t even want to listen to any music or read any poetry from people who don’t take a stand against the Gaza holocaust. Since 2023 I’ve moved from rejecting anyone who actively sided with Israel to rejecting anyone who is even complicit in their silence. The other day I saw some Australian influencer forcefully trying to assert that it’s okay not to take a position on Gaza, and nobody in her replies was buying it. Supporting Israel and aligning with US foreign policy comes with a lot of career benefits for high-profile individuals, and you don’t get to both enjoy those perks and also keep ethical people interested in what you have to say. You can’t have it both ways. You have to choose between the perks and the people. You actually do. Opposition to the Gaza holocaust is the very first step in assessing if someone is worth my time. If you can’t even meet the basic, bare-minimum expectation of opposing an active genocide, then you are too callous and apathetic to be my friend. If you can’t even get this basic, kindergarten-level moral question right, then your mind is too shallow and your heart too hardened for me to be interested in your analysis, your ideas, or your art. There are so many terrible things in our world, and there is so much work that needs to be done to address them. I don’t know what ideas, strategies and movements will get us out of this mess, but I do know that if any are going to emerge they’re going to come from the people who’ve been taking a strong stand against Israel and its western allies these last two years. Those are the individuals, movements, and political factions to pay attention to going forward. Nobody else is equipped to help.

New EU Media "Freedom Law" Allows For Journalist Arrests If Justified By "Public Interest" --The European Union’s “European Media Freedom Act” became binding law across all member states on August 8, butbehind its name lies a set of provisions that could restrict the very freedoms it claims to safeguard.We obtained a copy of the act for you here.Alongside language about protecting reporters, the regulation authorizes arrests, sanctions, and surveillance of journalists whenever authorities say it serves an “overriding reason in the general interest.”Ursula von der Leyen, President of the European Commission, hailed the legislation’s arrival on social media, saying, “A free and independent press is an essential pillar of our democracy. With our European Media Freedom Act, we want to improve their protection. This allows journalists to continue their important work safely and without disruption or intimidation.”

No comments: